<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Pu12</id>
	<title>ChemWiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Pu12"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/Special:Contributions/Pu12"/>
	<updated>2026-04-20T12:20:17Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:scm4918&amp;diff=812960</id>
		<title>MRD:scm4918</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:scm4918&amp;diff=812960"/>
		<updated>2020-06-27T00:42:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system  ==&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_scm4918.png|thumb|frame|right|Potential energy surface plot (transition state shown with red dot)]]&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition for a transition state on a potential energy surface diagram is: δV/δr1 = δV/δr2 = 0, where V is the chemical potential and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1/2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the distances between the atoms. Furthermore, as this definition applies to all local minima, to distinguish the transition state from the rest, the following term must be less than 0: f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;​(x&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;​,y&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;​)f​&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(x&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;​,y&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;​)−f&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;​(x&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;​,y&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;​), where x &amp;amp; y are the interatomic distances  (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1/2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and ​(x&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;​,y&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;​) the coordinates of the saddle point.&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is shown in the diagram with a red dot. This is along the calculated dynamic trajectory shown by the black line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot1_scm4918.png|thumb|frame|right| Internuclear distance plot when R = 90.8 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot2_scm4918.png|thumb|frame|right|Internuclear distance plot when R = 92.0 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate for the transition state was found at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm. By keeping the momentum at zero and the two distances equal a range of values from 85 pm to 110 pm were tested. The internuclear distance against time was plotted and at 90.8 pm the graph obtained showed 2 straight lines. Since the lines are straight the interatomic distances are constant and there is no more oscillation. Hence, the transition state has been reached. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Minimum energy path and calculated trajectory ====&lt;br /&gt;
The mep (minimum energy pathway) is the lowest energy trajectory taken by a group of atoms that are rearranging themselves between two different stable configurations. At every point the velocities are reset to 0. The difference between this and the previously calculated dynamic trajectory is that as can be seen from the internuclear distances vs time graphs there are no oscillations in the mep graph. This can be explained by the fact that for mep the motion starts at the transition state and the entire path flows downhill along the lowest energy where the momentum is always reset to zero and hence the effects of inertia neglected.  {{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 01:42, 27 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)  !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory (internuclear distances against time)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.28 || Yes || H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule moves towards H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. As it reaches the transition point H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;binds to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; while oscillating and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A  &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;moves back  || [[File:tfig1_scm4918.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08 || No || H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule moves towards H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. while osculating. Not enough energy to overcome TS barrier so the molecule goes back away from H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ||[[File:tfig2_scm4918.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98 || Yes ||  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;moves towards the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;molecule with slight vibrations. There is enough energy for the molecule to form. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;binds to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; while oscillating and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A  &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;moves back. ||[[File:tfig3_scm4918.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.27 || No || H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;slowly approaches the molecule again with few oscilations. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;bond starts to form&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;as the transition state is crossed and the newly formed molecule has strong vibrational energy. This causes the bond to break again and pass the TS to form approach the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule and reform the initial bond.||[[File:tfig4_scm4918.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.48 || Yes || In this case the TS is crossed three times. This causes the products to form then break to form the reactant molecule and then form again to end up with the products. ||[[File:tfig5_scm4918.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table above it becomes apparent that not all reactants that have enough kinetic energy to cross the TS barrier lead to a complete reaction since there is a possibility for the barrier to be crossed again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory does not allow for quantum mechanical phenomena and hence some of the reactions that are predicted not to occur by this theory would happen due to quantum tunneling. Another issue is the reaction is only allowed to pass through the lowest energy transition point which over predicts the frequency of reactions compared to what is found experimentally.{{fontcolor1|blue|The main effect is that the TS theory doesn&#039;t take account of system recrossing and this overestimates rate. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 01:42, 27 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:DPC18&amp;diff=812959</id>
		<title>MRD:DPC18</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:DPC18&amp;diff=812959"/>
		<updated>2020-06-27T00:33:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;Molecular and Reaction Dynamics Lab - &#039;&#039;&#039;David Coogan CID: 01507872 =&lt;br /&gt;
In this report we probe two different reactions and investigate their minimum energy pathways, from the reactants, through the transition site, to the products. Factors affecting whether a reaction produces the expected products such as the vibrational and translational energy were also investigated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Question 1.1 and 1.2 - The Transition State ===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the energy maximum of the surface plot. It occurs at a stationary point where the derivative of the potential energy with respect to bond distance = 0 i.e. &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial r_i}=0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
This occurs at an energy minima in the surface profile diagram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The derivative of the potential energy gives force and so the transition state can be found at the bond distance which gives a force of 0. &lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate states that &amp;quot;the transition state of a reaction resembles either the reactants or the products, to whichever it is closer in energy&amp;quot;. Because H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a symmetrical molecule and the incoming atom is the same as outgoing atom the transition state is of equal energy from the reactants as it is to the products and is thus not exothermic or endothermic. This also means that at the transition state the bond distance between all three H atoms will be equal i.e. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
For the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H system this bond distance at which the force is closest to 0 is found to be at 90.8 pm corresponding to a force of -0.004 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; in both the AB and BC directions. This was determined by looking at the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot (shown in Figure 3a) and estimating that the transition state, where the AB and BC distances cross, occurs at around 95 pm. Trial and error was then used to determine the exact value, which is confirmed by the plots below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, as Figure 1a shows, there is more than one point that gives a local minimum in the plot; there is a minimum well, and so to validate that bond distance corresponds to the transition state eigenvectors are plotted. The two eigenvectors have opposite signs i.e. one eigenvector has a positive value for ω&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; {{fontcolor1|blue|Define what omega is please. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 01:33, 27 June 2020 (BST)}}and the other has a negative value for ω&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, indicating that this saddle point corresponds to the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different plots can confirm we are at the transition state. Some examples are shown here. Figures 1a and 1b show two orientations of the Surface Plot along with Figure 2 showing the Contour Plot for the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H transition state.  Figure 3b shows no change in the AB or BC bond distance at this distance, confirming that this is a transition state and that 90.8 pm is the transition state bond length. [[File:H2 TS Surface Plot 2 dpc18.png|thumb|Figure 1b - A different orientation of the Surface Plot showing the transition state at the black point.|200x200px]][[File:H2 initial int nuc dist dpc18.png|thumb|200x200px|Figure 3a - The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for the initial H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]] [[File:H2 TS Surface Plot dpc18.png|thumb|Figure 1a - The Surface Plot for the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H transition state showing an energy minimum well|200x200px|none]][[File:H2 TS Contour Plot dpc18.png|thumb|Figure 2 - The Contour Plot of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H Transition State with eigenvectors shown in blue and red.|200x200px|none]][[File:H2 TS Bond Distance vs Time dpc18.png|thumb|200x200px|Figure 3b - The Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for the transition state bond length.|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2 displaced TS contour dpc18.png|thumb|200x200px|Figure 4a - The Contour Plot of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H Transition State with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; displaced by 0.8 pm using a Dynamics Calculation.]][[File:H2 displaced TS contour MEP dpc18.png|thumb|200x200px|Figure 4b - The Contour Plot of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H Transition State with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; displaced by 0.8 pm using an MEP Calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Question 1.3 - MEP vs Trajectory and Displacement from the Transition State ===&lt;br /&gt;
If we displace the bond distance between two atoms by a small amount, e.g. in this example we decrease the AB bond distance by 0.8 pm, and increase the steps in the calculation to 3000, the contour plot (shown in figure 4a) shows a trajectory, in this case along the BC axis indicating that as the BC distance increases the AB bond distance remains constant (allowing for vibrations in the molecule).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the calculation type is changed from Dynamics to MEP the same trajectory can be seen, however the trajectory does not show any vibration (shown in figure 4b). It is effectively the mean energy of the dynamics trajectory and is useful for identifying what happens in the reaction but not the motion of atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reverting to the dynamic calculation method and using 1000 steps, the Internuclear Distances vs Time as well as Momenta vs Time were plotted for the small displacement in the AB bond length as well as a displacement in the BC bond length and the results compared.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;Figures 5a and 5b show the internuclear distance vs time for a displacement of 0.8 pm in either AB or BC respectively. The composition of the graphs are identical, with the only difference being which line follows which trajectory. When AB is displaced from the transition state bond length, the change in energy is no longer 0 and the energy effectively &#039;rolls&#039; to a new energy minimum, found at the equilibrium bond length for the products. When AB is displaced we observe a small decrease in the AB bond distance followed by a consistent (allowing for vibrational motion) equilibrium bond length at approximately 73 nm. The BC bond length, as well as the AC bond length, increases, after which 20 seconds the increase is linear, as atom C moves away from the new H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Because the AB bond length is slightly smaller than the BC bond length to begin with it is the AB atoms that make the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. When the converse is explored, with the BC bond length being set slightly smaller than AB, we see the same trend, only for the BC atoms being the new H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule and reaching an equilibrium bond length.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 6a and 6b show the momenta vs time plots for the same conditions. Again, both graphs have the same structure, only differing by which bonds follow which lines trajectory. For AB being displaced from the transition state bond length we observe oscillation of AB momentum after 30 seconds indicating bond vibration with the BC momentum rising sharply (corresponding to translational movement) and then plateauing with no oscillation, suggesting it is not bonded to another atom. When the conditions are reversed we see the same pattern but for the opposite atoms.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2 AB BC displaced TS int nuc dist dpc18.png|thumb|490x490px|Figures 5a and 5b - The Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for a displacement in AB and BC respectively.|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2 AB BC displaced TS momenta dpc18.png|thumb|490x490px|Figures 6a and 6b - The momenta vs time plots for the displacement of AB and BC respectively.|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The values of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; were at t = 60 fs were extracted for AB displacement, although BC values could also be used since all atoms are identical. At this time the AB bond distance has reached is equilibrium length and is oscillating in both graphs, with the BC bond length increases linearly and not having reached a plateau in the momenta plot. The values were found to be as follows:       r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 75.20 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 421.4 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.315 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 5.092 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
These values were then used as the initial values for another calculation. When this calculation was run the Internuclear Distance vs Time and Momenta vs Time plots (shown in Figures 7a and 7b) were analysed and found to give the same result as the previous plots, only this time without the optimisation seen in the first few femtoseconds; the graphs are consistent across the whole time range and there is no interaction between molecule AB and atom C. This confirms AB is the product of the reaction and that the reaction has finished.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2 products dist momenta dpc18.png|center|thumb|490x490px|Figures 7a and 7b - The Internuclear Distance vs Time and Momenta vs Time plots where the product bond lengths and momenta of AB and BC were used as inputs.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Question 1.4 - Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here we explore the trajectories taken by the reactants under different momentum conditions but with set bond lengths of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Reaction !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.28 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; || Yes || These conditions give a kinetic energy of +19.508 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The trajectory starts with a decreasing BC bond length with AB being constant as C approaches the AB molecule, passes through the transition state at 91 pm and then exits with an increasing AB bond distance with BC remaining constant as A gets further away from the new BC molecule. The reaction proceeds through the transition state to the products. || [[File:1.4 a dpc18.png|center|thumb|200x200px|Figure 8a]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2 || -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; || No || These conditions give a kinetic energy of +13.710 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The trajectory again starts with the BC bond length decreasing as AB remains constant indicating C is approaching the AB molecule. However, at a BC bond length of approx. 112 pm, before the transition state is reached, the trajectory reverses and there is an increase in BC bond length. This shows the transition state is not reached and that the reaction does not occur. This also suggests that the activation energy is above 13.710 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.|| [[File:1.4 b dpc18.png|center|thumb|200x200px|Figure 8b]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 || -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; || Yes || These conditions give a kinetic energy of +19.810 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. This trajectory is very similar to that in Figure 8a, only here there is more oscillation in the BC bond length as it approaches the transition state. This is because there is more kinetic energy in the reactants which exists as greater vibrational energy. Once again, the reaction proceeds through the transition state to the products.|| [[File:1.4 c dpc18.png|center|thumb|200x200px|Figure 8c]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4 || -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.28 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; || No || These conditions give a kinetic energy of +76.510 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. This trajectory is much more complicated than seen previously, owing to a much larger momentum in BC. To begin with atom C approaches molecule AB  but with a much greater momentum, meaning it overshoots the transition state bond distance and effectively collides with the molecule. As atom C passes the transition state bond distance atom A starts to dissociate from B due to the repulsion from C. Once C has reached a distance of 65 pm from B it starts to rebound, increasing the BC bond length, whilst the AB distance is also increasing. Then, at a BC distance of 110 pm, at which the AB bond length is 118 pm, B and C start to attract again, decreasing the bond length once again, with the AB length still increasing. Once again the atoms come within the transition state bond distance and collide with each other again at approximately 58 pm causing the atoms to rebound once again. At this point atom A is close enough to B to still feel an attractive force and so begins to move towards atom B as the BC length increases. Another turning point is reached in the BC distance which again decreases to approximately 56 pm causing repulsion and the atoms once again rebound. As atom A approaches atom B, which in turn is rebounding a third time from atom C, the AB bond is reformed and atom C does not form a new molecule with atom B. In summary, the large momentum of BC causes C to approach B too closely, resulting in repulsion, but also causes the AB bond to break atom A to move away from B. However A still has an attractive force to B and re-approaches it which ultimately means a new BC bond cannot be formed. This is a case of barrier re-crossing where the transition state region is reached but the attraction of AB outweighs the repulsion of BC.|| [[File:1.4 d dpc18.png|center|thumb|200x200px|Figure 8d]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5 || -5.1  || -10.6 || -344.68 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; || Yes || These conditions give a kinetic energy of +89.110 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Despite having a similar momentum to that in Figure 8d, this trajectory is relatively much simpler. This is because C now has a large enough momentum to dissociate the AB bond and push atom A farther enough away so that it does not feel the attractive force of B and does not return. B and C still approach and rebound a number of times due to atom C overshooting the bond distance, causing repulsion, but ultimately B and C are closer than A and B meaning a new BC bond forms as atom A moves away.|| [[File:1.4 e dpc18.png|center|thumb|200x200px|Figure 8e]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout each of the different conditions the potential energy remained constant, showing that the trajectory flows through the potential energy &#039;well&#039; of lowest potential energy. The results also suggest that the kinetic activation energy for this reaction is in the range of +13.710 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt; +19.508 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The BC momentum required for a reaction to happen and to give the activation energy lies between -5.1 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; p &amp;lt; -4.1 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Question 1.5 - Transition State Theory ===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory makes a number of assumptions in a bid to link the reactants and products via a transition state of maximum energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;K. J. Laidler, in &#039;&#039;Chemical kinetics&#039;&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
Harper &amp;amp; Row, London, 3rd edn., 1987, pp. 115–123.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfield, J. S.&lt;br /&gt;
Francisco and W. L. Hase, in &#039;&#039;Chemical kinetics and dynamics&#039;&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
Prentice-Hall, Upper Saddle River, 2nd edn., 1989, pp. 289–318.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Assumption 1 - Nuclear motion is separate and constant compared to electronic motion aka the Born-Oppenheimer approximation.&lt;br /&gt;
# Assumption 2 - Reactant molecules are distributed according to the Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
# Assumption 3 - Once the transition state has been crossed molecules cannot return to reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
# Assumption 4 - Motion along the reaction coordinate in the transition state treated classically, as translational motion only i.e. we ignore any quantum tunnelling effect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Assumption 5 - Even if the reaction is not in equilibrium, the concentration of activated products in the transition state is in a quasi-equilibrium with the reactants. This means that not all reactants become transition states in one go; this processes is determined by a rate constant and an equilibrium. The more reactant we have the faster the transition state will form, and thus the faster the rate of reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The effectiveness of these assumptions i.e. how closely the theory links to the calculated classical values, and thus how relevant TST is to these calculations, can be determined by seeing how the assumptions compare to the results in the table above. &lt;br /&gt;
* Assumption 3 is shown not to be completely true in reality. It stands true for reactions 1, 3, and 5 where the reactants travel through the transition state to the products however, in reaction 4, the transition state energy is reached, yet the products do not form and so the assumption that once the molecule is activated in the transition state it forms products does not hold true. Assumption 3 thus presents an overestimation of the reaction rate&#039;s true value.&lt;br /&gt;
* Assumption 4 would underestimate the true rate of reaction. This is because if quantum tunnelling occurs, reactants become products faster because they do not have to reach the transition state. The assumption says that quantum tunnelling does not occur and so the rate would be larger than in reality. Tunnelling only appears to be important in reactions with very light atoms i.e. H and D. However, there appears to be no evidence in the 5 reactions with specified conditions that tunnelling occurs.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The results show that transition state theory does not easily apply to all conditions for a molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:F H2 TS surface plot new dpc18.png|thumb|200x200px|Figure 9 - The PES for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; showing the transition state at the black point.]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Question 2.1 - PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES for this system (shown in figure 9) shows the potential energy across a range of bond distances. AB represents the HF bond distance and BC represents the HH bond distance. The minimum energy &#039;well&#039;, shown in blue, has a higher minimum energy for a constant BC distance i.e. a H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule than for a constant AB distance i.e. a HF molecule. In other words the HF molecule has a lower energy and is more stable, thus the reaction of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; HF + H is exothermic as it results in a lower energy molecule. The reverse reaction is thus endothermic.{{fontcolor1|blue|Comment on bond strength? [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 01:33, 27 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Question 2.2 - F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF Transition States ===&lt;br /&gt;
Once again trial and error was used to find where the transition state bond distances. This occurs at the point where there is no trajectory in the PES, at which the forces on the bonds are close enough to 0, and where the two values for ω&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; were of opposite signs.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:F H2 TS contour plot dpc18.png|thumb|200x200px|Figure 10 - The Contour Diagram for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; showing the transition state at the black point.|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system we know, from question 2.1, that the reaction is exothermic, and thus using Hammonds postulate it can be inferred that the transition state is early and resembles the reactants. This means that the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond distance will be smaller than the HF bond distance. After trialling different combinations the closest values to the transition state were found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74.5 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 180.9 pm. These values gave forces along the AB bond = -0.000 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and along the BC bond = -0.003 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; as well ω&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; values of -0.002 and +0.332 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. These values gave a singular point on the PES and 2D Contour Diagram (shown in figures 9 and 10 respectively), as well as linear lines on the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot (figure 11) confirming that this is a) a stationary point and b) the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The HF + H reaction is the same reaction but in the opposite direction. This means it is endothermic and the transition state &#039;late&#039; and so will resemble the products more than the reactants. This means it occurs at the bond distances as stated for the previous reaction i.e. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74.5 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 180.9 pm. The only difference is that this transition state occurs later in the reaction coordinate.{{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 01:33, 27 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:F H2 TS int nuc plot dpc18.png|centre|thumb|200x200px|Figure 11 - The Internuclear Distance vs Time plot at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Question 2.3 - Activation Energies ===&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is calculated as the difference between the potential energy of the reactants and the potential energy of the transition state. To calculate the potential energy of both the reactants and products the HF bond distance was set to 400 pm and the molecule bond distance was found in literature&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; and used in the software. This means that the atom and molecule are not interacting and so the potential energy is solely that of the molecule. I.e.:&lt;br /&gt;
* To calculate the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; potential energy r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to 400 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was found and set to be 74 pm, giving a potential energy of-435.044 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
* To calculate the HF potential energy the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond distance for the H that is not part of the molecule was set to 400 pm and the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond distance for the hydrogen in the molecule was found and set to be 92 pm, giving a potential energy of -560.685 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Displaced TS MEP PES dpc18.png|thumb|200x200px|Figure 12a - The PES for the displaced transition state, leading to a HF molecule.|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
These values were compared to those reported in literature and were found to be very similar.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;C. Chieh, &lt;br /&gt;
Chemistry LibreTexts, Bond Lengths and Bond Energies, &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://chem.libretexts.org/Bookshelves/Physical_and_Theoretical_Chemistry_Textbook_Maps/Supplemental_Modules_(Physical_and_Theoretical_Chemistry)/Chemical_Bonding/Fundamentals_of_Chemical_Bonding/Chemical_Bonds/Bond_Lengths_and_Energies,&lt;br /&gt;
(accessed 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;[[File:Displaced TS MEP dpc18.png|right|thumb|200x200px|Figure 12b - The Energy vs Time plot for the displaced transition state, leading to a HF molecule.|none]]The energy of the transition state at the bond distances stated in question 2.2 was found to be -433.981 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
* Thus for the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F exothermic reaction the activation energy is -433.981 - -435.044 = 1.063 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
* For the HF + H endothermic reaction the activation energy is -433.981 - -560.685 = 126.704 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This value was also confirmed by carrying out a MEP calculation with a bond distance slightly displaced from the transition state with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; being 179 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; remaining at 75.5 pm. This was carried out at 3000 steps and both the PES (showing the trajectory in figure 12a) and the Energy vs Time plot (shown in figure 12b) were examined for the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F reaction. At approx. 2400 steps there is a sharp decrease in energy, representing the difference between in energy between the transition state and the products aka the activation energy of the reverse, endothermic reaction, going from HF + F → F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. This difference is approximately -126.176 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, which closely matches the value above. The same method can be applied to the endothermic reaction (in order to calculate the exothermic activation energy) but this activation energy is much smaller and so it is incredibly difficult to calculate the value from the plots. This does suggest however that the small value calculated above is in the correct region.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Questions 2.4 &amp;amp; 2.5 - Reaction Dynamics &amp;amp; Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules ===&lt;br /&gt;
Different initial conditions were trialled in order to obtain a set that gave a reactive trajectory from F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + F. It was found that the time period of the reaction is very important. On a smaller time scale a large momentum is required between F and H in order to break the HH bond and form a new HF bond. One set of conditions that were found to work at 3000 steps were bond distances of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 175 pm with momenta of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.2 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.6 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The Momenta vs Time graph was plotted and is shown in figure 13. This plot shows after 90 seconds there is no longer any interaction between the H and HF molecule, with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; plateauing at about 2.6 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillating at a constant rate. The excess energy is used as vibrational motion in the HF molecule, shown as the considerably large oscillation in momenta, and as translational motion as the H atom moves away from the molecule&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;K. J. Laidler, in &#039;&#039;Chemical&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
kinetics&#039;&#039;, Harper &amp;amp; Row, London, 3rd edn., 1987, pp. 460–471.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. This could be confirmed experimentally by using spectroscopic techniques such as IR absorption spectroscopy{{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 01:33, 27 June 2020 (BST)}}. For a molecule in its relaxed state we would expect one IR absorption corresponding to the fundamental vibration of the 0 → 1 transition, because most molecules would be in the ground vibrational state. When the molecule is excited we would see a smaller, overtone peak to the left of the fundamental peak corresponding to transitions between higher vibrational states. It is to the left of the fundamental because the energy gap between the 1st and 2nd excited state is smaller than the gap between the ground and 1st excited states, owing to the anharmonicity of the molecule. Thus, IR can be used to see if we have an excited molecule. On the contrary, emission spectroscopy, specifically fluorimetry can be used to investigate the relaxation of the excited states to the ground state as the molecule moves away and vibrational energy is lost as heat. As molecules in the excited state decay back to the ground state they release a photon of light{{fontcolor1|blue|Not necessarily light. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 01:33, 27 June 2020 (BST)}} corresponding to a specific energy, which can be probed using fluorimetry. Molecules in the ground state will not emit any photons. Therefore fluorimetry can also be used to measure the progress of the reaction.  The other point to make is the difference in the amplitude of the oscillations between the reactants in the first 20 fs and the products after 90 fs. There is much more vibrational energy in the products than the reactants owing to the fact that this is an exothermic reaction and the potential energy decreases by being converted into excess vibrational energy.[[File:F H2 new reactive trajec momenta dpc18.png|thumb|250x250px|Figure 13 - The Momenta vs Time plot for reactive trajectory of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F]]A calculation was set up at 2000 steps to explore the effect of different momenta of HH on the reaction trajectory. In these calculations r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was kept constant at 74 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was kept constant at 200 pm, and, for reactions 1-5, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was kept constant at -1.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, with this value changing to -1.6 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; in reaction 6.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Reaction !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Observations !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || -6.00 || -1.0  || This setup gives a total energy of -403.614 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; which is considerably larger than the activation energy required. Despite this, the reaction does not form the expected products. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large vibrational energy, and passes through the transition state, but still reverses to re-form the reactants because the translational energy of the F atom is too small in comparison.|| [[File:14 reaction 1 dpc18.png|center|thumb|200x200px|Figure 14a]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2 || -3.25 || -1.0  || This setup gives a total energy of -426.302 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The F atom has the same translational energy but the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is now smaller (because of a smaller momentum). This makes a considerable difference in the fact that this reaction produces the products. However, the transition state is passed through a couple of times, with bond distances between all three atoms varying massively, showing that there is near equal chance of either molecule being formed. There is also a considerably larger vibrational energy in the products than compared to reaction 1, owing to the decreased potential energy of the HF molecule.|| [[File:14 reaction 2 dpc18.png|center|thumb|200x200px|Figure 14b]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 || 1.0 || -1.0  || This setup gives a total energy of -431.614 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.  In this calculation, both momenta are equal. Once again, the translational energy has a larger effect on the outcome of the reaction. This links, using Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules (discussed further below), with the fact that reaction is exothermic, and so translational movement has a larger effect. This example shows extremely clearly the large difference in the vibrational energy of the reactants compared with that of the products. The products are also formed at a shorter BC bond distance than in reaction 2. || [[File:14 reaction 3 dpc18.png|center|thumb|200x200px|Figure 14c]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4 || 3.25 || -1.0  || This setup gives a total energy of -419.802 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The total energy is now increasing again after decreasing as the momenta increased to 0. This calculation is the same, but opposite momentum from reaction 2, with vibrations now occurring in the opposite direction. The total energy here is higher and there is a larger vibrational energy in the products. The trajectory is similar to that in reaction 3, only again with increased vibration in the products. There is an increase in the amount of vibrational energy, likely due to the direction in which vibrations starts. This increases the vibrational energy of the products.|| [[File:14 reaction 4 dpc18.png|center|thumb|200x200px|Figure 14d]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5 || 6.00 || -1.0  || This setup gives a total energy of -391.614 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Once again, this setup has the opposite momenta of reaction 1, but gives a larger energy and also a big difference in the trajectory of the reaction. When the direction of vibration is reversed, the amount of vibrational energy increases and this effect does lead to a reaction occurring. This is likely due to the fact that when the molecule is given its initial momentum the distance between the atoms decreases, causing repulsion which in turn leads to a greater difference in bond length than would occur if the momenta originally caused the atoms to separate. || [[File:14 reaction 5 dpc18.png|center|thumb|200x200px|Figure 14e]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 6 || 0.2 || -1.6  || Here we are increasing the translational energy and decreasing the vibrational energy. The total energy for this reaction is -432.433 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Because this is an exothermic reaction, using Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules (discussed further below), we would expect this to be favourable and for the reaction to produce the products. Despite this, the contour diagram shows that the products are not formed. To investigate why this is happening, the bond distance between F and H was changed. Both shorter and larger bond lengths show that the reaction does go to completion, with figure 14g showing a H-F bond length of 170 pm, and figure 14h showing a H-F bond length of 230 pm. This is down to the balance of forces and whichever is stronger out of the attraction of the F atom and the repulsion of the H atom OR the repulsion of the F atom and the attraction of the H atom. If when H and F repel, the departing H atom is close enough, the reactants reform. These then repel and the balance of forces described above determines the outcome of which molecule is formed.|| [[File:14 reaction 6 dpc18.png|center|thumb|200x200px|Figure 14f - A HF bond distance of 200 pm]][[File:14 reaction 6a dpc18.png|center|thumb|200x200px|Figure 14g - A HF bond length of 170 pm]][[File:14 reaction 6b dpc18.png|center|thumb|200x200px|Figure 14h - A HF bond length of 230 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Endothermic reaction dpc18.png|thumb|200x200px|Figure 15 - The Contour Plot for an endothermic reaction of HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F]]The above results can be understood when looking at and applying Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules. These rules state that translational energy is more effective for an early transition state which, using Hammonds postulate, corresponds to an exothermic reaction, whilst vibrational energy in the reactants is better for a late transition state i.e. an endothermic reaction.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfield, in &#039;&#039;Chemical kinetics and dynamics&#039;&#039;, Prentice-Hall, Upper Saddle River, 2nd edn., 1989, pp. 272–274.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In the above reactions we are looking at the exothermic reaction of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + F. Thus, more translational energy favours the reaction and is more likely to lead to products. Conversely more vibrational energy in the reactants will disfavour the reaction, explaining why reactions 2  occurs but not reaction 1.&lt;br /&gt;
If we were to examine the reverse reaction of HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F a larger translational energy is preferred over vibrational energy. Therefore a large momentum for the incoming H atom and a small momentum for the HF molecule is optimal. One example of conditions that work is a molecular bond distance of 92 pm (the HF molecule bond distance) and a large distance between the molecular F and incoming H atom of 220 pm, with momenta of 0.2 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for the molecule (corresponding to low vibrational energy) and -18 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for the atom (corresponding to a very large amount of translational energy). The Contour Plot for this reaction is shown in Figure 15. As the vibrational energy of the molecule is increased it becomes increasingly difficult to find a reactive trajectory owing to Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good reference to plots. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 01:33, 27 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Dpc18|Dpc18]] ([[User talk:Dpc18|talk]]) 20:17, 22 May 2020 (BST)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01535442&amp;diff=812958</id>
		<title>MRD:01535442</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01535442&amp;diff=812958"/>
		<updated>2020-06-27T00:07:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
In this report, we will be investigating the reaction dynamics of two triatomic systems, H-H-H and F-H-H. This includes investigation of their transition states, reaction coordinates and potential energy surfaces, and how these affect the outcome of chemical reactions.&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Dist vs Time for rts 1535442.png|thumb|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 1&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;: Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system, showing estimate for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;|246x246px]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? ===&lt;br /&gt;
∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 defines the point in the potential enrgy surface diagram where to gradient is zero, being defined as the maximum on the minimum energy curve.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ===&lt;br /&gt;
The transitions state can be identified by mapping trajectories near the supposed transition state, and observe whether the line goes towards the products or reactants. It can be distinguished from a local minimum by looking at the second derivative, which will be positive when the function is a local minimum, and negative if it is a maximum point.{{fontcolor1|blue|The second derivative at the TS is positive in one direction and negative in an orthogonal one, a local minimum has this as negative in all directions. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 01:07, 27 June 2020 (BST)}} &lt;br /&gt;
=== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (the transition state position) is 90.9 pm. If you take a look at the internuclear distance vs time graph (&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 1&#039;&#039;&#039;), it shows that across time, there is no oscillatory behaviour in the triatomic system that alters the distance from the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, therefore 90.9 pm is the closest estimate for this position. Note that distance A-B and B-C are the same, so line A-B in the graph is behind line B-C.[[File:Contour Plot of Rts +1, Rts Dynamics 01535442.png|thumb|&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Contour plot of system displaced from transtition state. Calculation type: Dynamics|245x245px]][[File:Contour Plot of Rts +1, Rts MEP 01535442.png|thumb|Figure 3: Contour plot of system displaced from transtion state. Calculation type: MEP|244x244px]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ ===&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path or mep takes a path through the potential surface where it does not move up or down the contour, rather it takes the the path of lowest energy througout (see &#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 2&#039;&#039;&#039;). The trajectory calculated by dynamics (&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 3&#039;&#039;&#039;) follows the same overall path as the mep, though it&#039;s much more wavy. This is due to the vibration of the diatomic molecule. Conservation of energy is present in both as the dynamic trajectory oscillates between the same energy contours. {{fontcolor1|blue|good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 01:07, 27 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
=== Complete the table below by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.280&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) molecule has relatively lower momentum than H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and so there is little oscillatory behaviour. When it gets to the transition state, there is reintroduction of oscillatory behaviour in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, due to excess vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Contour Plot of P1=-2.56 P2=-5.1 01535442.png|frameless]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.077&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) molecule has relatively similiar levels of momentum to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; has more visible oscillations in it&#039;s trajectory. The path does not reach the transition state, as there is not enough kinetic energy for H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to form a bond with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and repulsion forces between them push them apart, oscillating back to the reactant snapshot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Contour Plot of Row 2 01535442.png|frameless]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-413.977&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) molecule has relatively lower momentum than H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and there is some oscillatory behaviour with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. There is enough momentum for H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to reach the transition state, as it overcomes the repulsion to form a new bond.There is then increased oscillatory behaviour in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, due to excess vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Contour Plot of Row 3 01535442.png|frameless]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.277&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) molecule has relatively lower momentum than H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and there is little oscillatory behaviour with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. There is enough momentum for H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to reach the transition state, as it overcomes the repulsion to form a new bond. Yet, as momentum is high, there is large oscillations in the path of the new H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, so much so that new bond then breaks and reforms the reactants, oscillating backwards.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Contour Plot of Row 4 01535442.png|frameless]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.477&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) molecule has relatively lower momentum than H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and there is little oscillatory behaviour with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. There is enough momentum for H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to reach the transition state, and there is few larger oscillations where the new bond between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is formed, and then this breaks and the reactant H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reforms. The reactant bond than breaks and reforms the new H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule, and the path goes towards the products.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Contour Plot of Row 5 01535442.png|frameless]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== What can you conclude from the table? ===&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, the main influence on whether a trajectory will lead to a reaction is that the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; must be larger than p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and around double the magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The higher that values of momentum, the higher the kinetic energy in the system and the higher the total energy becomes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state thoery predictions will likely overestimate the predictions for rate, as it assumes all of the reaction goes to completion due to boltzmann distribution (all molecules have enough kinetic energy). Yet, it doesn&#039;t consider barrier recrossing, where the bond in the product forms, but they may reverse if they have a high enough vibrational energy{{fontcolor1|blue|This can happen due to excessive translational energy to - Polanyi&#039;s rules. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 01:07, 27 June 2020 (BST)}}. There is also the case that transition state theory treats energy classically, so ignores tunneling effects that could lower estimates. This effects is generally small, and is only really prevalent at low temperatures.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Steinfeld, Jeffrey I, (1999) Chemical kinetics and dynamics, Prentice-Hall, p. 287-321&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H System ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot 01535442.png|thumb|312x312px|Figure 4: Contour plot of F-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction is exothermic, as the structure H-F is much more lower in energy, and there is noticable drop in the surface at the H-F product channel (&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 4&#039;&#039;&#039;). The product formed, H-F, as bond energy of 565 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Huheey, pps. A-21 to A-34; T.L. Cottrell, &amp;quot;The Strengths of Chemical Bonds,&amp;quot; 2nd ed., Butterworths, London, 1958&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is higher than the bond energy of H-H, thus the products will be lower in energy than the reactants.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
This reaction is endothermic, as H-H is much higher in energy than H-F, and there surface of the potential curve is higher in the H-H product channel (&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 4&#039;&#039;&#039;). The product formed, H-H, as a bond energy of 432 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; This is lower than the bond energy of H-F, thus the products should be higher in energy than the reactants. {{fontcolor1|blue|Good, but figure 5 would be more helpful if it was roateted so you can see the depth of the channels.[[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 01:07, 27 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour plot with Transtion State of F-H-H 0153442.png|thumb|Figure 5: Contour plot with approximate transtion state position for F-H-H system|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locate the approximate position of the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state positions is approximately at distance H - H = 74 pm and F - H = 181.4 pm. Initially, Hammond&#039;s Postulate was recalled, which states that the transition state of a reaction resembles the species more higher in energy, in this case either the product or the reactant. As we are observing the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;system, it is exothermic and and will resemble H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the reactants. The bond length of H-H is reported to be 74 pm, so this was kept the same, as well as keeping the momentums at 0, to find the position (see &#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 6 &#039;&#039;&#039;for depiction).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Report the activation energy for both reactions ===&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is 1.032 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, and the for the H + HF system, the activation energy is -126.684 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. These were found by finding the difference between the potential energy of the transition state and the reactant, using both systems (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF) so the mep could be pathed (only to reactants). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta vs time 01535442.png|thumb|Figure 6: Momenta vs time graph of Reactive Trajectory|318x318px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy and explain how this could be confirmed experimentally ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reactive trajectory in this example is set by F - H = 230 pm, and H - H = 74 pm, with respective momentums being -13 and 0. In &#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 6&#039;&#039;&#039;, the momentum vs time graph of this system is displayed, where A-B = F - H, and B-C = H - H.  Initially, F - H has translational energy which enables it to move, and H - H has vibrational energy and is oscillating. Then, once the collision occurs, the momentums become postive, as the newly formed products move away. Now, F - H bond has vibrational energy, and it oscillatory behaviour is large, and the H - H momentum steadies as H moves away with translational energy. This can be confirmed by analysis of chemiluminescence and possibly IR{{fontcolor1|blue|Unlikely that there will be light released, Ir would be used to measure changes in vibration and calorimetry can measure changes in translational energy. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 01:07, 27 June 2020 (BST)}}.  &lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
The distributions of energy is influenced by the strength of both translational modes and vibrational modes. The biggest component to the favourability of the modes is the position of the transition state in the potential energy surface. If a reaction has a late transition state (occurs in product channel), then high translational{{fontcolor1|blue|Other way around, vibrational for late TS. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 01:07, 27 June 2020 (BST)}} energy trajectories will lead to succussful reactions. Yet, if a reaction has an early transition state (occurs in reactant channel), will favour vibration excitation of the molecule leading to a reactive trajectory.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Steinfeld, Jeffrey I, (1999) Chemical kinetics and dynamics, Prentice-Hall, p. 272-274&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Biliography ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01503930yq618&amp;diff=812957</id>
		<title>MRD:01503930yq618</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01503930yq618&amp;diff=812957"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T23:52:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
This lab studies the trajectories and relative behaviour of triatomic systems by simulation via lepsgui.py and looks into the importance of right energy distribution. H-H-H and F-H-H systems have been investigated specifically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 1: H + H2 system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Dynamics from the transition state region&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a potential energy surface, the transition state is the first-order saddle point where it is a minimum along all coordinates except one{{fontcolor1|blue|It&#039;s on one coordinate, which is both a minimum and a maximum depending on the direction in which you measure. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 00:52, 27 June 2020 (BST)}}. To distinguish it from a local minimum, the hessian matrix could be found where the eigenvalues should be one positive and one negative. In contrast, the eigenvalues of a local minimum would be both positive and the second derivative would be positive. (see fig.1 below)&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Formula? [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 00:52, 27 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H-Hcontour.png|thumb|center|upright=2|Fig.1 the contour plot at the transition state position of the H+H2 reaction where the transition state is represented by a cross]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H-Hdistanceplot.png|thumb|center|upright=2|Fig.2 internuclear distance vs time graph at the transition state position]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An estimate for the transition state position is rts=90.8pm. From the &amp;quot;Internuclear Distance VS Time&amp;quot; plot(see fig.2), it can be seen that rAB is equal to rBC in this case and the distance is constant, which means the reaction is now at transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Calculating the reaction path&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path corresponds to infinitely slow motion around the transition state and the momenta are set to zero, so the internuclear velocity of A-B, A-C and B-C remained zero for the mep trajectory(see fig.3), whereas in dynamics trajectory the velocities start to oscillate in a fixed frequency after reaching the transition state. Besides, the intermolecular distance in mep calculation remains unchanged for the newly formed H2 molecule which means it is not oscillating(fig.4).{{fontcolor1|blue|Good, but a surface plot showing the path would be more appropriate here. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 00:52, 27 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep-VT.png|thumb|center|upright=2|Fig.3 internuclear velocity vs time graph at the transition state position in mep]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep-DT.png|thumb|center|upright=2|Fig.4 internuclear distance vs time graph at the transition state position in mep]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive and unreactive trajectories&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the initial positions being r1 = 74 pm and r2 = 200 pm, a set of different momenta were used to run the trajectories (see table below). The results in the table emphasise the importance of the right energy distribution into the vibrational and translational mode and indicate the fact that just having high initial energy is not enough for the reaction to take place because of the possibility that the reactants may be reformed by recrossing the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! p1/ g.mol-1.pm.fs-1	&lt;br /&gt;
! p2/ g.mol-1.pm.fs-1&lt;br /&gt;
! Etot/kJ.mol-1&lt;br /&gt;
! Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1 || -414.280 || Yes || As H(A) approaches the bonded Hs, it forms a bond with H(B) and the original B-C bond breaks. Then the bonded A-B hydrogen molecule starts to vibrate and moves back together. || see fig.5&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -4.1 || -420.077 || No || H(A) is trying to approach the other two bonded Hs until it is stopped at some point and not able to form the bond as it is not reactive enough. Then H(A) moves back again alone. || see fig.6&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -5.1 || -413.977 || Yes || H(A) is approaching the two bonded Hs until the reaction happens and it forms a bond with H(B). Then the newly formed H2 molecule moves back together and vibrates. || see fig.7&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || As H(A) approaches the bonded Hs, it forms a bond with H(B) and the bond starts to vibrate. But then the bond breaks, and H(B) moves back to bond with H(C) again. || see fig.8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || As H(A) is approaching the two bonded Hs, it first collides with H(B) but then H(B) bounces back before it collides with H(A) again to form a new A-B bond. After that, the A-B hydrogen molecule moves back together and vibrates. || see fig.9&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:contour1.jpeg|thumb|center|upright=2|Fig.5 illustration of the trajectory at p1=-2.56, p2=-5.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:contour2.jpeg|thumb|center|upright=2|Fig.6 illustration of the trajectory at p1=-3.1, p2=-4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:contour3.jpeg|thumb|center|upright=2|Fig.7 illustration of the trajectory at p1=-3.1, p2=-5.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:contour4.jpeg|thumb|center|upright=2|Fig.8 illustration of the trajectory at p1=-5.1, p2=-10.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:contour5.jpeg|thumb|center|upright=2|Fig.9 illustration of the trajectory at p1=-5.1, p2=-10.6]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Overall summary? [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 00:52, 27 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Limitations of the transition state theory and the rate of reaction&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case the transition state theory does not take into account the possibility that quantum tunnelling happens and the reactants can cross the energy barrier even without sufficient energy to form new bonds and become products, under which circumstance the reaction rate would be underestimated if using the theory only. This phenomenon based on quantum mechanics becomes more significant when the reaction has small energy barriers. The theory also assumes that the energy distributions would be what is expected from Boltzmann distribution, which is not always the case with short-lived reactants. Moreover, the theory fails when the reactants possess such high initial kinetic energy that they may go back to reactants again once they pass the energy barrier, in which case the rate values would be underestimated again {{fontcolor1|blue|Unlike quantum tunneling, this would cause the theory to overestimate rate values. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 00:52, 27 June 2020 (BST)}}.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:exothermic-mdlab.jpg|thumb|center|upright=2|Fig.10 surface plot of the F+H2 reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the surface plot of the F+H2 reaction that the energy of the products is smaller than that of the reactants, which means the F+H2 reaction is exothermic. On the other hand, Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the transition state of a reaction resembles the reactant or the product depending on to which it is closer in energy and in an exothermic reaction the transition state is closer to the reactant, which illustrates that the reaction is exothermic in this case. In terms of the relative bond strengths it indicates that the energy required to break the original bond is less than the energy released in forming the new bond, and in this case it means that the H-H bond is weaker than the H-F bond formed. When it comes to H+HF, the reaction is endothermic as the H2 bond formed is weaker than the HF bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Finding the transition state position&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position is found to be r(HF)=181.1pm, r(HH)=74.5pm by trying different numbers until the relative motion is stationary. {{fontcolor1|blue|Plots like those used in the previous TS question and a discussion of how both the forward and reverse reactions have the same transition state would help this answer. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 00:52, 27 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Finding the activation energy&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:activationenergy-plot.jpg|thumb|center|upright=2|Fig.11  Energy VS Time graph to find the activation energy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By changing the AB or BC distance by 1pm away from the transition state and setting the calculation type to MEP, an energy VS time plot of the H+HF reaction can be obtained as above. The activation energy is equal to the energy of transition state minus that of reactants, and from this we can calculate the energy difference from the plot which is 126.7kJ/mol. In the F+H2 reaction, the energy of the reactants is found to be -435.8kJ/mol, giving rise to the activation energy of 1.8kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reaction dynamics and the release of reaction energy&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As energy is conserved, the mechanism of the release of reaction energy has been suggested. When the F+H2 reaction happens, the reaction is exothermic and the potential energy is converted into vibrational energy. This could be confirmed using IR spectroscopy. When energy is released, the electrons are excited from the ground state to higher levels and the subsequent relaxation would give rise to two peaks shown in the IR spectrum. The intensity of the overtone would decrease whereas that of the fundamental would increase as time goes on. An energy{{fontcolor1|blue|There would also be changes in translational energy which could be detected as temperature (not energy) by a calorimeter. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 00:52, 27 June 2020 (BST)}} calorimeter could also be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Distribution of energies and the Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi&#039;s rule states that the translational energy is better at promoting the reaction to overcome the barrier in reactions with early transition states, i.e. exothermic reactions. The translational energy helps promote exothermic reactions as it aligns with the direction that forms the products, and the trajectory would fall back into the lower energy state. However, the vibrational energy is in a different direction from the reaction path, which makes it harder for the trajectory to cross the barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
By setting the initial conditions of rHH = 74 pm, rFH = 230pm, pFH = -1.0 g.mol-1.pm.fs-1 and exploring values of pHH in the range -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol-1.pm.fs-1, it can be seen that a lot of energy has been put into vibration and a high kinetic energy is required for the trajectory to be reactive. In contrast, when the exothermic reaction F+H2 happens and the transition state in early, a relatively low kinetic energy is required for the reaction to happen, which is in line with the Polanyi&#039;s empirical rule.{{fontcolor1|blue|Reference? [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 00:52, 27 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:unreactive-trajectory.png|thumb|center|upright=2|Fig.12 illustration of an unreactive trajectory at p1=-1, p2=-3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:reactive-trajectory.png|thumb|center|upright=2|Fig.13 illustration of a reactive trajectory at early transition state where p1=-5, p2=-3]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=User:Rew18&amp;diff=812956</id>
		<title>User:Rew18</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=User:Rew18&amp;diff=812956"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T23:35:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H-H-H System: Locating the Transition State ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1Surface_Plot.png|thumb|Potential energy surface diagram of H(A)+H(B)H(C)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a potential energy surface diagram showing how the energy of the system varies as the distances between a hydrogen atom (A) and a hydrogen molecule with a bond distance of BC change. It is symmetrical along the line y=x as the reaction of 1/2 H2 and H2 is neither endothermic or exothermic. On a potential energy surface diagram the transition state is mathematically defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path where ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 (the gradient of the potential is zero){{fontcolor1|blue|The second derivative of potential energy is also positive in one direction and negative in an orthogonal direction. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 23:43, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}. The minimum energy path is the highlighted black line that links the reactants to the products, the transition state lies at the highest point of this line. The transition point can be identified by starting trajectories close to where one assumes the transition state to be and seeing whether the trajectory rolls towards the reactants or the products. If there is no roll the trajectory has been started at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:5Surface_Plot.png|thumb|Potential energy surface diagram of H(A)+H(B)H(C) displaying transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, the transition state has been located as there is no roll when the trajectory is started. Therefore for the reaction 1/2 H + H2, the transition state exists when the distance of AB and BC both equal 90.777pm and neither species has momentum. This can be further proven by a internuclear distance vs time plot as when both bond distances are set to 90.777pm and both species are given no momentum there are no forces acting along AB or BC, the internuclear distance of AB and BC are the same and constant and the internuclear distance of AC is constant. {{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 23:43, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4Surface_Plot.png|thumb|Distance vs time plot of the transition state for the reaction H(A)+H(B)H(C)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== H-H-H System: Determining Successful Reaction Pathways ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A minimum energy path (MEP) is a trajectory that corresponds to infinitely slow motion (achieved by setting the momentum to 0 at each step of the reaction) and is run from a point very close to the transition state, here it has been run from AB=91.777pm, BC=90.777pm, pAB=pBC=0. The trajectory just travels along the base of the potential energy diagram smoothly until the reaction has completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1MEPSurface_Plot.png|thumb|Contour plot of an MEP calculation of the trajectory of the described reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However MEPs are not an accurate representation of the reaction path as a molecules motion is non-zero and constantly changing with the molecules having translational, vibrational and rotational degrees of freedom. When a dynamics calculation is run instead of an MEP the main difference in the plots is that the reaction path of the trajectory oscillates. This could be representative of the fact that the formed bond has vibrational energy, proving the dynamics calculation is a more accurate representation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1DynamicsSurface_Plot.png|thumb|Contour plot of an dynamics calculation of the trajectory of the described reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction to be successful the reactants must possess the energy to overcome the activation barrier. The following situations involve a collision of the atomic and molecular hydrogen with varying momenta and an AB and BC bond distance of 74pm and 200pm respectively . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! p1/ g.mol-1.pm.fs-1 !! p2/ g.mol-1.pm.fs-1 !! Etot/KJ.mol^-1  !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1 || -414.28|| Yes || A approaches BC with just enough energy to surpass the transition state, slowly forming AB + C {{fontcolor1|blue|What about vibrations? [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 23:43, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}|| [[File:RONRPlot.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -4.1 || -420.077 || No || A approaches BC but not without enough energy  to reach the transition state. This results in the BC bond elongating but not breaking. || [[File:RONR2_1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -5.1 || -413.977 || Yes || A approaches BC in a similar fashion to the first reaction scenario however the system has more energy so the reaction is completed faster. || [[File:RONR3Plot.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || A approaches BC with more than enough energy to react however once the transition state forms B oscillates between A and C eventually favouring to maintain its bond with C || [[File:RONR4Plot.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes ||  A approaches BC with enough energy to overcome the transition barrier. B oscillates between A and C before forming a bond with A|| [[File:RONR5Plot.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can conclude that for two species to react they must have enough energy to surpass the activation barrier. However just because they have enough energy and the transition state forms it does not mean the reaction will grant the products, the reactants may be returned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== H-H-H System: Transition State Theory ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory uses 4 main assumptions to determine the rate of a reaction: [1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Molecular systems that have surpassed the activation energy cannot turn back and form reactant molecules again&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The distribution of energy in the system obeys Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution and when the system is in equilibrium, equilibrium theory can be used to determine the concentration of reactant molecules that have formed the transition state&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Any reactant that comes close to reaching the transition state but does not quite reach it is simply treated as reactant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The system is treated classically, no tunneling through the activation energy barrier occurs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clearly the calculations we have run are not based off of transition state theory as we previously had a scenario where the reactants possessed more than enough energy to form the transition state but the transition state broke down to afford the reactants, not the products. Transition state theory overestimates the reaction rate as the increase in rate brought about by the transition state not being able to afford the reactants again is greater than the reduction in rate we observe when we treat the system classically and don&#039;t account for quantum tunneling through the activation barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H System: Reaction Energetics  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system H(A)+H(B)F(C) is unlike H+H2 in the sense that it is asymmetric. This is reflected by its contour and surface plot as the transition state occurs when AB=74.5pm and BC=180.6pm and this point is no longer on the y=x axis. As the transition state is present when the BC bond is elongated it gives indication that in the transition state the H(A)-H(B) bond is stronger than the H(B)-F(C) bond. Using Hammonds postulate this tells you that the transition state resembles the products more than the reactants and that the reaction is endothermic. {{fontcolor1|blue|You wouldn&#039;t explain this using Hammond&#039;s postulate, rather you would explain Hammonds postulate using these models. A statement about the surface plot showing how energy changes, therefore endothermic, is enough. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 23:43, 26 June 2020 (BST)}} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To determine the activation energy of this reaction the energy of the transition state was determined from the surface plot (-433.981 KJ.mol^-1). A surface plot of the reactants was then plotted with an AB distance of 500pm and a BC distance of a literature value for HF bond length (91.7pm) [2] which gave the energy of the reactants to be -560.672KJmol^-1. The energy of the reactants was then subtracted from the energy of the transition state to obtain an activation energy of 126.691KJmol^-1.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:newplot5555.png|thumb|center|Surface plot showing the transition state of the reaction described]] [[File:new2Surface_Plot.png|thumb|center|Surface point showing the energy of the reactants]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system F(A)+H(B)H(C) is also asymmetric, the transition state occurs when AB=180.6pm and BC=74.5pm. Hammonds postulate again can be used to determine whether it is an endo or exothermic reaction. Its contour and surface plot shows the transition state lies towards an elongated AB distance representing the fact that in the transition state the bond between the hydrogen species is stronger than the FH bond. This means that the transition state more closely resembles the reactants so the reaction is exothermic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To determine the activation energy of this reaction the energy of the transition state was determined from the contour plot (-433.981KJmol^-1). A surface plot of the reactants was then plotted with a AB distance of 500pm and a BC distance of a literature HH bond length (74.1pm) [3]  which gave the energy of the reactants to be -435.097KJmol^-1. The energy of the reactants was then subtracted from the energy of the transition state to obtain an activation energy of -1.116KJmol^-1&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:newplot2.png|thumb|center|Surface plot showing the transition state of the reaction described]]  [[File:OF1Surface_Plot.png|thumb|center|Surface point showing the energy of the reactants]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 is exothermic the system gives off energy and due to the principle of conservation of energy it means the newly formed H-F bond must be stronger than the old H-H bond as bond breaking is exothermic. Conversely, H + HF is endothermic, the newly formed H-H bond must be weaker than the reactant H-F bond which it is.{{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 23:43, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H System: Reaction Dynamics  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction of F(A) and H(B)-H(C) when the distances and momenta of AB and BC are 200pm and -2.12gmol^-1.pm.fs^-1 and 74.5pm and -3.88gmol^-1.pm.fs^-1 respectively there is a succesful reaction where a F-H bond is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:5555Animation.png|thumb|Momentum vs time plot of the succesful reaction between F and H2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plot of momenta vs time for this reaction shows that the product HF bond has much more momentum than the reactant HH bond. This could be because as the reaction is exothermic, the energy released from the system is released as vibrionic motion in the product. This could be proven experimentally with the use of IR. The energy of the product FH bond would be measured in an IR spectrometer and the value converted from wavenumbers to KJ.mol^-1. If this value is equal to the enthalpy of the reaction minus the initial energy of both reactant species this explanation would be proven correct {{fontcolor1|blue|You could use IR do detecct the vibrational energy change, but your discussion assumes that all of the enthalpy change is expressed as vibrations, you could simply get more transnational energy as heat that wouldn&#039;t necessarily show up on IR. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 23:43, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi used potential energy surfaces like the ones used in this report to determine the effect of how early a reactions transition state is on the energy distribution of the products [4]. He determined that an earlier transition state tends to favour the vibrational excitation of the product molecule whereas a later transition state tends to lead to little vibrational excitation of the product molecule. In the last section the reaction of F + H2 was modelled and the resulting F-H species had high vibrational motion. Using Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules this would suggest that this reaction therefore had an early transition state. This is correct as this reaction is exothermic as the transition state resembles the reactants more than the products.{{fontcolor1|blue|This question is about the efficiency of the reaction, Polanyi&#039;s rules show how different energy types are more effective at causing reactions depending on their transition state position. Again, the Hammond postulate shouldn&#039;t be used to explain these models.[[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 00:35, 27 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bibliography  == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] - J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics 2nd ed., Chapter 10, Prentice-Hall, 1998&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] - (https://cccbdb.nist.gov/exp2x.asp?casno=7664393&amp;amp;charge=0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] - https://cccbdb.nist.gov/exp2x.asp?casno=1333740&amp;amp;charge=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]- J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics 2nd ed., Chapter 4, Prentice-Hall, 1998&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:dlk188&amp;diff=812955</id>
		<title>MRD:dlk188</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:dlk188&amp;diff=812955"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T23:28:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state (TS)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the saddle point on the potential energy surface, where the gradient of the potential is 0.&lt;br /&gt;
The hessian eigenvalues can help distinguish the transition state from the local minimum on the potential energy surface {{fontcolor1|blue|Explain this with a formula.[[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 00:28, 27 June 2020 (BST)}}. Both positive and negative eigenvalues indicate the transition state has been found.&lt;br /&gt;
Locating the transition state for this system :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The TS is estimated at 9.77 {{fontcolor1|blue|This should be 90.77.[[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 00:28, 27 June 2020 (BST)}} pm , 0 momentum for the H-H-H system. This is confirmed as the force is reported to be approximately 0.00 and the hessian eigenvalues are -0.027 and +0.167. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This particular system has a symmetric TS, it is neither endothermic or exothermic. As a result of this, the internuclear distances should be equal and should remain stationary at the transition state. The plot of the Internuclear Distances vs Time” below demonstrates the symmetry of the transition state in a simple way; equal distances between A-B and B-C. A-C is double A-B.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dlk18_ex1_indistance_vs_time.png|300px|Internuclear distance vs Time for transition state of H-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction trajectory can be calculated by displacing the system from the transition state. This was calculated using two methods, shown below. The second having used the mep settings instead of the dynamic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dy_dlk18png.png|300px]] [[File:mep_dlk18.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two main differences here, the trajectory length and the lack of oscillation in the mep calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mep always resets the gradient to 0 at each step, hence there is no oscillation. The mep is shorter as a result because once it falls into the low energy well, the gradient is 0 and the trajectory stops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Unreactive and Reactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.28&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Reaction trajectory follows the standard trajectory expected, the internuclear distances plot demonstrates formation of the products.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:1_dlk18.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.10&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|Looking at the internuclear distance vs. time plot you can see that there is no change in the B-C distance, so the original H2 molecule is still intact, not enough energy to cross the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:2_dlk18.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-413.98&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|The internuclear distance vs. time plot shows the correct change in the both the A-B and and B-C distances.{{fontcolor1|blue|What about changes in vibrations?[[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 00:28, 27 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:3_dlk18.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-353.48&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|recrosses the transition state barrier; i.e initially could be seen as reactive as the reactants do react to form products, but then the reverse reaction occurs and the trajectory is taken back to reactants. This is also shown clearly in internuclear distances vs. time plot- the A-B and B-C distances end up where they originally started.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:4_dlk18.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.48&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|The plots shows that initially it seemed as though the reaction was recrossing the barrier like the previous example, however the added kinetic energy was enough to reach the transition point, as the final A-B and B-C distances are correct. A contour plot has been added in the next column to better demonstrate this.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:5_dlk18.png|250px]] [[File:5.1_dlk18.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The results in the table demonstrate that a slight increase in momentum/kinetic energy, whilst keeping all other initial conditions the same can help the reaction trajectory reach the TS when it otherwise could not {{fontcolor1|blue|What about system recrossing?[[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 00:28, 27 June 2020 (BST)}}.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== TST Theory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory predicts that there is no re-crossing of the barrier, once the transition state is reached the reactants will follow the reaction trajectory to form the product(s) of the reaction. The results shown in the table above however demonstrate that barrier re-crossing is possible. The implications of this on the reaction rate values is that the value predicted by the Transition state theory would be higher than experimental values and hence an overestimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The F-H-H system was set up with the H2 molecule approaching the Fluorine atom. The potential energy surface shows that the F + H2 reaction is exothermic, and the HF + H reaction is endothermic{{fontcolor1|blue|Graphical evidence?[[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 00:28, 27 June 2020 (BST)}}. This indicates that the HF bond is of higher strength than the HH bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finding the Transition State:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Transition state was estimated the same way as the previous system, though this time the transition state is asymmetric. Using Hammond&#039;s postulate and the fact that the reaction is exothermic, the (early) transition state was estimated to be X. This is confirmed by the force values X AND X and the eigenvector (omega squared values): X,X. The change in sign indicating the presence of a saddle point. {{fontcolor1|blue|So, what is the TS position?.[[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 00:28, 27 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for each reaction was found in different ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H reaction, an MEP calculation was performed to displace the reaction from the transition state towards the reactants. This was done using 4000 steps. The plot below demonstrates the energy displacement from the transition state and shows the energy drop into the well of pure reactant state:&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy was found to be 124kj/mol approximately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:activation_dlk18.png|300px|Energy vs Time showing the displacement of transition state to reactants for HF + H]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H2 + F reaction, the activation energy was found using Hammond&#039;s Postulate; kowing the reaction is exothermic, the expected activation energy would be small. This was found by displacing the distance of the HF atom 4000pm away, ensuring the energy would be that of pure reactant only in this case. &lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy was found to be 1 kj/mol approximately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction trajectory for H2 + F is plotted below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:rxn_dynamic_dlk18.png|300px|reaction trajectory for H2 + F]] [[File:mom_dlk18.png|300px|Momentum vs. time for H2 + F]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction trajectory shows oscillation in the product region of this reaction. This is shown more clearly in the momentum vs. time plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exothermic reactions like this can be classified as having attractive or repulsive potential energy surfaces. The oscillation implies that there is vibrational energy within the product.&lt;br /&gt;
By varying the momentum of r(HH) we are able to determine the type of energy surface. The plot below demonstrates this: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:rep_dlk18.png|300px|repulsive PES for H2 + F reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By varying r(HH) momentum and looking at this plot, there is clear indication of the reaction mechanism being governed by the release in energy from the repulsion between the HH atoms. The mechanism of this reaction goes via the repulsion between the H-H atoms initially. It is the energy released due to the repulsion pushes the H atom towards the F atom (which is heavier) and in turn produces vibrational energy in the HF product. The implications of this mean that there is vibrational energy in the product as well as translational energy, implying a mixed energy release. The key thing to note here is that the presence of vibrational energy enables this to be tested using IR spectroscopy experimentally, due to the vibrational excitation. When studying potential energy surfaces, Infrared chemiluminescence (IRCL) is a common method. This method relies on the emission of infrared photons from the excited state; therefore, the proposed mechanism for the energy release in this reaction could be confirmed using this method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is clear that the distribution of energy between translational and vibrational affect the efficiency on the reaction, depending on whether or not it is endo or exothermic. Vibrational energy is better at facilitating endothermic reactions, and translational better for exothermic reactions.{{fontcolor1|blue|Reference?[[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 00:28, 27 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:JaliniKalaravy&amp;diff=812954</id>
		<title>MRD:JaliniKalaravy</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:JaliniKalaravy&amp;diff=812954"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T23:12:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1ː H-H-H System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Q1ː On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 2020-05-19 at 13.47.48.png|300px|thumb|center| Figure 1ː A Potential Energy Surface]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With regards to the potential energy surface diagram, the transition state is mathematically defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. This is denoted as the maximum point of the potential energy line on the surface plot. This coincides with the minimum point on the kinetic energy curve. Since the transition state is a stationary point on the surface plot, by equating &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;dV/dr = 0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, the distance at which the transition state occurs can be calculated. It can be distinguished from local minima since it has the greatest value out of all minima{{fontcolor1|blue|Mathematically, it is distinguished from local minima by having a positive second derivative of potential energy in one direction and a negative one in an orthogonal direction. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 00:12, 27 June 2020 (BST)}}. Qualitatively, this can be seen by choosing a set of points where the transition state is believed to lie and analysing the motion of this trajectory. Where there is no trajectory (i.e. no maxima or minima), transition state has been found (as seen below). In the image above, the black solid line depicts the trajectory of molecules not at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 2020-05-19 at 13.14.46.png|300px|thumb|center| Figure 2ː Contour plot showing position of transition state. Black dot shows exact location of transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Q2ː Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The image above arises from setting the momenta as 0 (since KE = 0 at transition state) and setting the AB and BC bond distance as 90.8 pm to give the force along AB and BC as -0.004 kJmol-1pm-1. Looking at the “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for this trajectory below, it can be seen that the AB and BC distances are constant as a result of the fact there are no forces acting on the them (&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;dV/dr = 0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;). Thus, it can be deduced the transition state has been reached.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 2020-05-19 at 13.06.10.jpg|300px|thumb|center| Figure 3ː Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Q3ː Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (mep) is a trajectory corresponding to infinitely slow motion. In this trajectory, the momenta/velocities are always reset to zero in each time step. In this case, the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; . Though useful in characterising a reaction, the mep does not give a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction since oscillation of potential energy of H atoms is not considered. By altering the trajectory from the transition state (ts) value to  r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts, the mep reaction path and &#039;Dynamics&#039; reaction path can be compared. In the table below, r1 = 90.8 + 1 pm, r2 = 90.8 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ mep vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
! mep !! Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Screenshot 2020-05-19 at 14.36.18.png|300px|thumb|center]] || [[File:Screenshot 2020-05-19 at 14.36.51.png|300px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the 2 trajectories above, it can be seen the &#039;Dynamics&#039; trajectory takes into consideration the ever-changing motion of atoms due to their oscillations as a result of the vibrational energy atoms possess. This can be seen from the solid black wavy line. On the other hand, in the mep trajectory, these oscillations cannot be seen as such making it a less accurate account of the motion of atoms.{{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 00:12, 27 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now considering the “Internuclear Distances vs Time” and “Momenta vs Time” plots and how these change when r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts (i.e.  r1 = 90.8 + 1 pm, r2 = 90.8) and r1 = rts, r2 = rts+δ (i.e.  r1 = 90.8 pm, r2 = 90.8 + 1 pm), the the graphs below are seen. In the first case where r1 = rts+δ and r2 = rts, the AB molecule is formed whereas in the second case, the BC molecule has formed. When the position of the transition state is slightly changed, the state moves to one of the product valleys where it is more stable. In the first case this manifests as the AB molecule while in the second case it&#039;s the BC molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Changing Initial Conditions&lt;br /&gt;
! Graph Type !! r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts !! r1 = rts, r2 = rts+δ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Internuclear Distances vs Time&#039;&#039;&#039; || [[File:Screenshot 2020-05-19 at 14.55.59.png|300px|thumb|center]] || [[File:Screenshot 2020-05-19 at 15.01.19.png|300px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Momenta vs Time&#039;&#039;&#039; || [[File:Screenshot 2020-05-19 at 14.56.15.png|300px|thumb|center]] || [[File:Screenshot 2020-05-19 at 15.01.30.png|300px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions of r1(t) and r2(t) were found when t is large (i.e. t = 200). In the case where r1 = rts and r2 = rts+δ, r1(t) = 74.5 pm and r2(t) = 1476 pm, p1(t) = 2.6 gmol-1pmfs-1 (from midpoint of oscillating curve) and p2(t) = 5.1 gmol-1pmfs-1. When a new calculation is carried out whereby the final positions recorded are set as the initial positions and momenta reversed, the trajectory reversing and returning back to the original position is observed most likely due to not having enough energy to overcome the energy barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; Q4ː Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
! p1/ g.mol-1.pm.fs-1 !! p2/ g.mol-1.pm.fs-1 !! Etot !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1 || -414.28 || Yes || AB bond distance is decreasing so A is approaching BC. Passing of 2 contour lines show that energy is increasing due to repulsion of H and H2 at close distances. A possesses more energy than the activation energy allowing the reaction to occur and AB to form. The transition state occurs where energy is a maximum (i.e. where AB approximately equals BC). || [[File:Screenshot 2020-05-20 at 11.40.27.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -4.1 || -420.08 || No || BC bond distance is decreasing until it reaches A however the system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation barrier and as such BC does not react with A and instead returns back along it&#039;s initial trajectory || [[File:Screenshot 2020-05-20 at 11.50.32.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -5.1 || -413.98 || Yes || Similar to the first scenario, BC bond distance is decreasing so A is approaching BC. There is enough energy in the system to overcome the activation barrier and as such BC forms. This reaction has more energy than the first as can be deduced from the more prominent oscillations of the trajectory (so molecule possesses greater kinetic energy) || [[File:Screenshot 2020-05-20 at 11.55.51.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.1 || -357.28 || No || In this reaction BC has a high momentum and possesses enough energy to react with A. The BC distances decreases until it reaches the transition state where it oscillates between the AB and BC product wells on either side of the transition state ultimately choosing the side of the AB reactant well. Visually this is seen as the molecules colliding a few times when they meet. Therefore AB doesn&#039;t form and BC returns back to its initial position with greater kinetic energy (larger oscillation) || [[File:Screenshot 2020-05-20 at 12.03.28.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.6 || -349.48 || Yes || Similar to the fourth scenario, BC has a enough energy to reach the transition state however chooses to roll down to the AB product potential well where it is more stable. Therefore AB forms and continues the trajectory with a greater kinetic energy || [[File:Screenshot 2020-05-20 at 12.14.44.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The penultimate set of conditions illustrates a case of barrier recrossing. The system crosses the transition state region, you should see the bond in the product actually forms (see “Animation”) but then the system reverts back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Q5ː Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory rationalises and calculates the rate of chemical reactions based on the properties of the reactants and the transitions state structure. Transition state theory assumes 3 {{fontcolor1|blue|(Main) [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 00:12, 27 June 2020 (BST)}}factorsː&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. There are no multiple crossings of the dividing surface at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The concentrations of activated complexes may be calculated using equilibrium theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The motion of the system over the col in the potential-energy surface can be separated out from all the other motions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conventional transition-state theory counts all trajectories showing different ways of crossing the transition state barrier as contributing to reaction, but this is not the case since only the trajectories where the reactants directly become the products contribute to the reaction. Because of these recrossing effects, conventional transition-state theory predicts a too high observed experimental rate. To mitigate this error, TST expression is multiplied by the transmission coefficient (kappa). Error arises in the 3rd assumption due to the fact that motion is not classical but rather, quantised. This raises the issue of the possibility that the system may tunnel through the potential-energy surface&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Assuming quantum tunnelling occurs, the observed experimental rate will increase. It should be noted that with heavier species (than H or D), even with deuterons, tunnelling is negligible. Overall, the assumption of having no multiple crossings of the dividing surface at the transition state contributes more to the deviation seen from the conventional transition state theory. This is because quantum tunnelling effects become negligible for larger atoms that H and D. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2ː F-H-H System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Q1ː By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the FHH system, the surface is no longer symmetric and as such, in order to determine whether a reaction is exothermic or endothermic,  which side of the ʏ=x line the position of the maximum lies on should be looked at. For F colliding with H2, the transition state occurs early and it can be clearly seen that the reactants are at a higher energy level than the products. Therefore the reaction of F and H2 is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 2020-05-21 at 11.31.52.png|300px|thumb|center|Figure 4ː Potential energy surface of an exothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For H colliding with HF, the transition state is seen later and the reactants are clearly at a lower energy level than the products. Therefore this reaction is endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 2020-05-21 at 11.50.21.png|300px|thumb|center| Figure 5ː Potential energy surface of an endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that an endothermic reaction requires energy to be inputted into the system in order for bond cleavage, it can be deduced that the H-F bond is stronger than the H2 bond. This is supported by the fact that F is a highly electronegative element and as such, there is a strong attraction between the partial negative charge on the F and partial positive charge on the H to form a strong covalent bond. The H-H molecule has no associated polarity and is therefore weaker. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the program, the H2 bond energy was 435.056 kJ/mol which is in agreement with the literature value of 436&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The H-F bond energy was 560.402 kJ/mol which is also in agreement with the literature value of 565 kJ/mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore for the following reactionsː&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF → H2 + F          Enthalpy change = 560 - 435 = +125 kJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 → H + HF          Enthalpy change = 435 - 560 = -125 kJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Q2ː Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state was found by locating the distances AB and BC whereby the forces acting on them were equal to 0. This is because the transition state is mathematically defined as the stationary point given as dV/dr = 0. The point where the transition state lies should also have both 1 positive and 1 negative Hessian eigenvalue values as well as 3 straight lines on the &amp;quot;intermolecular distance vs time&amp;quot; graph. Using Hammond&#039;s Postulate, since the reaction between H and HF is exothermic, the transition state will closely resemble the structure of the reactants. Therefore the distance between the reactants and transition state will be closer than the distance with the products. The values found for the reaction of F and H2 areː&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB = 180.8 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC = 74.5 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the reactions of H and HF are just the reverse of the F and H2 reactions, it can be concluded that the position of the transition state will have the same value but switched around. Also from Hammond&#039;s Postulate, the transition state of the endothermic reaction between F and H2 will resemble the products and therefore the distance between the position of the transition state and product will be closer. The position of the transition state for the reaction of H and HF isː&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB = 74.5 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC = 180.8 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At a transition state, the energy is a maximum and so the curvature must be negative in one direction yet positive along all the others. Therefore, in order for a stationary point to be a transition state, the Hessian matrix at this stationary point must have one negative eigenvalue&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.  The internuclear distances of AB and BC must be constant at the transition state which is seen at these distancesː&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 2020-05-21 at 16.38.42.png|300px|thumb|center|Figure 6ː Internuclear distance vs time plot for transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 00:12, 27 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Q3ː Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is given as the energy difference between the transition state and the energy of the reactants&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;4&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 2020-05-21 at 16.45.59.png|300px|thumb|center| Figure 7ː Diagram showing energy profile of an exothermic and endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction between H and HF, the transition state energy is 433.981 kJ/mol and the energy of the reactants is 435.056 kJ/mol. therefore the activation energy isː&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
435.056 - 433.981 = 1.075 kJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction between F and H2, the transition state energy is 433.981 kJ/mol and the energy of the reactants is 560.402 kJ/mol. therefore the activation energy isː&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
560.402 - 433.981 = 126.421 kJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This supports Hammond&#039;s Postulate whereby in an endothermic reaction, the energy of the transition state will more closely resemble that of the products and therefore will have a higher energy transition state than for F and H2 which is exothermic and will have a smaller value due to the earlier TS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Performing a mep with 3000 steps from a structure neighbouring the transition state closer to the reactants helped to find a reasonable estimate of the activation energy. Given that a mep shows an infinitely slow trajectory (i.e. with no kinetic energy), the molecule will fall into the reactants potential well on the left side of the transition state, corresponding to the energy of the reactants. The energy difference (depicted as a drop in the graph below) is the activation energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 2020-05-21 at 18.17.53.png|300px|thumb|center| Figure 8ː Energy vs time plot to help estimate activation energy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Q4ː In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The set of initial conditions chosen resulting in a reactive trajectory for the reaction between F + H2ː r1 = 175 pm, r2 = 74 pm, p1 = -1.6 gmol-1pmfs-1 and p2 = 0.5 gmol-1pmfs-1. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 2020-05-22 at 14.10.24.png|300px|thumb|center| Figure 9ː Potential surface plot showing a reactive trajectory of F and H2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Screenshot 2020-05-22 at 14.11.13.png|300px|thumb|center| Figure 10ː Momentum vs time plot for a reactive trajectory of F and H2]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 2020-05-22 at 14.11.25.png|300px|thumb|center| Figure 11ː Energy vs time plot for a reactive trajectory of F and H2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that energy is conserved, this can be seen in the momenta vs time plot. The potential energy of the reactants is converted to solely kinetic energy of products in the form of vibrational energy {{fontcolor1|blue|You can also see a small change in translational energy on this plot. You could detect this as temperature in a calorimeter. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 00:12, 27 June 2020 (BST)}}. The oscillation of the molecule is due to the vibrational contribution of the kinetic energy and this is seen in the momenta plot. The momentum of H-H is seen to be transferred completely to the H-F bond and thus causing it to oscillate too. Not only that, H-F is seen to have a greater oscillatory motion. From the surface plot, it is clear that once the transition state has been reached, the new HF molecule formed possesses a much greater vibrational energy contribution as indicated by the large amplitude of oscillation compared to the incoming molecule. This is because H-F is a stronger bond that H-H so will vibrate faster. The vibrational frequency of a vibrating two-body system depends on both the force constant and the reduced mass of the system&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;5&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; whereby the force constant is dependent on the strength of the bond. Since the vibration of the product molecule has changed, this can be experimentally measured. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a molecule in a vibrationally excited state (i.e. the H-F product), where there are electrons in the ground state and first excited state, 2 types of transition are possible (i.e. from 0 → 1 and from 1 → 2). As such, there will be 2 peaks in the infrared spectrum. Anharmonicity describes that the energy level between 1 → 2 is smaller than 0 → 1 so the 1 → 2 overtone will be at a lower wavenumber and less intense as time goes on unlike the intensity of the fundamental which will increase with time. This is how we can look at the mechanism of energy release experimentally. It is also known that transitions between the ground state and excited states emit infrared radiation in a process called fluorescence. For the products, the absorbance spectrum is expected to have 2 peaks due to the absorbance of light in order to promote electrons from 0 → 1 and from  1 → 2 as well as 2 peaks in the emission spectrum corresponding to the electrons shifting back down. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Q5ː Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reaction dynamics of F + H2 when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 175 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm (note all momentum values given in gmol-1pmfs-1). If we compare 2 reactions of F + H2 with the same initial positions but different momenta such that one system will have greater translational energy in the reactants and the other, greater vibrational energy in the products, then the effect of transition state position can be investigated on the method of excess energy deposition. In F + H2, when p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; has a large value then the molecule posses a lot of vibrational energy. When p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; has a small value, it has more translational energy than vibrational.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1.0 || p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -6.1 || [[File:Screenshot 2020-05-22 at 16.25.41.png|300px]] || Reaction does not proceed. Here the reactants possess a lot of vibrational energy but not enough energy to overcome the activation energy and proceed to the products. The greater degree of vibrational energy possessed by the reactants can be seen from the large amplitude of oscillation of the moelcule. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1.0 || p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.4 || [[File:Screenshot 2020-05-22 at 18.47.25.png|300px]] || Reaction does proceed. Here the reactants possess more translational energy than vibrational energy. This can be seen from the very small amplitude of oscillation of the wave. In this case, the reactants do have enough energy to overcome the energy barrier and proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the same process is repeated for the reaction between H + HF with the same initial conditions, whereby the reactants are tested with having a lot of vibrational energy and then more translational energy. Noteː r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 175 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm ː&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2.0 || p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2.1 || [[File:Screenshot 2020-05-22 at 18.37.29.png|300px]] || Reaction does not proceed. Here the reactants possess a lot more translational energy than vibrational energy yet not enough energy to overcome the activation energy and proceed to the products. The greater degree of translational energy possessed by the reactants can be seen from the small amplitude of oscillation of the moelcule. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2.0 || p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -8.4 || [[File:Screenshot 2020-05-22 at 18.37.46.png|300px]] || Reaction does not proceed. Here the reactants possess more vibrational energy than translational energy. This can be seen from the larger amplitude of oscillation of the wave. In this case, the reactants do not have enough energy to overcome the energy barrier and proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The extent of how much of the reactant energy type gets channelled in the same form for the energy type of the products depends on the features of the potential energy surface. In general, the excess energy released in a reaction usually is of the same type as in the reactants {{fontcolor1|blue|I am not sure if this is necessarily true, please reference specific chapters when you reference a book. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 00:12, 27 June 2020 (BST)}}. If a reactant has translational energy in excess of the energy needed to overcome the activation barrier, then this energy will be channelled into the translation and rotation of the products&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;6&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Excess vibrational energy contributes to the products vibration.  In an exothermic reaction, the transition state occurs earlier in the entrance valley in the potential energy surface and will therefore be promoted preferentially by initial translational excitation. Therefore there is preferential release of energy in translational excitation in an exothermic reaction. This is what occurs in the reaction between F and H2. By contrast, for H and HF (an endothermic reaction), the reverse occurs. For reactions with late barriers in the product valley, they will be promoted preferentially by reactant vibrational excitation. This summarises Polanyi&#039;s rules and shows how important the position of the transition state is when determining the type of kinetic energy that will promote a reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from these results that for an exothermic reaction (F + H2) where the transition state occurs earlier the reaction gets promoted when the reactants have less vibrational energy. Contrary to this, for an endothermic reaction (H + HF) where the transition state occurs later, the reaction gets promoted when the reactants have more vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bibliography ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. K. J. Laidler, Chemical kinetics, Harper &amp;amp;amp; Row, New York, 1987.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. https://ch301.cm.utexas.edu/section2.php?target=thermo/thermochemistry/enthalpy-bonds.html [accessed 21/05/20]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. https://www.q-chem.com/qchem-website/manual/qchem43_manual/sect0076.html [accessed 21/05/20]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. https://www.tuttee.co/blog/chem-energetics [accessed 22/05/20]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. https://www.khanacademy.org/science/organic-chemistry/spectroscopy-jay/infrared-spectroscopy-theory/v/bonds-as-springs [accessed 22/05/20]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. P. G. Ashmore and R. J. Donovan, Gas Kinetics and Energy Transfer: Volume 3, Royal Society of Chemistry, Cambridge, 2007.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=User:Rew18&amp;diff=812953</id>
		<title>User:Rew18</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=User:Rew18&amp;diff=812953"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T22:43:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H-H-H System: Locating the Transition State ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1Surface_Plot.png|thumb|Potential energy surface diagram of H(A)+H(B)H(C)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a potential energy surface diagram showing how the energy of the system varies as the distances between a hydrogen atom (A) and a hydrogen molecule with a bond distance of BC change. It is symmetrical along the line y=x as the reaction of 1/2 H2 and H2 is neither endothermic or exothermic. On a potential energy surface diagram the transition state is mathematically defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path where ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 (the gradient of the potential is zero){{fontcolor1|blue|The second derivative of potential energy is also positive in one direction and negative in an orthogonal direction. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 23:43, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}. The minimum energy path is the highlighted black line that links the reactants to the products, the transition state lies at the highest point of this line. The transition point can be identified by starting trajectories close to where one assumes the transition state to be and seeing whether the trajectory rolls towards the reactants or the products. If there is no roll the trajectory has been started at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:5Surface_Plot.png|thumb|Potential energy surface diagram of H(A)+H(B)H(C) displaying transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, the transition state has been located as there is no roll when the trajectory is started. Therefore for the reaction 1/2 H + H2, the transition state exists when the distance of AB and BC both equal 90.777pm and neither species has momentum. This can be further proven by a internuclear distance vs time plot as when both bond distances are set to 90.777pm and both species are given no momentum there are no forces acting along AB or BC, the internuclear distance of AB and BC are the same and constant and the internuclear distance of AC is constant. {{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 23:43, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4Surface_Plot.png|thumb|Distance vs time plot of the transition state for the reaction H(A)+H(B)H(C)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== H-H-H System: Determining Successful Reaction Pathways ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A minimum energy path (MEP) is a trajectory that corresponds to infinitely slow motion (achieved by setting the momentum to 0 at each step of the reaction) and is run from a point very close to the transition state, here it has been run from AB=91.777pm, BC=90.777pm, pAB=pBC=0. The trajectory just travels along the base of the potential energy diagram smoothly until the reaction has completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1MEPSurface_Plot.png|thumb|Contour plot of an MEP calculation of the trajectory of the described reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However MEPs are not an accurate representation of the reaction path as a molecules motion is non-zero and constantly changing with the molecules having translational, vibrational and rotational degrees of freedom. When a dynamics calculation is run instead of an MEP the main difference in the plots is that the reaction path of the trajectory oscillates. This could be representative of the fact that the formed bond has vibrational energy, proving the dynamics calculation is a more accurate representation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1DynamicsSurface_Plot.png|thumb|Contour plot of an dynamics calculation of the trajectory of the described reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction to be successful the reactants must possess the energy to overcome the activation barrier. The following situations involve a collision of the atomic and molecular hydrogen with varying momenta and an AB and BC bond distance of 74pm and 200pm respectively . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! p1/ g.mol-1.pm.fs-1 !! p2/ g.mol-1.pm.fs-1 !! Etot/KJ.mol^-1  !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1 || -414.28|| Yes || A approaches BC with just enough energy to surpass the transition state, slowly forming AB + C {{fontcolor1|blue|What about vibrations? [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 23:43, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}|| [[File:RONRPlot.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -4.1 || -420.077 || No || A approaches BC but not without enough energy  to reach the transition state. This results in the BC bond elongating but not breaking. || [[File:RONR2_1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -5.1 || -413.977 || Yes || A approaches BC in a similar fashion to the first reaction scenario however the system has more energy so the reaction is completed faster. || [[File:RONR3Plot.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || A approaches BC with more than enough energy to react however once the transition state forms B oscillates between A and C eventually favouring to maintain its bond with C || [[File:RONR4Plot.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes ||  A approaches BC with enough energy to overcome the transition barrier. B oscillates between A and C before forming a bond with A|| [[File:RONR5Plot.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can conclude that for two species to react they must have enough energy to surpass the activation barrier. However just because they have enough energy and the transition state forms it does not mean the reaction will grant the products, the reactants may be returned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== H-H-H System: Transition State Theory ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory uses 4 main assumptions to determine the rate of a reaction: [1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Molecular systems that have surpassed the activation energy cannot turn back and form reactant molecules again&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The distribution of energy in the system obeys Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution and when the system is in equilibrium, equilibrium theory can be used to determine the concentration of reactant molecules that have formed the transition state&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Any reactant that comes close to reaching the transition state but does not quite reach it is simply treated as reactant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The system is treated classically, no tunneling through the activation energy barrier occurs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clearly the calculations we have run are not based off of transition state theory as we previously had a scenario where the reactants possessed more than enough energy to form the transition state but the transition state broke down to afford the reactants, not the products. Transition state theory overestimates the reaction rate as the increase in rate brought about by the transition state not being able to afford the reactants again is greater than the reduction in rate we observe when we treat the system classically and don&#039;t account for quantum tunneling through the activation barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H System: Reaction Energetics  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system H(A)+H(B)F(C) is unlike H+H2 in the sense that it is asymmetric. This is reflected by its contour and surface plot as the transition state occurs when AB=74.5pm and BC=180.6pm and this point is no longer on the y=x axis. As the transition state is present when the BC bond is elongated it gives indication that in the transition state the H(A)-H(B) bond is stronger than the H(B)-F(C) bond. Using Hammonds postulate this tells you that the transition state resembles the products more than the reactants and that the reaction is endothermic. {{fontcolor1|blue|You wouldn&#039;t explain this using Hammond&#039;s postulate, rather you would explain Hammonds postulate using these models. A statement about the surface plot showing how energy changes, therefore endothermic, is enough. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 23:43, 26 June 2020 (BST)}} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To determine the activation energy of this reaction the energy of the transition state was determined from the surface plot (-433.981 KJ.mol^-1). A surface plot of the reactants was then plotted with an AB distance of 500pm and a BC distance of a literature value for HF bond length (91.7pm) [2] which gave the energy of the reactants to be -560.672KJmol^-1. The energy of the reactants was then subtracted from the energy of the transition state to obtain an activation energy of 126.691KJmol^-1.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:newplot5555.png|thumb|center|Surface plot showing the transition state of the reaction described]] [[File:new2Surface_Plot.png|thumb|center|Surface point showing the energy of the reactants]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system F(A)+H(B)H(C) is also asymmetric, the transition state occurs when AB=180.6pm and BC=74.5pm. Hammonds postulate again can be used to determine whether it is an endo or exothermic reaction. Its contour and surface plot shows the transition state lies towards an elongated AB distance representing the fact that in the transition state the bond between the hydrogen species is stronger than the FH bond. This means that the transition state more closely resembles the reactants so the reaction is exothermic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To determine the activation energy of this reaction the energy of the transition state was determined from the contour plot (-433.981KJmol^-1). A surface plot of the reactants was then plotted with a AB distance of 500pm and a BC distance of a literature HH bond length (74.1pm) [3]  which gave the energy of the reactants to be -435.097KJmol^-1. The energy of the reactants was then subtracted from the energy of the transition state to obtain an activation energy of -1.116KJmol^-1&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:newplot2.png|thumb|center|Surface plot showing the transition state of the reaction described]]  [[File:OF1Surface_Plot.png|thumb|center|Surface point showing the energy of the reactants]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 is exothermic the system gives off energy and due to the principle of conservation of energy it means the newly formed H-F bond must be stronger than the old H-H bond as bond breaking is exothermic. Conversely, H + HF is endothermic, the newly formed H-H bond must be weaker than the reactant H-F bond which it is.{{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 23:43, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H System: Reaction Dynamics  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction of F(A) and H(B)-H(C) when the distances and momenta of AB and BC are 200pm and -2.12gmol^-1.pm.fs^-1 and 74.5pm and -3.88gmol^-1.pm.fs^-1 respectively there is a succesful reaction where a F-H bond is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:5555Animation.png|thumb|Momentum vs time plot of the succesful reaction between F and H2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plot of momenta vs time for this reaction shows that the product HF bond has much more momentum than the reactant HH bond. This could be because as the reaction is exothermic, the energy released from the system is released as vibrionic motion in the product. This could be proven experimentally with the use of IR. The energy of the product FH bond would be measured in an IR spectrometer and the value converted from wavenumbers to KJ.mol^-1. If this value is equal to the enthalpy of the reaction minus the initial energy of both reactant species this explanation would be proven correct {{fontcolor1|blue|You could use IR do detecct the vibrational energy change, but your discussion assumes that all of the enthalpy change is expressed as vibrations, you could simply get more transnational energy as heat that wouldn&#039;t necessarily show up on IR. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 23:43, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi used potential energy surfaces like the ones used in this report to determine the effect of how early a reactions transition state is on the energy distribution of the products [4]. He determined that an earlier transition state tends to favour the vibrational excitation of the product molecule whereas a later transition state tends to lead to little vibrational excitation of the product molecule. In the last section the reaction of F + H2 was modelled and the resulting F-H species had high vibrational motion. Using Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules this would suggest that this reaction therefore had an early transition state. This is correct as this reaction is exothermic as the transition state resembles the reactants more than the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bibliography  == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] - J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics 2nd ed., Chapter 10, Prentice-Hall, 1998&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] - (https://cccbdb.nist.gov/exp2x.asp?casno=7664393&amp;amp;charge=0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] - https://cccbdb.nist.gov/exp2x.asp?casno=1333740&amp;amp;charge=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]- J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics 2nd ed., Chapter 4, Prentice-Hall, 1998&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=User:Rew18&amp;diff=812952</id>
		<title>User:Rew18</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=User:Rew18&amp;diff=812952"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T22:42:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H-H-H System: Locating the Transition State ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1Surface_Plot.png|thumb|Potential energy surface diagram of H(A)+H(B)H(C)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a potential energy surface diagram showing how the energy of the system varies as the distances between a hydrogen atom (A) and a hydrogen molecule with a bond distance of BC change. It is symmetrical along the line y=x as the reaction of 1/2 H2 and H2 is neither endothermic or exothermic. On a potential energy surface diagram the transition state is mathematically defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path where ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 (the gradient of the potential is zero). The minimum energy path is the highlighted black line that links the reactants to the products, the transition state lies at the highest point of this line. The transition point can be identified by starting trajectories close to where one assumes the transition state to be and seeing whether the trajectory rolls towards the reactants or the products. If there is no roll the trajectory has been started at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:5Surface_Plot.png|thumb|Potential energy surface diagram of H(A)+H(B)H(C) displaying transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, the transition state has been located as there is no roll when the trajectory is started. Therefore for the reaction 1/2 H + H2, the transition state exists when the distance of AB and BC both equal 90.777pm and neither species has momentum. This can be further proven by a internuclear distance vs time plot as when both bond distances are set to 90.777pm and both species are given no momentum there are no forces acting along AB or BC, the internuclear distance of AB and BC are the same and constant and the internuclear distance of AC is constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4Surface_Plot.png|thumb|Distance vs time plot of the transition state for the reaction H(A)+H(B)H(C)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== H-H-H System: Determining Successful Reaction Pathways ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A minimum energy path (MEP) is a trajectory that corresponds to infinitely slow motion (achieved by setting the momentum to 0 at each step of the reaction) and is run from a point very close to the transition state, here it has been run from AB=91.777pm, BC=90.777pm, pAB=pBC=0. The trajectory just travels along the base of the potential energy diagram smoothly until the reaction has completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1MEPSurface_Plot.png|thumb|Contour plot of an MEP calculation of the trajectory of the described reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However MEPs are not an accurate representation of the reaction path as a molecules motion is non-zero and constantly changing with the molecules having translational, vibrational and rotational degrees of freedom. When a dynamics calculation is run instead of an MEP the main difference in the plots is that the reaction path of the trajectory oscillates. This could be representative of the fact that the formed bond has vibrational energy, proving the dynamics calculation is a more accurate representation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1DynamicsSurface_Plot.png|thumb|Contour plot of an dynamics calculation of the trajectory of the described reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction to be successful the reactants must possess the energy to overcome the activation barrier. The following situations involve a collision of the atomic and molecular hydrogen with varying momenta and an AB and BC bond distance of 74pm and 200pm respectively . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! p1/ g.mol-1.pm.fs-1 !! p2/ g.mol-1.pm.fs-1 !! Etot/KJ.mol^-1  !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1 || -414.28|| Yes || A approaches BC with just enough energy to surpass the transition state, slowly forming AB + C || [[File:RONRPlot.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -4.1 || -420.077 || No || A approaches BC but not without enough energy  to reach the transition state. This results in the BC bond elongating but not breaking. || [[File:RONR2_1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -5.1 || -413.977 || Yes || A approaches BC in a similar fashion to the first reaction scenario however the system has more energy so the reaction is completed faster. || [[File:RONR3Plot.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || A approaches BC with more than enough energy to react however once the transition state forms B oscillates between A and C eventually favouring to maintain its bond with C || [[File:RONR4Plot.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes ||  A approaches BC with enough energy to overcome the transition barrier. B oscillates between A and C before forming a bond with A|| [[File:RONR5Plot.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can conclude that for two species to react they must have enough energy to surpass the activation barrier. However just because they have enough energy and the transition state forms it does not mean the reaction will grant the products, the reactants may be returned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== H-H-H System: Transition State Theory ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory uses 4 main assumptions to determine the rate of a reaction: [1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Molecular systems that have surpassed the activation energy cannot turn back and form reactant molecules again&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The distribution of energy in the system obeys Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution and when the system is in equilibrium, equilibrium theory can be used to determine the concentration of reactant molecules that have formed the transition state&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Any reactant that comes close to reaching the transition state but does not quite reach it is simply treated as reactant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The system is treated classically, no tunneling through the activation energy barrier occurs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clearly the calculations we have run are not based off of transition state theory as we previously had a scenario where the reactants possessed more than enough energy to form the transition state but the transition state broke down to afford the reactants, not the products. Transition state theory overestimates the reaction rate as the increase in rate brought about by the transition state not being able to afford the reactants again is greater than the reduction in rate we observe when we treat the system classically and don&#039;t account for quantum tunneling through the activation barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H System: Reaction Energetics  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system H(A)+H(B)F(C) is unlike H+H2 in the sense that it is asymmetric. This is reflected by its contour and surface plot as the transition state occurs when AB=74.5pm and BC=180.6pm and this point is no longer on the y=x axis. As the transition state is present when the BC bond is elongated it gives indication that in the transition state the H(A)-H(B) bond is stronger than the H(B)-F(C) bond. Using Hammonds postulate this tells you that the transition state resembles the products more than the reactants and that the reaction is endothermic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To determine the activation energy of this reaction the energy of the transition state was determined from the surface plot (-433.981 KJ.mol^-1). A surface plot of the reactants was then plotted with an AB distance of 500pm and a BC distance of a literature value for HF bond length (91.7pm) [2] which gave the energy of the reactants to be -560.672KJmol^-1. The energy of the reactants was then subtracted from the energy of the transition state to obtain an activation energy of 126.691KJmol^-1.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:newplot5555.png|thumb|center|Surface plot showing the transition state of the reaction described]] [[File:new2Surface_Plot.png|thumb|center|Surface point showing the energy of the reactants]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system F(A)+H(B)H(C) is also asymmetric, the transition state occurs when AB=180.6pm and BC=74.5pm. Hammonds postulate again can be used to determine whether it is an endo or exothermic reaction. Its contour and surface plot shows the transition state lies towards an elongated AB distance representing the fact that in the transition state the bond between the hydrogen species is stronger than the FH bond. This means that the transition state more closely resembles the reactants so the reaction is exothermic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To determine the activation energy of this reaction the energy of the transition state was determined from the contour plot (-433.981KJmol^-1). A surface plot of the reactants was then plotted with a AB distance of 500pm and a BC distance of a literature HH bond length (74.1pm) [3]  which gave the energy of the reactants to be -435.097KJmol^-1. The energy of the reactants was then subtracted from the energy of the transition state to obtain an activation energy of -1.116KJmol^-1&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:newplot2.png|thumb|center|Surface plot showing the transition state of the reaction described]]  [[File:OF1Surface_Plot.png|thumb|center|Surface point showing the energy of the reactants]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As F + H2 is exothermic the system gives off energy and due to the principle of conservation of energy it means the newly formed H-F bond must be stronger than the old H-H bond as bond breaking is exothermic. Conversely, H + HF is endothermic, the newly formed H-H bond must be weaker than the reactant H-F bond which it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H System: Reaction Dynamics  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction of F(A) and H(B)-H(C) when the distances and momenta of AB and BC are 200pm and -2.12gmol^-1.pm.fs^-1 and 74.5pm and -3.88gmol^-1.pm.fs^-1 respectively there is a succesful reaction where a F-H bond is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:5555Animation.png|thumb|Momentum vs time plot of the succesful reaction between F and H2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plot of momenta vs time for this reaction shows that the product HF bond has much more momentum than the reactant HH bond. This could be because as the reaction is exothermic, the energy released from the system is released as vibrionic motion in the product. This could be proven experimentally with the use of IR. The energy of the product FH bond would be measured in an IR spectrometer and the value converted from wavenumbers to KJ.mol^-1. If this value is equal to the enthalpy of the reaction minus the initial energy of both reactant species this explanation would be proven correct.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi used potential energy surfaces like the ones used in this report to determine the effect of how early a reactions transition state is on the energy distribution of the products [4]. He determined that an earlier transition state tends to favour the vibrational excitation of the product molecule whereas a later transition state tends to lead to little vibrational excitation of the product molecule. In the last section the reaction of F + H2 was modelled and the resulting F-H species had high vibrational motion. Using Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules this would suggest that this reaction therefore had an early transition state. This is correct as this reaction is exothermic as the transition state resembles the reactants more than the products. {{fontcolor1|blue|Again, Hammond&#039;s postulate is a result of modelling and shouldnt be used to explain these models. Polanyi&#039;s rules explain what types of motion (translational/vibrational) make a reaction be succesful with dependence on the position of the transition state. Your answer didn&#039;t include this discussion of how to improve the efficiency of a reacction.  [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 23:42, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bibliography  == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] - J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics 2nd ed., Chapter 10, Prentice-Hall, 1998&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] - (https://cccbdb.nist.gov/exp2x.asp?casno=7664393&amp;amp;charge=0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] - https://cccbdb.nist.gov/exp2x.asp?casno=1333740&amp;amp;charge=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]- J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics 2nd ed., Chapter 4, Prentice-Hall, 1998&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01503252&amp;diff=812951</id>
		<title>MRD:01503252</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01503252&amp;diff=812951"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T18:27:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H2 System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Running and visualising a trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Full_surface_plot_hrw.png|400px|thumb|center|Figure 1: Molecular Dynamics Simulation for the reaction H₂ + H -&amp;gt; H₂ + H]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 1 shows the potential energy surface for a linear triatomic system A-B-C, where A,B and C = Hydrogen, H.  A potential energy surface describes the energy of a system, in terms of the positions of the atoms and the energy &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[1]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial parameters used in these scenario was:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Table 1: Bond Distances and Momentum for a linear triatomic system&lt;br /&gt;
! &lt;br /&gt;
! Distance / pm&lt;br /&gt;
! Momentum / g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| AB&lt;br /&gt;
| 230&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.20&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| BC&lt;br /&gt;
| 74 &lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Animation_07200.gif|400px|thumb|center|Figure 2: Animation Simulation for the reaction H₂ + H -&amp;gt; H₂ + H]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In these conditions, the AB bond breaks which allows B to collide with C allowing for the reaction to take forward, this form of trajectory is called a &#039;&#039; reactive trajectory &#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2020-05-21 at 11.28.14.png|400px|thumb|center|Figure 3: Labelled Surface plot for the reaction H₂ + H -&amp;gt; H₂ + H]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The black oscillating line in figure 3 represents the overall reaction pathway, a lot of oscillating suggests translational energy is being converted into kinetic energy. In this figure, the maximum potential energy is -434.47 V/kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Determination of the Transition State ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the the &#039;&#039;maximum&#039;&#039; on the &#039;&#039;&#039;minimum energy path&#039;&#039;&#039; linking reactants and the products &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[2]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. At this point on a potential energy surface plot,  &#039;&#039;&#039;∂&#039;&#039;&#039;V(ri)/&#039;&#039;&#039;∂&#039;&#039;&#039;ri = 0 which means that the gradient of the potential equals zero &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[2]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. In addition, a transition state is mathematically defined as a first order saddle point on a potential energy surface &#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[3]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; where, &#039;&#039;&#039;∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;f/&#039;&#039;&#039;∂&#039;&#039;&#039;x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; × &#039;&#039;&#039;∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;f/&#039;&#039;&#039;∂&#039;&#039;&#039;y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; - [&#039;&#039;&#039;∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;f/&#039;&#039;&#039;∂&#039;&#039;&#039;x &#039;&#039;&#039;∂&#039;&#039;&#039;y]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0  &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[12]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; .{{fontcolor1|blue|reference 2 doesn&#039;t contain this equation. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:43, 26 June 2020 (BST)}} In this case with the A-B-C linear triatomic system, the transition state is the peak of a reaction and is when the bond distances AB and BC equal each to other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS HODAN.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 4: Location of Transition State from Potential Energy Surface plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the point of a potential energy surface where there is no vibrational energy, this means that the forces along AB and BC equal zero, so there is zero momentum. In a potential energy surface, the transition state lies on the symmetrical axis as observed from Figure 4. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state was located by testing various initial conditions and making &#039;&#039;&#039;r1 = r2 &#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;p1 = p2&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. This trial and error process gave a rough estimate on the position of the transition state, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Table 2: Bond Distances and Momentum for locating transition state position&lt;br /&gt;
! &lt;br /&gt;
! Distance / pm&lt;br /&gt;
! Momentum / g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| AB&lt;br /&gt;
| 90.81&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| BC&lt;br /&gt;
| 90.81 &lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rough value of &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;  is 90.81 pm. This estimation can be further backed up with data from the internuclear distances vs time graph. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2020-05-22 at 19.18.00.png|400px|thumb|center|Figure 5: Hessian Matrix for Transition State position]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculating the determinant for figure 5 gives the value −0.999698 which is less than zero therefore, the transition state position calculated is a first order saddle point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DISTANCEhodan.png|300px|thumb|center|Figure 6: Internuclear Distance vs Time plot using data from Table 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2020-05-21 at 13.18.49.png|400px|thumb|center|Figure 7: Internuclear Distance vs Time plot using different initial conditions and momentum = 0]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 5 shows that as time increases, the distance remains stationary and does not change. This graph can only be seen with the initial conditions from table 2. Small deviations from these conditions leads to figure 6. Figure 6 shows that small changes in &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; causes the graph to go from stationary to a repeating curve. This further suggests that 90.81 pm is a suitable estimate for &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2020-05-21 at 12.28.10.png|400px|thumb|center|Figure 8: Surface Plot and Contour Plot with transition state position]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 7 shows the location of the transition state from both a surface and contour plot. This plot shows that the transition state is located where both AB and BC equate to each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:43, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this situation, the initial conditions where changed from the values in table 2 to change the system such that it was slightly displaced from the transition state. In addition, the calculation type was changed from dynamics to MEP. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Table 3: Bond Distances and Momentum for conditions slightly displaced from table 2 conditions&lt;br /&gt;
! &lt;br /&gt;
! Distance / pm&lt;br /&gt;
! Momentum / g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| AB&lt;br /&gt;
| 90.81&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| BC&lt;br /&gt;
| 91.81 &lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2020-05-21 at 18.46.02.png|400px|thumb|center|Figure 9: MEP (left image) and dynamic (right) Surface Plot with displaced bond distances]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the MEP and dynamic trajectory the main difference is that the &#039;&#039;reaction path&#039;&#039; (minimum energy path) for MEP is a straight line whereas the dynamic reaction pathway is a wavy line. Since the trajectory for the dynamic reaction pathway is wavy it means that the diatomic molecule is vibrating whereas with the MEP reaction pathway, there is no vibration. In both pathways, the trajectory stops halfway around the position of the transition state.  In addition, the dynamic trajectory is significant longer than the MEP trajectory and goes out of the axis. The reason for this is because for the dynamics calculation, the momentum is being taken into account whereas with the MEP calculation, the momentum is always zero. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP calculation is not an observation seen, in reality all particles have momenta therefore the MEP calculation is only useful to observe the reaction in a simpler format.  On the other hand, with the dynamics calculation, it behaves classically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ====&lt;br /&gt;
Initial positions AB = 200 pm and BC = 74 pm was used to run different trajectories with varying momenta values seen below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|+Table 4: Trajectories at different momenta values&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.28|| Reactive || The reaction trajectory passes through the transition state at 90.81 pm therefore is reactive. Initially, the reaction begins at the red cross where the initial positions of AB = 200 pm and BC = 74 pm. As the reaction takes place the AB bond distance becomes shorter and the BC bond distance becomes longer, as a collision between A and B will occur. At the transition state, the both AB and BC equal each other and the atoms are no longer interacting with each other i.e. no collisions. After the transition state, the AB bond has formed and the BC distance increases significantly. The trajectory at this point in comparison to the beginning of the reaction is much more wavy, this suggests that the new molecule formed, AB is vibrating significantly and thus releasing a lot of energy.   ||[[File:Trajectory hrw 18.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||-420.08 || Unreactive || The reaction trajectory doesn&#039;t pass through the transition state position therefore is unreactive. A lot of energy can be seen in this trajectory due to the wavering on the contour plot. However, it doesn&#039;t go through the transition state therefore is unreactive. In addition, the end point of the reaction shows that the AB does not form and no collisions between BC and A have occured.  || [[File:Newwew.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||-413.98 ||Reactive ||This trajectory follows a similar pathway to the 1st image on the table. This trajectory passes through the transition state and the end point of the trajectory has the BC distance over 225 pm and the AB distance is around 75 pm which suggests the necessary collisions have taken place. || [[File:2345678yt.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 ||Unreactive || In this case, the trajectory does pass the transition state at a high velocity so a collision has occurred, however the reaction returns back to the reactant channel and does not react at the product channel therefore the overall reaction is unsuccessful, making it unreactive.  However, some translation energy of the incoming reactants is converted into vibrational energy of AB &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[3]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. || [[File:-5.1-102.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.48||Reactive || It goes through the transition state at a very high oscillation so is reactive. It follows the same pathway as the 1st example but at a much higher velocity therefore more translational energy has been converted into vibrational energy for AB after the transition state position.  || [[File:34567865.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To conclude, there is no overall trend in the trajectories, i.e. making the momenta values more positive or negative does not make the trajectory more reactive and vice versa. This can be seen from the table 4, as when p1 = -5.1 and p1= -10.1  is unreactive and p1 = -5.1 and p2= -10.6 is reactive therefore, small changes in momenta have a significant impact on the reaction trajectory. {{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:43, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
In transition state theory, the activated complexes are assumed to be in a quasi-equilibrium with reactants &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[4]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, this theory allows for a simple way of calculating the rate of a chemical reaction. However, this theory takes into account many assumptions for simplicity which need to be taken into account. The main assumptions and feature of transition state theory are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Transition state theory is a completely classical model and does not take into account quantum tunneling which would increase the rate if taken into account.  However, in the model used for this reaction, there is no quantum tunneling assumed. As transition state theory is completely classical, the particle takes the path that requires the minimum energy to go from reactants to products whereas if quantum tunneling was assumed, the quantum particle would go through the path which reduces the action angle by the greatest amount &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[6]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The theory is based on statistical mechanics &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[5]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* It assumes that once the transition state is reached at any trajectory, the reaction will go forward and products will form rather than going backwards &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[6]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; , which is not necessarily true&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The rate &#039;&#039;&#039;k&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; is calculated by focusing on the activated complexes which lie on the saddle point of the potential energy surface therefore at the transition state &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[5]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Transition state theory assumes that the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is fulfilled &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[6]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The system is in thermal equilibrium in the reactant state &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[6]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The motion of the systems at the saddle point &#039;&#039;can be treated as free translation motion and expressed using kinetic theory&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[5]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The activated complexes are in a state of quasi equilibrium with the reactants. This means that the concentration of complexed moving from reactants to products will not change&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory rate values are an overestimation in comparison to the values calculated using this model. This is because the system used in this model does not assume that once a complex reaches the transition state, a product will form. This is because not every collision will lead to the transition state as collisions need to be in the right orientation to lead to a reaction. With the quasi equilibrium, collisions can happen but it doesn&#039;t necessarily mean a transition state will form as the reaction can go backwards to reform the reactants. In addition, both models do not take quantum tunnelling into account which would increase the rate of reaction, this is because both models are classical and quantum tunnelling only occurs in chemical reactions done at a very low temperatures &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[10]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is because at a low temperature the rate constant is smaller therefore tunnelling will have a greater contribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H System ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;(Reaction 1)&#039;&#039;&#039; and the reaction H + HF &#039;&#039;&#039;(Reaction 2)&#039;&#039;&#039; , there are two different potential energy surfaces formed. For reaction 1, the initial conditions used were:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Table 5: Bond Distances and Momentum for Reaction 1 where AB = F-H and BC = H-H&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
! Distance / pm&lt;br /&gt;
! Momentum / g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| AB&lt;br /&gt;
| 600&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| BC&lt;br /&gt;
| 74.5 &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[8]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For reaction 1, the AB bond length is significantly longer than the BC. This was done to see the potential energy surface of just the reactant H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; before any collisions have occurred, this leads to a potential energy surface where the axis with AB can be ignored due to its length. As the AB distance is very long it means that the F atom is not interacting in the system and can be ignored so only BC vs Potential Energy can be observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2020-05-22 at 15.35.15.png|thumb|center|400px|Figure 10: Potential Energy Surface for Reaction 1 with initial conditions from Table 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From figure 10, it can be observed that reaction 1 is an exothermic reaction. Furthermore, the product formed in reaction 1 is HF and H. Hydrogen Fluoride has a very high bond enthalpy (565	kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[5]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; which is why the reaction is exothermic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing this to reaction 2, with the different initial conditions, the reaction coordinate changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Table 6: Bond Distances and Momentum for Reaction 2 where AB = F-H and BC = H-H&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
! Distance / pm&lt;br /&gt;
! Momentum / g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| AB&lt;br /&gt;
| 74.5 &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[8]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| BC&lt;br /&gt;
| 600&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2020-05-22 at 15.47.26.png|thumb|center|400px|Figure 11: Potential Energy Surface for Reaction 2 with initial conditions from Table 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 11 shows that reaction 2 is an endothermic reaction. In this reaction, as the initial BC distance is very long, it can assumed that BC is not involved and there no reactions occuring. This means that graph can be observed from the perspective of AB vs potential energy. In addition for reaction 2, you&#039;re a HF bond which has a high bond enthalpy and you&#039;re a weaker H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond therefore the overall reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good use of diagrams. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:43, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
=== Determination of Transition State ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Table 7: Bond Distances and Momentum for Transition State determination&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
! Distance / pm&lt;br /&gt;
! Momentum / g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| AB&lt;br /&gt;
| 180&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| BC&lt;br /&gt;
| 74.5 &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[8]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is located at the values shown on table 7. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2020-05-22 at 19.24.13.png|thumb|center|400px|Figure 12: Hessian Matrix for Transition State positions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The determinant for figure 12 hessian matrix is −1.00058 which is less than zero therefore the transition state positions chosen in table 7 is a first order saddle point which means the value chosen is accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2020-05-22 at 16.323204.35.png|thumb|center|400px|Figure 13: Potential Energy Surface Plot and Contour Plot for transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:121212.png|thumb|center|400px|Figure 14: Internuclear distance vs time graph using initial conditions from table 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 13 shows the position of the transition state. In addition, figure 14 shows that the initial positions chosen for the transition state are accurate. This is because the internuclear distance vs time graph is a completely straight line with no oscillation. This shows that the initial positions chosen for the transition state are correct as the straight line suggest that at that initial positions, the molecule is not changing length.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Determination of Activation Energy for Reaction 1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Using table 5 allowed to get the potential energy of the reactant state which was -435.057 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. In addition, the potential energy from the transition state using initial positions from table 7 was -433.981. Subtracting -433.981 by -435.057 gave an activation energy value of + 1.076 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for reaction 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Determination of Activation Energy for Reaction 2 ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Table 8: Bond Distances and Momentum for Reaction 1 where AB = F-H and BC = H-H for reactant phase&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
! Distance / pm&lt;br /&gt;
! Momentum / g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| AB&lt;br /&gt;
| 92 &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[8]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| BC&lt;br /&gt;
| 600&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using table 8 allowed for the calculation of the potential energy in the reactant phase which was -560.700 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Furthermore, the potential energy from the transition state using initial positions from table 7 was -433.981. Subtracting -433.981 by -560.700 gave an activation energy value of + 126.719 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for reaction 2.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Correct. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:43, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics of F - H - H System ===&lt;br /&gt;
“Momenta vs Time”. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions used to creative a reactive trajectory for reaction 1 (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Table 9: Initial Conditions for a reactive trajectory for Reaction 1 where no. of steps = 3000&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
! Distance / pm&lt;br /&gt;
! Momentum / g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| AB&lt;br /&gt;
| 175&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.6&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| BC&lt;br /&gt;
| 74&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.2&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ezgif-3-061e4dadc8e4.gif|thumb|center|400px|Figure 15: Animation of Reaction 1 using initial conditions from Table 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the initial conditions from table 9 leads to a successful collision between the F atom and H atom thus forming HF.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2020-05-22 at 20.13.13.png|thumb|center|400px|Figure 16: Momenta vs Time graph and Contour Plot using initial conditions from Table 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot from figure 16 shows that the reaction trajectory goes through the transition state therefore is a reactive trajectory. In addition, there is a lot of oscillations in the trajectory which suggests a lot of translational kinetic energy is being converted into vibrational kinetic energy.  As the AB distance decreases and the H atom and F atom get closer together, there is a significant increase in vibrational kinetic energy at the point. This can be seen from the amount of oscillation before and after the reaction trajectory moves upwards towards the product channel. The energy in this system is released as kinetic energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be observed experimentally through infrared spectroscopy. The infrared spectrum after the transition state (collision has occurred) would have many overtones. This is because there is a greater population of molecules in a vibrationally hot level due to more absorption of infrared light. This means there will be more transitions from v = 1 to v = 2 which leads to several overtones. In addition, there would be a single peak due to the transition from v = 0 to v = 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another way this can be observed experimentally is through the measured relaxation (MR)  and arrested relaxation (AR) approach &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[11]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.  {{fontcolor1|blue|This reference doesn&#039;t mention measured relaxation or arrested relaxation. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 19:27, 26 June 2020 (BST)}} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules state that for reactions with an early transition state (exothermic reaction) between the two collision partners is the most effective in overcoming the activation energy to form products &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[9]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.  This means translation energy has a greater efficiency of promoting the reaction. On the other hand, reactions which have a late transition state (endothermic reaction), vibrational excitation has a greater efficiency of increasing the reactivity in comparison to translational energy &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[9]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Polanyi&#039;s rules only lead to qualitative predictions. This is because it is very hard to predict whether the transition state in a reaction will be an early or late one as the location of transition state is not always 100% accurate, there is some discrepancies &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[9]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.. In addition, due to these inaccuracies, it means the empirical rules provide only a small guidance on the vibrational and rotational modes of the molecules in the reaction &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[9]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vibrational energy is more efficient in overcoming the activation barrier and promoting the reaction because  if the atom just had translational energy and went through the reaction channel, the atom would just bounce off as the direction of the energy is not correct. However, with vibrational energy, the direction of the motion will align with the potential energy surface and into the reaction channel. This means with vibrational energy, there is an increased efficiency that the activation barrier will be overcome and a product formed. This means that reactions with a late transition state will form more product therefore, an endothermic reaction has a greater efficiency. This shows that the position of the transition state has a significant effect on whether the reaction is more likely to occur or not. However, translational energy is better at promoting an exothermic reaction in comparison to vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Table 9: Initial Conditions for a reactive trajectory for Reaction 1 where no. of steps = 3000&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
! Distance / pm&lt;br /&gt;
! Momentum / g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| AB&lt;br /&gt;
| 177&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.7&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| BC&lt;br /&gt;
| 74&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.8&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2020-05-22 at 23.32.03.png |300px|thumb| center|Figure 17: Reactive Trajectory from table 10 with endothermic and exothermic reactions labelled]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 17 shows a reactive trajectory with two pathways, the endothermic pathway has a higher efficiency to vibrational energy whereas the exothermic pathway has a higher efficiency for translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Chemistry LibreTexts. 2020. 2.6: Potential Energy Surfaces. [online] Available at: &amp;lt;https://chem.libretexts.org/Courses/University_of_California_Davis/UCD_Chem_107B%3A_Physical_Chemistry_for_Life_Scientists/Chapters/2%3A_Chemical_Kinetics/2.06%3A_Potential_Energy_Surfaces&amp;gt; [Accessed 19 May 2020].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk. 2020. CP3MD - Chemwiki. [online] Available at: &amp;lt;https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD#Objectives&amp;gt; [Accessed 20 May 2020].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Rossi.chemistry.uconn.edu. 2020. [online] Available at: &amp;lt;http://rossi.chemistry.uconn.edu/workshop/files/pes_ts_mep_exercises.pdf&amp;gt; [Accessed 20 May 2020].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Vallance.chem.ox.ac.uk. 2020. [online] Available at: &amp;lt;http://vallance.chem.ox.ac.uk/pdfs/ReactionDynamics.pdf&amp;gt; [Accessed 21 May 2020].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Laidler, K. J. &amp;amp; King, M. C. Development of transition-state theory. J. Phys. Chem. 87, 2657–2664 (1983).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Kästner, J. Theory and simulation of atom tunneling in chemical reactions. WIREs Comput. Mol. Sci. 4, 158–168 (2014).&lt;br /&gt;
References&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Chem.libretexts.org. 2020. Bond Lengths And Energies - Chemistry Libretexts. [online] Available at: &amp;lt;https://chem.libretexts.org/Bookshelves/Physical_and_Theoretical_Chemistry_Textbook_Maps/Supplemental_Modules_(Physical_and_Theoretical_Chemistry)/Chemical_Bonding/Fundamentals_of_Chemical_Bonding/Chemical_Bonds/Bond_Lengths_and_Energies&amp;gt; [Accessed 22 May 2020].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Cccbdb.nist.gov. 2020. CCCBDB Listing Of Experimental Data Page 2. [online] Available at: &amp;lt;https://cccbdb.nist.gov/exp2x.asp?casno=7664393&amp;amp;charge=0&amp;gt; [Accessed 22 May 2020].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. Guo, H. &amp;amp; Liu, K. Control of chemical reactivity by transition-state and beyond. Chem. Sci. 7, 3992–4003 (2016).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. POLANYI, J. C. Some Concepts in Reaction Dynamics. Science (80-. ). 236, 680 LP-690 (1987).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. WIREs Comput Mol Sci 2013. doi: 10.1002/wcms.1165&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chemistry LibreTexts. 2020. Hammond’S Postulate. [online] Available at: &amp;lt;https://chem.libretexts.org/Bookshelves/Ancillary_Materials/Reference/Organic_Chemistry_Glossary/Hammond%E2%80%99s_Postulate&amp;gt; [Accessed 21 May 2020].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01503252&amp;diff=812950</id>
		<title>MRD:01503252</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01503252&amp;diff=812950"/>
		<updated>2020-06-26T16:44:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H2 System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Running and visualising a trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Full_surface_plot_hrw.png|400px|thumb|center|Figure 1: Molecular Dynamics Simulation for the reaction H₂ + H -&amp;gt; H₂ + H]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 1 shows the potential energy surface for a linear triatomic system A-B-C, where A,B and C = Hydrogen, H.  A potential energy surface describes the energy of a system, in terms of the positions of the atoms and the energy &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[1]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial parameters used in these scenario was:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Table 1: Bond Distances and Momentum for a linear triatomic system&lt;br /&gt;
! &lt;br /&gt;
! Distance / pm&lt;br /&gt;
! Momentum / g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| AB&lt;br /&gt;
| 230&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.20&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| BC&lt;br /&gt;
| 74 &lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Animation_07200.gif|400px|thumb|center|Figure 2: Animation Simulation for the reaction H₂ + H -&amp;gt; H₂ + H]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In these conditions, the AB bond breaks which allows B to collide with C allowing for the reaction to take forward, this form of trajectory is called a &#039;&#039; reactive trajectory &#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2020-05-21 at 11.28.14.png|400px|thumb|center|Figure 3: Labelled Surface plot for the reaction H₂ + H -&amp;gt; H₂ + H]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The black oscillating line in figure 3 represents the overall reaction pathway, a lot of oscillating suggests translational energy is being converted into kinetic energy. In this figure, the maximum potential energy is -434.47 V/kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Determination of the Transition State ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the the &#039;&#039;maximum&#039;&#039; on the &#039;&#039;&#039;minimum energy path&#039;&#039;&#039; linking reactants and the products &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[2]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. At this point on a potential energy surface plot,  &#039;&#039;&#039;∂&#039;&#039;&#039;V(ri)/&#039;&#039;&#039;∂&#039;&#039;&#039;ri = 0 which means that the gradient of the potential equals zero &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[2]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. In addition, a transition state is mathematically defined as a first order saddle point on a potential energy surface &#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[3]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; where, &#039;&#039;&#039;∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;f/&#039;&#039;&#039;∂&#039;&#039;&#039;x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; × &#039;&#039;&#039;∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;f/&#039;&#039;&#039;∂&#039;&#039;&#039;y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; - [&#039;&#039;&#039;∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;f/&#039;&#039;&#039;∂&#039;&#039;&#039;x &#039;&#039;&#039;∂&#039;&#039;&#039;y]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0  &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[12]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; .{{fontcolor1|blue|reference 2 doesn&#039;t contain this equation. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:43, 26 June 2020 (BST)}} In this case with the A-B-C linear triatomic system, the transition state is the peak of a reaction and is when the bond distances AB and BC equal each to other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS HODAN.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 4: Location of Transition State from Potential Energy Surface plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the point of a potential energy surface where there is no vibrational energy, this means that the forces along AB and BC equal zero, so there is zero momentum. In a potential energy surface, the transition state lies on the symmetrical axis as observed from Figure 4. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state was located by testing various initial conditions and making &#039;&#039;&#039;r1 = r2 &#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;p1 = p2&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. This trial and error process gave a rough estimate on the position of the transition state, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Table 2: Bond Distances and Momentum for locating transition state position&lt;br /&gt;
! &lt;br /&gt;
! Distance / pm&lt;br /&gt;
! Momentum / g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| AB&lt;br /&gt;
| 90.81&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| BC&lt;br /&gt;
| 90.81 &lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rough value of &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;  is 90.81 pm. This estimation can be further backed up with data from the internuclear distances vs time graph. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2020-05-22 at 19.18.00.png|400px|thumb|center|Figure 5: Hessian Matrix for Transition State position]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculating the determinant for figure 5 gives the value −0.999698 which is less than zero therefore, the transition state position calculated is a first order saddle point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DISTANCEhodan.png|300px|thumb|center|Figure 6: Internuclear Distance vs Time plot using data from Table 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2020-05-21 at 13.18.49.png|400px|thumb|center|Figure 7: Internuclear Distance vs Time plot using different initial conditions and momentum = 0]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 5 shows that as time increases, the distance remains stationary and does not change. This graph can only be seen with the initial conditions from table 2. Small deviations from these conditions leads to figure 6. Figure 6 shows that small changes in &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; causes the graph to go from stationary to a repeating curve. This further suggests that 90.81 pm is a suitable estimate for &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2020-05-21 at 12.28.10.png|400px|thumb|center|Figure 8: Surface Plot and Contour Plot with transition state position]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 7 shows the location of the transition state from both a surface and contour plot. This plot shows that the transition state is located where both AB and BC equate to each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:43, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this situation, the initial conditions where changed from the values in table 2 to change the system such that it was slightly displaced from the transition state. In addition, the calculation type was changed from dynamics to MEP. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Table 3: Bond Distances and Momentum for conditions slightly displaced from table 2 conditions&lt;br /&gt;
! &lt;br /&gt;
! Distance / pm&lt;br /&gt;
! Momentum / g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| AB&lt;br /&gt;
| 90.81&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| BC&lt;br /&gt;
| 91.81 &lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2020-05-21 at 18.46.02.png|400px|thumb|center|Figure 9: MEP (left image) and dynamic (right) Surface Plot with displaced bond distances]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the MEP and dynamic trajectory the main difference is that the &#039;&#039;reaction path&#039;&#039; (minimum energy path) for MEP is a straight line whereas the dynamic reaction pathway is a wavy line. Since the trajectory for the dynamic reaction pathway is wavy it means that the diatomic molecule is vibrating whereas with the MEP reaction pathway, there is no vibration. In both pathways, the trajectory stops halfway around the position of the transition state.  In addition, the dynamic trajectory is significant longer than the MEP trajectory and goes out of the axis. The reason for this is because for the dynamics calculation, the momentum is being taken into account whereas with the MEP calculation, the momentum is always zero. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP calculation is not an observation seen, in reality all particles have momenta therefore the MEP calculation is only useful to observe the reaction in a simpler format.  On the other hand, with the dynamics calculation, it behaves classically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ====&lt;br /&gt;
Initial positions AB = 200 pm and BC = 74 pm was used to run different trajectories with varying momenta values seen below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|+Table 4: Trajectories at different momenta values&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.28|| Reactive || The reaction trajectory passes through the transition state at 90.81 pm therefore is reactive. Initially, the reaction begins at the red cross where the initial positions of AB = 200 pm and BC = 74 pm. As the reaction takes place the AB bond distance becomes shorter and the BC bond distance becomes longer, as a collision between A and B will occur. At the transition state, the both AB and BC equal each other and the atoms are no longer interacting with each other i.e. no collisions. After the transition state, the AB bond has formed and the BC distance increases significantly. The trajectory at this point in comparison to the beginning of the reaction is much more wavy, this suggests that the new molecule formed, AB is vibrating significantly and thus releasing a lot of energy.   ||[[File:Trajectory hrw 18.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||-420.08 || Unreactive || The reaction trajectory doesn&#039;t pass through the transition state position therefore is unreactive. A lot of energy can be seen in this trajectory due to the wavering on the contour plot. However, it doesn&#039;t go through the transition state therefore is unreactive. In addition, the end point of the reaction shows that the AB does not form and no collisions between BC and A have occured.  || [[File:Newwew.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||-413.98 ||Reactive ||This trajectory follows a similar pathway to the 1st image on the table. This trajectory passes through the transition state and the end point of the trajectory has the BC distance over 225 pm and the AB distance is around 75 pm which suggests the necessary collisions have taken place. || [[File:2345678yt.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 ||Unreactive || In this case, the trajectory does pass the transition state at a high velocity so a collision has occurred, however the reaction returns back to the reactant channel and does not react at the product channel therefore the overall reaction is unsuccessful, making it unreactive.  However, some translation energy of the incoming reactants is converted into vibrational energy of AB &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[3]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. || [[File:-5.1-102.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.48||Reactive || It goes through the transition state at a very high oscillation so is reactive. It follows the same pathway as the 1st example but at a much higher velocity therefore more translational energy has been converted into vibrational energy for AB after the transition state position.  || [[File:34567865.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To conclude, there is no overall trend in the trajectories, i.e. making the momenta values more positive or negative does not make the trajectory more reactive and vice versa. This can be seen from the table 4, as when p1 = -5.1 and p1= -10.1  is unreactive and p1 = -5.1 and p2= -10.6 is reactive therefore, small changes in momenta have a significant impact on the reaction trajectory. {{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:43, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
In transition state theory, the activated complexes are assumed to be in a quasi-equilibrium with reactants &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[4]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, this theory allows for a simple way of calculating the rate of a chemical reaction. However, this theory takes into account many assumptions for simplicity which need to be taken into account. The main assumptions and feature of transition state theory are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Transition state theory is a completely classical model and does not take into account quantum tunneling which would increase the rate if taken into account.  However, in the model used for this reaction, there is no quantum tunneling assumed. As transition state theory is completely classical, the particle takes the path that requires the minimum energy to go from reactants to products whereas if quantum tunneling was assumed, the quantum particle would go through the path which reduces the action angle by the greatest amount &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[6]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The theory is based on statistical mechanics &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[5]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* It assumes that once the transition state is reached at any trajectory, the reaction will go forward and products will form rather than going backwards &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[6]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; , which is not necessarily true&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The rate &#039;&#039;&#039;k&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; is calculated by focusing on the activated complexes which lie on the saddle point of the potential energy surface therefore at the transition state &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[5]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Transition state theory assumes that the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is fulfilled &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[6]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The system is in thermal equilibrium in the reactant state &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[6]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The motion of the systems at the saddle point &#039;&#039;can be treated as free translation motion and expressed using kinetic theory&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[5]&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The activated complexes are in a state of quasi equilibrium with the reactants. This means that the concentration of complexed moving from reactants to products will not change&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory rate values are an overestimation in comparison to the values calculated using this model. This is because the system used in this model does not assume that once a complex reaches the transition state, a product will form. This is because not every collision will lead to the transition state as collisions need to be in the right orientation to lead to a reaction. With the quasi equilibrium, collisions can happen but it doesn&#039;t necessarily mean a transition state will form as the reaction can go backwards to reform the reactants. In addition, both models do not take quantum tunnelling into account which would increase the rate of reaction, this is because both models are classical and quantum tunnelling only occurs in chemical reactions done at a very low temperatures &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[10]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is because at a low temperature the rate constant is smaller therefore tunnelling will have a greater contribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H System ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;(Reaction 1)&#039;&#039;&#039; and the reaction H + HF &#039;&#039;&#039;(Reaction 2)&#039;&#039;&#039; , there are two different potential energy surfaces formed. For reaction 1, the initial conditions used were:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Table 5: Bond Distances and Momentum for Reaction 1 where AB = F-H and BC = H-H&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
! Distance / pm&lt;br /&gt;
! Momentum / g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| AB&lt;br /&gt;
| 600&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| BC&lt;br /&gt;
| 74.5 &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[8]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For reaction 1, the AB bond length is significantly longer than the BC. This was done to see the potential energy surface of just the reactant H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; before any collisions have occurred, this leads to a potential energy surface where the axis with AB can be ignored due to its length. As the AB distance is very long it means that the F atom is not interacting in the system and can be ignored so only BC vs Potential Energy can be observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2020-05-22 at 15.35.15.png|thumb|center|400px|Figure 10: Potential Energy Surface for Reaction 1 with initial conditions from Table 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From figure 10, it can be observed that reaction 1 is an exothermic reaction. Furthermore, the product formed in reaction 1 is HF and H. Hydrogen Fluoride has a very high bond enthalpy (565	kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[5]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; which is why the reaction is exothermic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing this to reaction 2, with the different initial conditions, the reaction coordinate changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Table 6: Bond Distances and Momentum for Reaction 2 where AB = F-H and BC = H-H&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
! Distance / pm&lt;br /&gt;
! Momentum / g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| AB&lt;br /&gt;
| 74.5 &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[8]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| BC&lt;br /&gt;
| 600&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2020-05-22 at 15.47.26.png|thumb|center|400px|Figure 11: Potential Energy Surface for Reaction 2 with initial conditions from Table 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 11 shows that reaction 2 is an endothermic reaction. In this reaction, as the initial BC distance is very long, it can assumed that BC is not involved and there no reactions occuring. This means that graph can be observed from the perspective of AB vs potential energy. In addition for reaction 2, you&#039;re a HF bond which has a high bond enthalpy and you&#039;re a weaker H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond therefore the overall reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good use of diagrams. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:43, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
=== Determination of Transition State ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Table 7: Bond Distances and Momentum for Transition State determination&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
! Distance / pm&lt;br /&gt;
! Momentum / g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| AB&lt;br /&gt;
| 180&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| BC&lt;br /&gt;
| 74.5 &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[8]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is located at the values shown on table 7. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2020-05-22 at 19.24.13.png|thumb|center|400px|Figure 12: Hessian Matrix for Transition State positions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The determinant for figure 12 hessian matrix is −1.00058 which is less than zero therefore the transition state positions chosen in table 7 is a first order saddle point which means the value chosen is accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2020-05-22 at 16.323204.35.png|thumb|center|400px|Figure 13: Potential Energy Surface Plot and Contour Plot for transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:121212.png|thumb|center|400px|Figure 14: Internuclear distance vs time graph using initial conditions from table 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 13 shows the position of the transition state. In addition, figure 14 shows that the initial positions chosen for the transition state are accurate. This is because the internuclear distance vs time graph is a completely straight line with no oscillation. This shows that the initial positions chosen for the transition state are correct as the straight line suggest that at that initial positions, the molecule is not changing length.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Determination of Activation Energy for Reaction 1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Using table 5 allowed to get the potential energy of the reactant state which was -435.057 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. In addition, the potential energy from the transition state using initial positions from table 7 was -433.981. Subtracting -433.981 by -435.057 gave an activation energy value of + 1.076 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for reaction 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Determination of Activation Energy for Reaction 2 ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Table 8: Bond Distances and Momentum for Reaction 1 where AB = F-H and BC = H-H for reactant phase&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
! Distance / pm&lt;br /&gt;
! Momentum / g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| AB&lt;br /&gt;
| 92 &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[8]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| BC&lt;br /&gt;
| 600&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using table 8 allowed for the calculation of the potential energy in the reactant phase which was -560.700 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Furthermore, the potential energy from the transition state using initial positions from table 7 was -433.981. Subtracting -433.981 by -560.700 gave an activation energy value of + 126.719 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for reaction 2.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Correct. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:43, 26 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics of F - H - H System ===&lt;br /&gt;
“Momenta vs Time”. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions used to creative a reactive trajectory for reaction 1 (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Table 9: Initial Conditions for a reactive trajectory for Reaction 1 where no. of steps = 3000&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
! Distance / pm&lt;br /&gt;
! Momentum / g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| AB&lt;br /&gt;
| 175&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.6&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| BC&lt;br /&gt;
| 74&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.2&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ezgif-3-061e4dadc8e4.gif|thumb|center|400px|Figure 15: Animation of Reaction 1 using initial conditions from Table 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the initial conditions from table 9 leads to a successful collision between the F atom and H atom thus forming HF.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2020-05-22 at 20.13.13.png|thumb|center|400px|Figure 16: Momenta vs Time graph and Contour Plot using initial conditions from Table 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot from figure 16 shows that the reaction trajectory goes through the transition state therefore is a reactive trajectory. In addition, there is a lot of oscillations in the trajectory which suggests a lot of translational kinetic energy is being converted into vibrational kinetic energy.  As the AB distance decreases and the H atom and F atom get closer together, there is a significant increase in vibrational kinetic energy at the point. This can be seen from the amount of oscillation before and after the reaction trajectory moves upwards towards the product channel. The energy in this system is released as kinetic energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be observed experimentally through infrared spectroscopy. The infrared spectrum after the transition state (collision has occurred) would have many overtones. This is because there is a greater population of molecules in a vibrationally hot level due to more absorption of infrared light. This means there will be more transitions from v = 1 to v = 2 which leads to several overtones. In addition, there would be a single peak due to the transition from v = 0 to v = 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another way this can be observed experimentally is through the measured relaxation (MR)  and arrested relaxation (AR) approach &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[11]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules state that for reactions with an early transition state (exothermic reaction) between the two collision partners is the most effective in overcoming the activation energy to form products &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[9]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.  This means translation energy has a greater efficiency of promoting the reaction. On the other hand, reactions which have a late transition state (endothermic reaction), vibrational excitation has a greater efficiency of increasing the reactivity in comparison to translational energy &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[9]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Polanyi&#039;s rules only lead to qualitative predictions. This is because it is very hard to predict whether the transition state in a reaction will be an early or late one as the location of transition state is not always 100% accurate, there is some discrepancies &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[9]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.. In addition, due to these inaccuracies, it means the empirical rules provide only a small guidance on the vibrational and rotational modes of the molecules in the reaction &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[9]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vibrational energy is more efficient in overcoming the activation barrier and promoting the reaction because  if the atom just had translational energy and went through the reaction channel, the atom would just bounce off as the direction of the energy is not correct. However, with vibrational energy, the direction of the motion will align with the potential energy surface and into the reaction channel. This means with vibrational energy, there is an increased efficiency that the activation barrier will be overcome and a product formed. This means that reactions with a late transition state will form more product therefore, an endothermic reaction has a greater efficiency. This shows that the position of the transition state has a significant effect on whether the reaction is more likely to occur or not. However, translational energy is better at promoting an exothermic reaction in comparison to vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Table 9: Initial Conditions for a reactive trajectory for Reaction 1 where no. of steps = 3000&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
! Distance / pm&lt;br /&gt;
! Momentum / g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| AB&lt;br /&gt;
| 177&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.7&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| BC&lt;br /&gt;
| 74&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.8&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2020-05-22 at 23.32.03.png |300px|thumb| center|Figure 17: Reactive Trajectory from table 10 with endothermic and exothermic reactions labelled]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 17 shows a reactive trajectory with two pathways, the endothermic pathway has a higher efficiency to vibrational energy whereas the exothermic pathway has a higher efficiency for translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Chemistry LibreTexts. 2020. 2.6: Potential Energy Surfaces. [online] Available at: &amp;lt;https://chem.libretexts.org/Courses/University_of_California_Davis/UCD_Chem_107B%3A_Physical_Chemistry_for_Life_Scientists/Chapters/2%3A_Chemical_Kinetics/2.06%3A_Potential_Energy_Surfaces&amp;gt; [Accessed 19 May 2020].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk. 2020. CP3MD - Chemwiki. [online] Available at: &amp;lt;https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD#Objectives&amp;gt; [Accessed 20 May 2020].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Rossi.chemistry.uconn.edu. 2020. [online] Available at: &amp;lt;http://rossi.chemistry.uconn.edu/workshop/files/pes_ts_mep_exercises.pdf&amp;gt; [Accessed 20 May 2020].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Vallance.chem.ox.ac.uk. 2020. [online] Available at: &amp;lt;http://vallance.chem.ox.ac.uk/pdfs/ReactionDynamics.pdf&amp;gt; [Accessed 21 May 2020].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Laidler, K. J. &amp;amp; King, M. C. Development of transition-state theory. J. Phys. Chem. 87, 2657–2664 (1983).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Kästner, J. Theory and simulation of atom tunneling in chemical reactions. WIREs Comput. Mol. Sci. 4, 158–168 (2014).&lt;br /&gt;
References&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Chem.libretexts.org. 2020. Bond Lengths And Energies - Chemistry Libretexts. [online] Available at: &amp;lt;https://chem.libretexts.org/Bookshelves/Physical_and_Theoretical_Chemistry_Textbook_Maps/Supplemental_Modules_(Physical_and_Theoretical_Chemistry)/Chemical_Bonding/Fundamentals_of_Chemical_Bonding/Chemical_Bonds/Bond_Lengths_and_Energies&amp;gt; [Accessed 22 May 2020].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Cccbdb.nist.gov. 2020. CCCBDB Listing Of Experimental Data Page 2. [online] Available at: &amp;lt;https://cccbdb.nist.gov/exp2x.asp?casno=7664393&amp;amp;charge=0&amp;gt; [Accessed 22 May 2020].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. Guo, H. &amp;amp; Liu, K. Control of chemical reactivity by transition-state and beyond. Chem. Sci. 7, 3992–4003 (2016).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. POLANYI, J. C. Some Concepts in Reaction Dynamics. Science (80-. ). 236, 680 LP-690 (1987).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. WIREs Comput Mol Sci 2013. doi: 10.1002/wcms.1165&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chemistry LibreTexts. 2020. Hammond’S Postulate. [online] Available at: &amp;lt;https://chem.libretexts.org/Bookshelves/Ancillary_Materials/Reference/Organic_Chemistry_Glossary/Hammond%E2%80%99s_Postulate&amp;gt; [Accessed 21 May 2020].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01507626&amp;diff=812798</id>
		<title>MRD:01507626</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01507626&amp;diff=812798"/>
		<updated>2020-06-11T21:13:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions of the simulation are shown in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Distance/pm&lt;br /&gt;
!Momentum/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|AB&lt;br /&gt;
|230&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|BC&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H H2.png|thumb|Figure 1. Potential energy surface and trajectory of H+H2 reaction]]The results of the calculation are shown in Figure 1 in the form of the potential energy surface. The black line at the bottom of the surface shows the trajectory taken. The line is not straight due to the osciallations of the diatomic molecules. The part of the trajectory in which the BC distance stays constant at around 74 pm and AB decreases to about 74 pm, represents the reactants. The corner in the trajectory is the transition state of the reaction. The part where AB stays constant at 74pm while BC increases shows atom C moving away after the reaction while BC remains.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is a saddle point on the potential energy surface (PES). Saddle points, maxima and minima are all stationary points. For a point to be a stationary point of the potential energy surface all partial derivatives have to equal 0 at the point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; {dV \over dr_i} = 0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of the stationary point can then be determined by expanding the n-dimensional PES using the Taylor series around the point where N is the number of atoms. In most cases the quadratic approximation described below is suitable.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Eq2.PNG|centre|frameless|360x360px]]&lt;br /&gt;
By introducing the Hessian matrix M one can rewrite the expansion.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Eq10.PNG|centre|frameless]]The Hessian matrix is real and symmetric and therefore has n real eigenvalues &#039;&#039;λ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;k&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; and n orthogonal eigenvectors &#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;k&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Eq6fb618.PNG|centre|frameless]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ẟ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;rs&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is Kronecker delta, showing the orthogonality between the eigenvectors. Since one can construct an n-dimesional vecor out of the n eigenvectors as base vectors. Therefore &#039;&#039;&#039;Δr &#039;&#039;&#039;can be expanded in terms of the eigenvectors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Substituing the last equation into the taylor expansion, one obtains the following. Another way of looking at this substitution is decomposing the vector &#039;&#039;&#039;Δr&#039;&#039;&#039; into the eigenvectors of M.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Eq7fb618.PNG|centre|frameless]]&lt;br /&gt;
One can think of the result as determining the nature of the stationary point along one eigenvector of M, along one dimension in the n dimensional vector speace. A positive eigenvalue represents a minimum in a given dimension while a negative eigenvalue represents a maximum for a given dimension. This leads us to the conclusion that if all eigenvalues are positive for all coefficients a&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;k&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the point is a minimum. If all eigenvalues are negative for all coefficients a&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;k&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the point is a maximum. If some eigenvalues are positive while others negative the point is a saddle point. In the case of a 2 variable function a saddle point is defined as one eigenvalue having a different sign to the other, meaning along one eigenvector of M it is a minimum while a maximum along another orthogonal to the first one. In the case of an n variable function the point can be a maximum along an arbitrary number of eigenvectors, k, where k smaller than n-1, while being a minimum along n-k other orthogonal eigenvectors. However, a transition state only corresponds to those points where one eigenvalue is negative while all others positive. This ensures that it is still a point along the minimum energy path. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should be noted that this method may fail in case some eigenvalues are 0 while others have the same sign. In this case numerical approximate methods need to be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In practice, the full PES is rarely computed due to the large computational cost and algorithms like the Berny algorithm need to be used. It starts off with a well guessed starting geometry, computes the Hessian matrix and takes a step on the PES towards the transition state and lowering the energy gradient, the condition of a stationary point. This method is only feasible when a good starting geometry was provided. This can be obtained by scanning along one direction on the PES, for example the by freezing all bond legths except one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
When looking at figure 2 one can see that the PES is symmetric along the plane r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. Therefore The transition state must have the same symmetry. One way to search for the transition state is to start with the condition r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and vary the distance. At the transition state, the particles should not move as long as no initial momentum is given.&lt;br /&gt;
In this specific system transition state search is greatly simplified due to the constraint given by symmetry. If the PES was known the method of Lagrange undetermined multipliers could be used to determine an analytic answer.&lt;br /&gt;
However, as the PES is not fully known the easiest method would be to find the minimum along the constraint.&lt;br /&gt;
There are several methods to doing this but the simplest is using gradient descent along the constraint. The formula of the steepest descent is the following where k is a pre defined step length.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;r_{n+1}-r_n=-k\frac{\nabla V(r_n)}{\lVert {\nabla V(r_n)}\rVert}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the definition of force as the derivative of the energy this can be rewritten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;r_{n+1}-r_n=-k\frac{F(r_n)}{\lVert {F(r_n)}\rVert}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Inucdistvstime2.png|thumb|Figure 3. Internuclear distance vs time of initial trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
From figure 3 we can see that 90pm is a valid first guess. The step length was chosen as 0.5 pm. Convergence is reached when the sign of force vector changes. Then the step size is reduced to 0.05 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!n&lt;br /&gt;
!r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;n&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;n&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|90&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
0.132 \\&lt;br /&gt;
0.132&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
|90.3536&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
0.071 \\&lt;br /&gt;
0.071&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|90.7072&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
0.011\\&lt;br /&gt;
0.011&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|91.0608&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
-0.047\\&lt;br /&gt;
-0.047&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state lies between 90.7072 pm and 91.0608 pm. The starting point is chosen by linearly interpolating the distance as 90.7743. The forces at this point are computed as 0 in both directions. Therefore the transition state has been reached at 90.7743.  By interpolating the steps before and after the sign change, the converges much faster. For higher dimensional optimisation problems gradient descent is not very efficient close to the stationary point but efficient at optimisation far from the stationary point. Methods like Newton-Raphson or the previously discussed Berny-Algorithm that follows eigenvectors are much more efficient in those cases.&lt;br /&gt;
The separation of 90.7743 pm can be confirmed as a transition state with the help of figure 4. No oscillations in the atom separations show that the atoms are still at their positions.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tsfb618.png|thumb|Figure 4. Internuclear distance vs time plot when initial positions are set corresponding to the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison of minimum energy trajectory (mep) with Dynamic trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The mep corresponds to the reaction path with infinitely slow motion. The momentum of the atoms is set to 0 at every time step so that the trajectory follows the floor of the potential energy surface as shown in figure 5. When changing the type of the calculation back to dynamic as shown in figure 6, one can clearly see the vibrational energy of the products. In both cases the initial conditions were set as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=90.7 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=90.7743 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 22:05, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepfb618.png|300x300px]]      [[File:Dynamicfb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories near the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;TS&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=90.7743&lt;br /&gt;
!r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=91.7743 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;TS&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=90.7743&lt;br /&gt;
!r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=322.05 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74.34, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5.062 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.887&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Internuclear distance vs Time&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Tsfb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Rabplus1_dvt_fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Final r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=322.05&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Final r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74.34&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Rabplus1_dvtreverse_fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Final r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=92.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Final r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=90.2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Momentum vs time&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:transitionstate_pvt.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Rabplus1_pvt_fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Final p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=5.062&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Final p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.887&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Rabplus1_pvtreverse_fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Final p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.066&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Final p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-0.072&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
One can see that at the transition state there is no displacement, the atoms are still at their positions. A slight displacement of 1 pm from the transition state causes the distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to decrease and oscillate while atom A steadily moves away from the molecule shown by the increasing distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. When using the final state of the system for the initial state of another simulation with the signs of the momenta reversed, One can see that it follows along the same trajectory as before in reverse order. The reason why the transition state is not perfectly reached may be due to the uncertainty with which the final positions and momenta were determined.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
In the following table a number of trajectories are analysed. In all cases the original starting distances were set to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || The F atom approaches the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The HF molecule is formed while the other H atom moves away.{{fontcolor1|blue|What about changes in vibrations? [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 22:05, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
|| [[File:Contour1fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.077 || No || The F atom approaches with insufficient energy to break the H-H bond. The F atom leaves again.&lt;br /&gt;
|| [[File:Contour2fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || The F atom approaches the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The HF molecule is formed while the other H atom moves away.&lt;br /&gt;
|| [[File:Contour3fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || The F atom approaches with large kinetic energy, The HF molecule is formed. Large oscillations in the bond cause it to break apart again. The reactants are reformed&lt;br /&gt;
|| [[File:Contour4fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || The F atom approaches with large kinetic energy, The HF molecule is formed large oscillations in the bond cause it to break apart again. The reactants are reformed but large oscillations in the HH bond cause that to break and the HF molecule is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
|| [[File:Contour5fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|What can you condlude from the table? [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 22:05, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition state theory ===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is based on three {{fontcolor1|blue|Three? [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 22:05, 11 June 2020 (BST)}} key assumptions. &lt;br /&gt;
# All systems with kinetic energy in the direction of the reaction coordinate greater than activation energy will be reactive.&lt;br /&gt;
# Kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate is populated according to the Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
When looking at the fourth trajectory in the previous section one can clearlz see that the system has crossed the transition state, entered the prodcut channel, crossed the transition state again and returned to the reactant channel. It is therefore an unreactive trajectory. However, according to Transition state theory it would be counted as a reactive one. Transition state theory therefore overestimates the rate of reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory also doesn&#039;t take into account quantum tunneling since it is a classical theory. Quantum tunneling is an effect that increases the rate of reaction compared to transition state theory because a system can react by never reaching the transition state and tunneling through the activation barrier. For most systems this effect is however negligible since quantum is only substantially observed for very light particles. For some reactions this effect can be considerable but in most cases it will be negligible. Therefore, generally speaking transition state theory overestimates the rate of reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Inspection of the PES ===&lt;br /&gt;
The following two figures show the trajectories of the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the HF+F reaction respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fh2fb618.png|300x300px]]   [[File:Fhhfb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One can clearly see that for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction the reactant channel is much higher than the product channel with an early transition state. One can clearly see the large vibrational excitation in the product channel. In the HF+H reaction the reactant channel is much lower than the product channel. The H atom has to collide with the molecule with a large momentum to provide the system with enough energy to overcome the transition state. The vibrations of the resulting H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;molecule are much smaller as seen in the Figure on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating of the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the transition state resembles the reactants or products of a reaction depending on whichever one it is closest to in energy. When selecting the exothermic F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction from Hammond&#039;s postulate one can deduce that the transition state should resemble the reactants. When looking at the contours of the potential energy surface one can see that this is in fact the case. lower energy state of the HF+H state compared to the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; state indicates that the HF bond is much stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.{{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 22:05, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to finding the transition state precisely, various methods exist. Previously, the gradient descent method could be used due to the high symmetry of the system. In this case a two dimensional search method needs to be used. When faced with such a problem for a larger system, the initial guess for the transition state is obtained by the use of synchronous transit methods that estimate the position of the transition state either linearly or quadratically along a straight line or curve between reactants and products. Further search is then carried out using other methods like adapted Newton-Raphson or eigenvector following. In the following the latter algorithm will be employed to find the transition state. The basic principle of the algorithm comes from an intuition about the eigenvectors of the Hessian matrix introduced earlier. The eigenvectors point into a direction in which the curvature is independent of any other directions. The sign of the eigenvalue corresponds to the sign of the curvature in the direction of the eigenvector. From the definition of a transition state given earlier one could find a transition state by minimizing one eigenvalue while maximizing all others.&lt;br /&gt;
The first step of the RFO algorithm is to determine the shift parameter λ. In the simple gradient descent parameter that was previously used to obtain the transition state position this parameter was simply set to a sensible value. After rewriting the information included in the quadratic Taylor approximation in the form of a rational function with the help of a scaling matrix S. S is taken as the identity in the following since the scaling can be absorbed into the coordinates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Delta V=\frac{g^T\Delta r+0.5\Delta r^T M \Delta r}{1+\Delta r^T S \Delta r}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
M &amp;amp; \nabla \Delta r \\&lt;br /&gt;
(\nabla \Delta r)^T &amp;amp; 0&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}\begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
\Delta r\\&lt;br /&gt;
1&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}=\lambda \begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
S &amp;amp; 0 \\&lt;br /&gt;
0 &amp;amp; 1&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}\begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
\Delta r\\&lt;br /&gt;
1&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; where λ=2Δr&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One can represent this equation as two separate equations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;(M-\lambda S)\Delta r+g=0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;g^T\Delta r=\lambda&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; where g is the gradient of the PES at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equation can be rewritten in component form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Delta r_k=\frac{g_k}{\lambda - m_k}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; where m_k are the eigenvalues of M and the diagonal elements of the diagonalised Hessian M along the eigenvectors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can substitute this equation back into the separated RFO equation and obtain an expression for the change in V.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Delta V=\frac{1}{\sum_{k}r_k} \sum_{k}g_k \frac{\lambda - 0.5m_k}{{(\lambda - m_k)}^2}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore a step along or against the gradient in the direction of a specific eigenvector is determined by the sign of λ - m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;k&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. One possible way of using this algorithm is to determine the lowest eigenvalue of the original RFO matrix, compute the gradient and use the formula for Δr&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. Another method would be to use the second lowest eigenvalue of M as λ. Therefore the algorithm takes steps upwards in the direction of one eigenvector while simultaneously taking steps downwards in the direction of all other eigenvectors. In this form eigenvector following can be used to find a first order saddle point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As initial initial guess for the search of the transition state on the F-H-H PES r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=180 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=75. In the first part a minimisation is done to ensure a first order transition state. In the second part the transition state is reached by climbing up the valley.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Step&lt;br /&gt;
!F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!eigenvectors&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-0.006, -0.159&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-0.002,0.322&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|(1,-0.025),(-0.025,-1)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walkthrough of the algorithm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: Compute and diagonalise the Hessian&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
-0.002 &amp;amp; 0\\&lt;br /&gt;
0 &amp;amp; 0.332&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: Construct RFO matrix at initial position rFH=180 rHH=75 and compute eigenvalues λ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
-0.002 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0.002025\\&lt;br /&gt;
0 &amp;amp; 0.332 &amp;amp; -0.15915\\&lt;br /&gt;
0.002025 &amp;amp; -0.15915 &amp;amp; 0&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
λ1=-0.064&lt;br /&gt;
λ2=-0.002&lt;br /&gt;
λ3=0.396&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: Select λ and take steps along the eigenvectors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
λ=-0.002&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;r_1=\begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
180\\&lt;br /&gt;
75&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}+\frac{-0.15915}{-0.002 -0.332} \begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
-0.025\\&lt;br /&gt;
-1&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}=\begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
179.9880\\&lt;br /&gt;
74.5235&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Step&lt;br /&gt;
!F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!eigenvectors&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-0.002, -0.003&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-0.002,0.331&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|(1,-0.024),(-0.024,-1)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: Compute and diagonalise the Hessian&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
-0.002 &amp;amp; 0\\&lt;br /&gt;
0 &amp;amp; 0.331&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
-0.002 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0.001928\\&lt;br /&gt;
0 &amp;amp; 0.331 &amp;amp;-0.003048\\&lt;br /&gt;
0.001928 &amp;amp; -0.003048 &amp;amp; 0&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
λ1=-0.003&lt;br /&gt;
λ2=0.001&lt;br /&gt;
λ3=0.331&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
λ=0.001&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;r_1=\begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
179.9880\\&lt;br /&gt;
74.5235&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}+\frac{0.001928}{0.001+0.002} \begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
1\\&lt;br /&gt;
-0.024&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}+\frac{-0.003048}{0.001-0.331} \begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
-0.024\\&lt;br /&gt;
-1&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}=\begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
180.6304\\&lt;br /&gt;
74.4988&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Step&lt;br /&gt;
!F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!eigenvectors&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-0.001, 0.000&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-0.002,0.332&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|(1,-0.024),(-0.024,-1)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: Compute and diagonalise the Hessian&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
-0.002 &amp;amp; 0\\&lt;br /&gt;
0 &amp;amp; 0.332&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
-0.002 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0.001\\&lt;br /&gt;
0 &amp;amp; 0.332 &amp;amp; -0.000024\\&lt;br /&gt;
0.001 &amp;amp; -0.000024 &amp;amp; 0&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
λ1=-0.002&lt;br /&gt;
λ2=0.000&lt;br /&gt;
λ3=0.331&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
λ=0.000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;r_1=\begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
180.6304\\&lt;br /&gt;
74.4988&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}+\frac{0.001}{0.000+0.002} \begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
1\\&lt;br /&gt;
-0.024&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}+\frac{-0.000024}{0.000-0.331} \begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
-0.024\\&lt;br /&gt;
-1&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}=\begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
181.1304\\&lt;br /&gt;
74.4867&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When computing the forces at this point they are equal to 0 in all directions. Therefore a stationary point is reached. When computing the Hessian we find it has a negative eigenvalue of -0.002 and a positive one at 0.332. Therefore the stationary point can be confirmed to be a first order saddle point, the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Determination of the activation energy ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== F+HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Initial conditions&lt;br /&gt;
!Momentum vs time&lt;br /&gt;
!Surface plot&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm &lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt0fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|As we can see from the Momentum vs time graph, the hydrogen molecule is slightly oscillating while approaching. After the HF bond forms the molecule is strongly vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt-6.1fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt-6.1surffb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The HH bond strongly oscillates as the molecule approaches. Despite HF bond forming, due to too large vibrations HH bond reforms.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -5.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt-5.1fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt-5.1surffb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The HH bond strongly oscillates as the molecule approaches. Despite HF bond forming, due to too large vibrations HH bond reforms.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -4.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt-4.1fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt-4.1surffb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The HH bond oscillates as the molecule approaches. Despite HF bond forming, due to too large vibrations HH bond reforms.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -3.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt-3.1fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt-3.1surffb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The HH bond oscillates as the molecule approaches. Despite HF bond forming, due to too large vibrations HH bond reforms.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -2.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt-2.1fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt-2.1surffb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The HH bond slightly oscillates as the molecule approaches. Despite HF bond forming, due to too large vibrations HH bond reforms.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt-1.1fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt-1.1surffb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The HH bond slightly oscillates as the molecule approaches. Despite HF bond forming, due to too large vibrations HH bond reforms.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt1.1fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt1.1surffb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The HH bond slightly oscillates as the molecule approaches. Despite HF bond forming, due to too large vibrations HH bond reforms.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt2.1fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt2.1surffb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The HH bond oscillates as the molecule approaches. Despite HF bond forming, due to too large vibrations HH bond reforms.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 3.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt3.1fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt3.1surffb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The HH bond oscillates as the molecule approaches. Despite HF bond forming, due to too large vibrations HH bond reforms.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 4.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt4.1fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt4.1surffb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The HH bond oscillates as the molecule approaches. Despite HF oscillating strongly trajectory is reactive.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 5.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt5.1fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt5.1surffb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The HH bond oscillates as the molecule approaches. Despite HF bond forming, due to too large vibrations HH bond reforms.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt6.1fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt6.1surffb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The HH bond oscillates as the molecule approaches. Despite HF bond forming, due to too large vibrations HH bond reforms.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt-1.60.2fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt-1.60.2surffb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The HH bond slightly oscillates as the molecule approaches. Despite HF bond forming, due to too large vibrations HH bond reforms.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
When looking at the momenta vs time graphs one can see how in each case the energy is conserved. If a reactant approaches the other with large translational energy some of it results in vibrations of either the formed product or the reformed reactant. The other part is transferred into translational energy of the other reactant or the same reactant but in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the reaction is exothermic only a small amount of translational energy can lead to a large amount of vibrational energy in the product. This can be seen in the reactive trajectories above. Translational energy is related to internal energy and therefore temperature. Accurate changes in temperature can be measured using bomb calorimetry . Vibrational energy is radiated by photons in the IR spectrum.  These photons can be detected using IR spectroscopy. The vibrational energy levels in a molecule are quantised. After a collision the HF molecule often enters an vibrationally excited state. Photons have an energy corresponding to the energy gap between the vibrational mode of the excited state and the ground state. The excited state does not necessarily need to be the first excited state. If it is a higher excited state, an overtone is seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall one can conclude that a mechanism resulting in large translational energy would result in a large change of temperature and close to no overtones observed. A mechanism with small translational energy released and large vibrational energy released would result in large overtones and only a slight change in temperature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== HF+H reaction ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Initial conditions&lt;br /&gt;
!Momentum vs time&lt;br /&gt;
!Surface plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -17 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fhhpvtfb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fhhfb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -17 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fhh0.1pvtfb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fhh0.1surffb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusion ===&lt;br /&gt;
When looking at the reactive trajectories for both systems one can see that for the exothermic case the reactants mainly have translational energy while the products have vibrational energy. According to Polanyi&#039;s rules the reaction is more likely to go to completion when more translational energy is invested initially since it is more effective effective to pass the energy barrier close to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the endothermic case the reactants mainly have vibrational energy while the products have kinetic energy. The reaction is more likely to go to completion when more vibrational energy is invested initially since it is more effective effective to pass the energy barrier close to the reactants. {{fontcolor1|blue|Good, but would be helpful to reference Polanyi&#039;s rules and quote specific figures in the report. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 22:05, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. https://pubs.acs.org/doi/pdf/10.1021/j100247a015, Date accessed: 15th May 2020&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Atkins, P. W. Atkins&#039; Physical Chemistry (2018), p806&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01507626&amp;diff=812797</id>
		<title>MRD:01507626</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01507626&amp;diff=812797"/>
		<updated>2020-06-11T21:05:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions of the simulation are shown in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Distance/pm&lt;br /&gt;
!Momentum/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|AB&lt;br /&gt;
|230&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|BC&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H H2.png|thumb|Figure 1. Potential energy surface and trajectory of H+H2 reaction]]The results of the calculation are shown in Figure 1 in the form of the potential energy surface. The black line at the bottom of the surface shows the trajectory taken. The line is not straight due to the osciallations of the diatomic molecules. The part of the trajectory in which the BC distance stays constant at around 74 pm and AB decreases to about 74 pm, represents the reactants. The corner in the trajectory is the transition state of the reaction. The part where AB stays constant at 74pm while BC increases shows atom C moving away after the reaction while BC remains.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is a saddle point on the potential energy surface (PES). Saddle points, maxima and minima are all stationary points. For a point to be a stationary point of the potential energy surface all partial derivatives have to equal 0 at the point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; {dV \over dr_i} = 0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of the stationary point can then be determined by expanding the n-dimensional PES using the Taylor series around the point where N is the number of atoms. In most cases the quadratic approximation described below is suitable.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Eq2.PNG|centre|frameless|360x360px]]&lt;br /&gt;
By introducing the Hessian matrix M one can rewrite the expansion.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Eq10.PNG|centre|frameless]]The Hessian matrix is real and symmetric and therefore has n real eigenvalues &#039;&#039;λ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;k&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; and n orthogonal eigenvectors &#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;k&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Eq6fb618.PNG|centre|frameless]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ẟ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;rs&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is Kronecker delta, showing the orthogonality between the eigenvectors. Since one can construct an n-dimesional vecor out of the n eigenvectors as base vectors. Therefore &#039;&#039;&#039;Δr &#039;&#039;&#039;can be expanded in terms of the eigenvectors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Substituing the last equation into the taylor expansion, one obtains the following. Another way of looking at this substitution is decomposing the vector &#039;&#039;&#039;Δr&#039;&#039;&#039; into the eigenvectors of M.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Eq7fb618.PNG|centre|frameless]]&lt;br /&gt;
One can think of the result as determining the nature of the stationary point along one eigenvector of M, along one dimension in the n dimensional vector speace. A positive eigenvalue represents a minimum in a given dimension while a negative eigenvalue represents a maximum for a given dimension. This leads us to the conclusion that if all eigenvalues are positive for all coefficients a&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;k&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the point is a minimum. If all eigenvalues are negative for all coefficients a&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;k&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the point is a maximum. If some eigenvalues are positive while others negative the point is a saddle point. In the case of a 2 variable function a saddle point is defined as one eigenvalue having a different sign to the other, meaning along one eigenvector of M it is a minimum while a maximum along another orthogonal to the first one. In the case of an n variable function the point can be a maximum along an arbitrary number of eigenvectors, k, where k smaller than n-1, while being a minimum along n-k other orthogonal eigenvectors. However, a transition state only corresponds to those points where one eigenvalue is negative while all others positive. This ensures that it is still a point along the minimum energy path. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should be noted that this method may fail in case some eigenvalues are 0 while others have the same sign. In this case numerical approximate methods need to be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In practice, the full PES is rarely computed due to the large computational cost and algorithms like the Berny algorithm need to be used. It starts off with a well guessed starting geometry, computes the Hessian matrix and takes a step on the PES towards the transition state and lowering the energy gradient, the condition of a stationary point. This method is only feasible when a good starting geometry was provided. This can be obtained by scanning along one direction on the PES, for example the by freezing all bond legths except one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
When looking at figure 2 one can see that the PES is symmetric along the plane r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. Therefore The transition state must have the same symmetry. One way to search for the transition state is to start with the condition r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and vary the distance. At the transition state, the particles should not move as long as no initial momentum is given.&lt;br /&gt;
In this specific system transition state search is greatly simplified due to the constraint given by symmetry. If the PES was known the method of Lagrange undetermined multipliers could be used to determine an analytic answer.&lt;br /&gt;
However, as the PES is not fully known the easiest method would be to find the minimum along the constraint.&lt;br /&gt;
There are several methods to doing this but the simplest is using gradient descent along the constraint. The formula of the steepest descent is the following where k is a pre defined step length.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;r_{n+1}-r_n=-k\frac{\nabla V(r_n)}{\lVert {\nabla V(r_n)}\rVert}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the definition of force as the derivative of the energy this can be rewritten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;r_{n+1}-r_n=-k\frac{F(r_n)}{\lVert {F(r_n)}\rVert}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Inucdistvstime2.png|thumb|Figure 3. Internuclear distance vs time of initial trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
From figure 3 we can see that 90pm is a valid first guess. The step length was chosen as 0.5 pm. Convergence is reached when the sign of force vector changes. Then the step size is reduced to 0.05 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!n&lt;br /&gt;
!r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;n&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;n&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|90&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
0.132 \\&lt;br /&gt;
0.132&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
|90.3536&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
0.071 \\&lt;br /&gt;
0.071&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|90.7072&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
0.011\\&lt;br /&gt;
0.011&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|91.0608&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
-0.047\\&lt;br /&gt;
-0.047&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state lies between 90.7072 pm and 91.0608 pm. The starting point is chosen by linearly interpolating the distance as 90.7743. The forces at this point are computed as 0 in both directions. Therefore the transition state has been reached at 90.7743.  By interpolating the steps before and after the sign change, the converges much faster. For higher dimensional optimisation problems gradient descent is not very efficient close to the stationary point but efficient at optimisation far from the stationary point. Methods like Newton-Raphson or the previously discussed Berny-Algorithm that follows eigenvectors are much more efficient in those cases.&lt;br /&gt;
The separation of 90.7743 pm can be confirmed as a transition state with the help of figure 4. No oscillations in the atom separations show that the atoms are still at their positions.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tsfb618.png|thumb|Figure 4. Internuclear distance vs time plot when initial positions are set corresponding to the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison of minimum energy trajectory (mep) with Dynamic trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The mep corresponds to the reaction path with infinitely slow motion. The momentum of the atoms is set to 0 at every time step so that the trajectory follows the floor of the potential energy surface as shown in figure 5. When changing the type of the calculation back to dynamic as shown in figure 6, one can clearly see the vibrational energy of the products. In both cases the initial conditions were set as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=90.7 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=90.7743 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 22:05, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepfb618.png|300x300px]]      [[File:Dynamicfb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories near the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;TS&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=90.7743&lt;br /&gt;
!r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=91.7743 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;TS&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=90.7743&lt;br /&gt;
!r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=322.05 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74.34, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5.062 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.887&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Internuclear distance vs Time&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Tsfb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Rabplus1_dvt_fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Final r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=322.05&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Final r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74.34&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Rabplus1_dvtreverse_fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Final r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=92.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Final r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=90.2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Momentum vs time&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:transitionstate_pvt.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Rabplus1_pvt_fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Final p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=5.062&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Final p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.887&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Rabplus1_pvtreverse_fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Final p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.066&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Final p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-0.072&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
One can see that at the transition state there is no displacement, the atoms are still at their positions. A slight displacement of 1 pm from the transition state causes the distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to decrease and oscillate while atom A steadily moves away from the molecule shown by the increasing distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. When using the final state of the system for the initial state of another simulation with the signs of the momenta reversed, One can see that it follows along the same trajectory as before in reverse order. The reason why the transition state is not perfectly reached may be due to the uncertainty with which the final positions and momenta were determined.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
In the following table a number of trajectories are analysed. In all cases the original starting distances were set to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || The F atom approaches the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The HF molecule is formed while the other H atom moves away.{{fontcolor1|blue|What about changes in vibrations? [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 22:05, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
|| [[File:Contour1fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.077 || No || The F atom approaches with insufficient energy to break the H-H bond. The F atom leaves again.&lt;br /&gt;
|| [[File:Contour2fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || The F atom approaches the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The HF molecule is formed while the other H atom moves away.&lt;br /&gt;
|| [[File:Contour3fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || The F atom approaches with large kinetic energy, The HF molecule is formed. Large oscillations in the bond cause it to break apart again. The reactants are reformed&lt;br /&gt;
|| [[File:Contour4fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || The F atom approaches with large kinetic energy, The HF molecule is formed large oscillations in the bond cause it to break apart again. The reactants are reformed but large oscillations in the HH bond cause that to break and the HF molecule is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
|| [[File:Contour5fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|What can you condlude from the table? [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 22:05, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition state theory ===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is based on three {{fontcolor1|blue|Three? [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 22:05, 11 June 2020 (BST)}} key assumptions. &lt;br /&gt;
# All systems with kinetic energy in the direction of the reaction coordinate greater than activation energy will be reactive.&lt;br /&gt;
# Kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate is populated according to the Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
When looking at the fourth trajectory in the previous section one can clearlz see that the system has crossed the transition state, entered the prodcut channel, crossed the transition state again and returned to the reactant channel. It is therefore an unreactive trajectory. However, according to Transition state theory it would be counted as a reactive one. Transition state theory therefore overestimates the rate of reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory also doesn&#039;t take into account quantum tunneling since it is a classical theory. Quantum tunneling is an effect that increases the rate of reaction compared to transition state theory because a system can react by never reaching the transition state and tunneling through the activation barrier. For most systems this effect is however negligible since quantum is only substantially observed for very light particles. For some reactions this effect can be considerable but in most cases it will be negligible. Therefore, generally speaking transition state theory overestimates the rate of reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Inspection of the PES ===&lt;br /&gt;
The following two figures show the trajectories of the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the HF+F reaction respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fh2fb618.png|300x300px]]   [[File:Fhhfb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One can clearly see that for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction the reactant channel is much higher than the product channel with an early transition state. One can clearly see the large vibrational excitation in the product channel. In the HF+H reaction the reactant channel is much lower than the product channel. The H atom has to collide with the molecule with a large momentum to provide the system with enough energy to overcome the transition state. The vibrations of the resulting H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;molecule are much smaller as seen in the Figure on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating of the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the transition state resembles the reactants or products of a reaction depending on whichever one it is closest to in energy. When selecting the exothermic F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction from Hammond&#039;s postulate one can deduce that the transition state should resemble the reactants. When looking at the contours of the potential energy surface one can see that this is in fact the case. lower energy state of the HF+H state compared to the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; state indicates that the HF bond is much stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.{{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 22:05, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to finding the transition state precisely, various methods exist. Previously, the gradient descent method could be used due to the high symmetry of the system. In this case a two dimensional search method needs to be used. When faced with such a problem for a larger system, the initial guess for the transition state is obtained by the use of synchronous transit methods that estimate the position of the transition state either linearly or quadratically along a straight line or curve between reactants and products. Further search is then carried out using other methods like adapted Newton-Raphson or eigenvector following. In the following the latter algorithm will be employed to find the transition state. The basic principle of the algorithm comes from an intuition about the eigenvectors of the Hessian matrix introduced earlier. The eigenvectors point into a direction in which the curvature is independent of any other directions. The sign of the eigenvalue corresponds to the sign of the curvature in the direction of the eigenvector. From the definition of a transition state given earlier one could find a transition state by minimizing one eigenvalue while maximizing all others.&lt;br /&gt;
The first step of the RFO algorithm is to determine the shift parameter λ. In the simple gradient descent parameter that was previously used to obtain the transition state position this parameter was simply set to a sensible value. After rewriting the information included in the quadratic Taylor approximation in the form of a rational function with the help of a scaling matrix S. S is taken as the identity in the following since the scaling can be absorbed into the coordinates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Delta V=\frac{g^T\Delta r+0.5\Delta r^T M \Delta r}{1+\Delta r^T S \Delta r}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
M &amp;amp; \nabla \Delta r \\&lt;br /&gt;
(\nabla \Delta r)^T &amp;amp; 0&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}\begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
\Delta r\\&lt;br /&gt;
1&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}=\lambda \begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
S &amp;amp; 0 \\&lt;br /&gt;
0 &amp;amp; 1&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}\begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
\Delta r\\&lt;br /&gt;
1&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; where λ=2Δr&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One can represent this equation as two separate equations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;(M-\lambda S)\Delta r+g=0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;g^T\Delta r=\lambda&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; where g is the gradient of the PES at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equation can be rewritten in component form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Delta r_k=\frac{g_k}{\lambda - m_k}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; where m_k are the eigenvalues of M and the diagonal elements of the diagonalised Hessian M along the eigenvectors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can substitute this equation back into the separated RFO equation and obtain an expression for the change in V.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Delta V=\frac{1}{\sum_{k}r_k} \sum_{k}g_k \frac{\lambda - 0.5m_k}{{(\lambda - m_k)}^2}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore a step along or against the gradient in the direction of a specific eigenvector is determined by the sign of λ - m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;k&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. One possible way of using this algorithm is to determine the lowest eigenvalue of the original RFO matrix, compute the gradient and use the formula for Δr&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. Another method would be to use the second lowest eigenvalue of M as λ. Therefore the algorithm takes steps upwards in the direction of one eigenvector while simultaneously taking steps downwards in the direction of all other eigenvectors. In this form eigenvector following can be used to find a first order saddle point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As initial initial guess for the search of the transition state on the F-H-H PES r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=180 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=75. In the first part a minimisation is done to ensure a first order transition state. In the second part the transition state is reached by climbing up the valley.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Step&lt;br /&gt;
!F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!eigenvectors&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-0.006, -0.159&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-0.002,0.322&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|(1,-0.025),(-0.025,-1)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walkthrough of the algorithm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: Compute and diagonalise the Hessian&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
-0.002 &amp;amp; 0\\&lt;br /&gt;
0 &amp;amp; 0.332&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: Construct RFO matrix at initial position rFH=180 rHH=75 and compute eigenvalues λ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
-0.002 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0.002025\\&lt;br /&gt;
0 &amp;amp; 0.332 &amp;amp; -0.15915\\&lt;br /&gt;
0.002025 &amp;amp; -0.15915 &amp;amp; 0&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
λ1=-0.064&lt;br /&gt;
λ2=-0.002&lt;br /&gt;
λ3=0.396&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: Select λ and take steps along the eigenvectors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
λ=-0.002&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;r_1=\begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
180\\&lt;br /&gt;
75&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}+\frac{-0.15915}{-0.002 -0.332} \begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
-0.025\\&lt;br /&gt;
-1&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}=\begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
179.9880\\&lt;br /&gt;
74.5235&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Step&lt;br /&gt;
!F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!eigenvectors&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-0.002, -0.003&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-0.002,0.331&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|(1,-0.024),(-0.024,-1)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: Compute and diagonalise the Hessian&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
-0.002 &amp;amp; 0\\&lt;br /&gt;
0 &amp;amp; 0.331&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
-0.002 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0.001928\\&lt;br /&gt;
0 &amp;amp; 0.331 &amp;amp;-0.003048\\&lt;br /&gt;
0.001928 &amp;amp; -0.003048 &amp;amp; 0&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
λ1=-0.003&lt;br /&gt;
λ2=0.001&lt;br /&gt;
λ3=0.331&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
λ=0.001&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;r_1=\begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
179.9880\\&lt;br /&gt;
74.5235&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}+\frac{0.001928}{0.001+0.002} \begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
1\\&lt;br /&gt;
-0.024&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}+\frac{-0.003048}{0.001-0.331} \begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
-0.024\\&lt;br /&gt;
-1&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}=\begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
180.6304\\&lt;br /&gt;
74.4988&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Step&lt;br /&gt;
!F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!eigenvectors&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-0.001, 0.000&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-0.002,0.332&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|(1,-0.024),(-0.024,-1)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: Compute and diagonalise the Hessian&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
-0.002 &amp;amp; 0\\&lt;br /&gt;
0 &amp;amp; 0.332&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
-0.002 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0.001\\&lt;br /&gt;
0 &amp;amp; 0.332 &amp;amp; -0.000024\\&lt;br /&gt;
0.001 &amp;amp; -0.000024 &amp;amp; 0&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
λ1=-0.002&lt;br /&gt;
λ2=0.000&lt;br /&gt;
λ3=0.331&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
λ=0.000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;r_1=\begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
180.6304\\&lt;br /&gt;
74.4988&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}+\frac{0.001}{0.000+0.002} \begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
1\\&lt;br /&gt;
-0.024&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}+\frac{-0.000024}{0.000-0.331} \begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
-0.024\\&lt;br /&gt;
-1&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}=\begin{pmatrix}&lt;br /&gt;
181.1304\\&lt;br /&gt;
74.4867&lt;br /&gt;
\end{pmatrix}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When computing the forces at this point they are equal to 0 in all directions. Therefore a stationary point is reached. When computing the Hessian we find it has a negative eigenvalue of -0.002 and a positive one at 0.332. Therefore the stationary point can be confirmed to be a first order saddle point, the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Determination of the activation energy ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== F+HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Initial conditions&lt;br /&gt;
!Momentum vs time&lt;br /&gt;
!Surface plot&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm &lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt0fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|As we can see from the Momentum vs time graph, the hydrogen molecule is slightly oscillating while approaching. After the HF bond forms the molecule is strongly vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt-6.1fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt-6.1surffb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The HH bond strongly oscillates as the molecule approaches. Despite HF bond forming, due to too large vibrations HH bond reforms.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -5.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt-5.1fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt-5.1surffb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The HH bond strongly oscillates as the molecule approaches. Despite HF bond forming, due to too large vibrations HH bond reforms.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -4.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt-4.1fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt-4.1surffb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The HH bond oscillates as the molecule approaches. Despite HF bond forming, due to too large vibrations HH bond reforms.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -3.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt-3.1fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt-3.1surffb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The HH bond oscillates as the molecule approaches. Despite HF bond forming, due to too large vibrations HH bond reforms.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -2.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt-2.1fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt-2.1surffb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The HH bond slightly oscillates as the molecule approaches. Despite HF bond forming, due to too large vibrations HH bond reforms.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt-1.1fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt-1.1surffb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The HH bond slightly oscillates as the molecule approaches. Despite HF bond forming, due to too large vibrations HH bond reforms.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt1.1fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt1.1surffb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The HH bond slightly oscillates as the molecule approaches. Despite HF bond forming, due to too large vibrations HH bond reforms.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt2.1fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt2.1surffb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The HH bond oscillates as the molecule approaches. Despite HF bond forming, due to too large vibrations HH bond reforms.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 3.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt3.1fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt3.1surffb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The HH bond oscillates as the molecule approaches. Despite HF bond forming, due to too large vibrations HH bond reforms.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 4.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt4.1fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt4.1surffb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The HH bond oscillates as the molecule approaches. Despite HF oscillating strongly trajectory is reactive.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 5.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt5.1fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt5.1surffb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The HH bond oscillates as the molecule approaches. Despite HF bond forming, due to too large vibrations HH bond reforms.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt6.1fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt6.1surffb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The HH bond oscillates as the molecule approaches. Despite HF bond forming, due to too large vibrations HH bond reforms.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt-1.60.2fb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fh2pvt-1.60.2surffb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The HH bond slightly oscillates as the molecule approaches. Despite HF bond forming, due to too large vibrations HH bond reforms.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
When looking at the momenta vs time graphs one can see how in each case the energy is conserved. If a reactant approaches the other with large translational energy some of it results in vibrations of either the formed product or the reformed reactant. The other part is transferred into translational energy of the other reactant or the same reactant but in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the reaction is exothermic only a small amount of translational energy can lead to a large amount of vibrational energy in the product. This can be seen in the reactive trajectories above. Translational energy is related to internal energy and therefore temperature. Accurate changes in temperature can be measured using bomb calorimetry {{fontcolor1|blue|Calorimetry measures enthalpy not temperature. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 22:05, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}. Vibrational energy is radiated by photons in the IR spectrum.  These photons can be detected using IR spectroscopy. The vibrational energy levels in a molecule are quantised. After a collision the HF molecule often enters an vibrationally excited state. Photons have an energy corresponding to the energy gap between the vibrational mode of the excited state and the ground state. The excited state does not necessarily need to be the first excited state. If it is a higher excited state, an overtone is seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall one can conclude that a mechanism resulting in large translational energy would result in a large change of temperature and close to no overtones observed. A mechanism with small translational energy released and large vibrational energy released would result in large overtones and only a slight change in temperature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== HF+H reaction ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Initial conditions&lt;br /&gt;
!Momentum vs time&lt;br /&gt;
!Surface plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -17 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fhhpvtfb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fhhfb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -17 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fhh0.1pvtfb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fhh0.1surffb618.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusion ===&lt;br /&gt;
When looking at the reactive trajectories for both systems one can see that for the exothermic case the reactants mainly have translational energy while the products have vibrational energy. According to Polanyi&#039;s rules the reaction is more likely to go to completion when more translational energy is invested initially since it is more effective effective to pass the energy barrier close to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the endothermic case the reactants mainly have vibrational energy while the products have kinetic energy. The reaction is more likely to go to completion when more vibrational energy is invested initially since it is more effective effective to pass the energy barrier close to the reactants. {{fontcolor1|blue|Good, but would be helpful to reference Polanyi&#039;s rules and quote specific figures in the report. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 22:05, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. https://pubs.acs.org/doi/pdf/10.1021/j100247a015, Date accessed: 15th May 2020&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Atkins, P. W. Atkins&#039; Physical Chemistry (2018), p806&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=Gd1118yr2&amp;diff=812796</id>
		<title>Gd1118yr2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=Gd1118yr2&amp;diff=812796"/>
		<updated>2020-06-11T20:40:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== &#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1&#039;&#039;&#039; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ===&lt;br /&gt;
On the surface diagram, the transition state is mathematically defined as the saddle point of the diagram where f (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = f(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = f(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and f&#039; (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = f&#039; (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = f&#039;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)= 0. (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot1_gd1118.png|500px|thumb|left|Fig 1. Transtion state on a surface plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state is &amp;quot;the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products&amp;quot;. The minimum energy path is the black line, and the transition state is shown as the red dot in Fig 1, the maximum of the line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A local minimum of the potential energy surface is the minimum energy of the surface, the lowest possible energy a system can have, while transition state is the maximum of the minimum energy path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot_gd1118.png|200px|thumb|left|Fig 2. Internuclear distances vs Time ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At transition state, it is expected that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB = &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. From Fig 2, The intersection occurs at roughly 25.5 seconds after motion started. The bond distance at the time of transition state is about 90 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get more precise result, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are set to 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Internuclear distances is adjusted around 90 pm (Fig 3.), and the result indicate  that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm where there is no molecular vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Table1. Estimation of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! r !! 75 pm !! 90.8 pm !! 100 pm &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Internuclear Distances vs Time || [[File:Plot1_gd1118.png|200px]] || [[File:Plot12_gd1118.png|200px]]  || [[File:Plot3_gd1118.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
===Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Table 2. Comparison between Dynamics and MEP &lt;br /&gt;
( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 91.8pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.8pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
! Plot type!! Dynamics !! MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Internuclear Distances vs Time || [[File:gd1118y21.png|200px]] || [[File:gd1118y22.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Momenta vs Time || [[File:gd1118y23.png|200px]] || [[File:gd1118y24.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Table 3. above, MEP ignores the vibrations of the product. In this case, the stretching of H2 molecule is ignored, indicated by the smooth line in &amp;quot;Internuclear Distances vs Time&amp;quot; plot {{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 21:40, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}. The zero momenta of B-C is also the result of non-stretching. The other thing that is different is the time for complete reaction. It takes about 8 fs in MEP, while 18fs is required in Dynamics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thing that the two models agree is that the reaction goes to completion towards the product with the formation of A and B-C. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Table 3. Comparison between Dynamics and MEP &lt;br /&gt;
( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.8pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 91.8pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
! Plot type!! Dynamics !! MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Internuclear Distances vs Time || [[File:gd1118y25.png|200px]] || [[File:gd1118y26.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Momenta vs Time || [[File:gd1118y27.png|200px]] || [[File:gd1118y28.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As can be seen from Table 3., after switching the initial features of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, there is not any change in the shape of the diagrams. The only thing that differs from the previous experiment is that instead of forming A and B-C, the product now in this case is A-B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
===Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes ||  Atom C approaches vibrating molecule AB, the vibration is distorted when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is close to transition. After the transition state, atom A and molecule&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC  is formed. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;increases with comparatively&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
gentle vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| [[File:con1gd.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.077 || No ||  Atom C approaches vibrating molecule AB, the vibration is slightly distorted when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is small. Then AB and C separate without collision. No reaction occur. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;increases with AB vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
|| [[File:con2gd.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || Atom C approaches vibrating molecule AB, the vibration is distorted when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is close to transition. After the transition state, atom A and molecule&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC  is formed. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;increases with comparatively&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
gentle vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|| [[File:con3gd.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || Atom C approaches vigorously vibrating molecule AB, the vibration is slightly distorted when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is small. Then AB and C separate after collision. No reaction occur. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increases with AB vibrating. || [[File:con4gd.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes ||  Atom C approaches non-vibrating molecule AB, vibration is distorted close to transition state, atom A and molecule BC are formed. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; then increases with vigorous vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|| [[File:con5gd.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The results indicate that the hypothesis is wrong. Higher momenta and total kinetic energy not necessarily result in reaction. This can be concluded by comparing trial 1 &amp;amp; 2 and 4 &amp;amp;5. Reaction succeeded under condition 1,3 and 5. By comparing 1 &amp;amp; 2, 2 &amp;amp; 3 and 4 &amp;amp; 5, the difference between p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;seems to be an important factor for successful reaction. This can be further explored by keeping kinetic energy constant. {{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 21:40, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
===Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, Transition State Theory overestimates the rate constant because it simplifies the model by only consider the translation in the system. Besides, it does not allow re-crossing. However, as can be seen from previous simulations, there were vibrations in molecules and re-crossing can possibly happen. Under these circumstances, the reaction path will be higher in energy than the minimum values on the potential surface, while the theory assumes that transition state as a saddle point on the potential surface which is &amp;quot; the maximum in minimum energies&amp;quot;. Therefore, the experimental activation energy is higher than theoretical prediction. Thus, experimental rate constant is lower the value calculated based on Transition State Theory. Furthurmore, Transition State Theory implies classical mechanics and ignores tunneling effect which is important for light particles such hydrogen.&lt;br /&gt;
(lit.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Chapter 10 of J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics 2nd ed., Prentice-Hall, 1998&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 2&#039;&#039;&#039; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Table 4. Potential energy surface of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F and H+HF&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
! H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F !! H+HF&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| A:H  B:H  C:F  || A:F  B:H  C:H&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:gd1118y2a.png|200px]]  || [[File:gd1118y2b.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
As can be seen from Table 4.,  the reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;and&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;F is exothermic , while it is endothermic for H and HF. This can be identified by looking at the reaction pathway. Reactants have lies higher in energy than product in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;and&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;F reaction, while it is the reverse in H and HF. {{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 21:40, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The result implies that H-H is weaker and longer than H-F. The energy change in the reaction is associated with bond breakage and formation. In this case, only H-H and H-F are either broken or formed. H-F stabilising effect override destabilising effect by H-H, hence stabilising the system in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 + &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;F reaction. The reaction is henceforth exothermic. It is the other way round for H+HF reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
===Locate the approximate position of the transition state.===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gd1118y2c.png|300px|thumb|left|Fig 3. Internuclear distances vs Time in F-H-H Transtion state]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gd1118y2d.png|500px|thumb|right|Fig 4. Parameters in F-H-H Transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate is used in the process. Since H+HF reaction is endothermic, the structure of transition state should resemble product H2. Similar to what was done to find the transition state of H-H-H, momenta were set to 0, length BC was set to 74 pm. By adjusting length AB and make minor changes to BC, transition state bond lengths F-H is found to be 181 pm, and that of H-H is 74.49 pm. By looking at &amp;quot;forces&amp;quot; section in Fig 4.,  both values give &amp;quot; 0 &amp;quot;, indicating that the transition state is reached.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
===Report the activation energy for both reactions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Table 5. Energies of different systems&lt;br /&gt;
! H + HF !! H-H-F !! H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:gd1118y2j.png|280px]] || [[File:gd1118y2d.png|280px]] || [[File:gd1118y2i.png|280px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The energies of reactants and transition states were shown in Table 5., The distance between reactants in each reaction were set to 1000 pm so that they are separated apart. Activation energy is the difference in energy between transition state and reactants. The calculated activation energy for  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is 1.12 kJ/mol, and for H + HF is  126.72 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Correct. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 21:40, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Activation energy/kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
! H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F to HF+H !! HF+H to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.12 || 126.72&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
===In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Table 6. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 pm p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1 /g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ) &lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Contour plot !! Momenta vs Time&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5 || Yes || [[File:con1gd11.png|200px]] || [[File:con1gd1.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3 || No || [[File:con1gd12.png|200px]] || [[File:con2gd2.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || No || [[File:con1gd13.png|200px]] || [[File:con3gd3.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || No || [[File:con1gd14.png|200px]] || [[File:con4gd4.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 || Yes || [[File:con1gd15.png|200px]] || [[File:con5gd5.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5 || No || [[File:con1gd16.png|200px]] || [[File:con5gd6.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By examining six values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, in which the result is shown in Table 6., it can be concluded that whether a reaction will occur does not depend on the magnitude of kinetic energy {{fontcolor1|blue|It does to an extent. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 21:40, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}. The reaction is unlikely to happen at either small or large absolute values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. From momenta vs Time graphs above, it can be seen that the energy from reactants turn into H-F vibrational energy. Magnitude of vibration is  crucial in successful reaction. If momentum is too small, two species cannot collide at all, while extraneous momentum result in the re-formation of reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Table 7. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F Test&lt;br /&gt;
! Setup !! Contour plot !! Momenta vs Time !! Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:con1gdaa.png|250px]] || [[File:con1gdab.png|250px]] || [[File:con1gdac.png|250px]] || No&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
As can be seen from table above, no reaction takes place. F translational energy before and after collision are similar, this is the same for H-H translational and vibrational energy. During collision, H-F was formed but then went back to H-H due to vigorous vibration. Change in F momentum has much larger impact than H does.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Table 8. H + HF Test&lt;br /&gt;
! Setup !! Internuclear Distances vs Time !! Momenta vs Time !! Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:con1gdba.png|250px]] || [[File:con1gdbc.png|250px]] || [[File:con1gdbb.png|250px]] || No&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:con1gdbd.png|250px]] || [[File:con1gdbe.png|250px]] || [[File:con1gdbf.png|250px]] || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|How can you detect the increase in vibrational energy of the products?. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 21:40, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
===Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Table 9. Additional experiments&lt;br /&gt;
! Exp No.!! Set-up !! Skew plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || [[File:gd1118yza.png|200px]] || [[File:gd1118yzb.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2 || [[File:gd1118yzc.png|200px]] || [[File:gd1118yzd.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For exothermic reactions like F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, early transition state resemble reactants (Bell-Evans-Polanyi principle). &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Carey, Francis, A.; Sundberg, Richard, J. (2007). &#039;&#039;Advanced Organic Chemistry (Part A: Structure and Mechanisms)&#039;&#039; (5th ed.). New York: Springer. ISBN . OCLC 154040953&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;By comparing condition 5 &amp;amp; 6 in Table 6, it can be seen that higher weight on vibrational energy has adverse effect on efficiency. From additional experiment (Table 9.), increasing translational energy make a reaction likely to happen. Therefore, higher weight on translational energy is likely to boost the efficiency of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For endothermic reactions like F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, late transition state resemble reactants (Bell-Evans-Polanyi principle). &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;By comparing the two experiments in table 8., it can be seen that increasing transitional energy of H does not increase the efficiency of reaction. By lower the translational energy, more energy is distributed to vibrational mode, the reaction succeeded. Therefore, higher weight on vibrational energy is likely to boost the efficiency of the reaction. {{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 21:40, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two groups of experiments agree with each other.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ED2618&amp;diff=812795</id>
		<title>MRD:ED2618</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ED2618&amp;diff=812795"/>
		<updated>2020-06-11T20:23:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= &#039;&#039;&#039;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039; =&lt;br /&gt;
In this lab, molecular dynamic trajectories are used to study the reactivity of triatomic systems; namely, when an atom collides with a diatomic molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;system ==&lt;br /&gt;
For this exercise, the following reaction is analysed and discussed: H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Question 1: On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;[[File:Saddle plot ED2618.png|thumb|440x440px|Figure 1: Plot of a saddle point, orthogonal directions from which have opposite signs as a result of their partial second derivative. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Answer 1:&#039;&#039;&#039; On a potential energy surface diagram the transition state is defined, mathematically, as a saddle point. A transition state is the maximum energy present in the minimum energy pathway taken from reactants to products. A saddle point is of symmetric configuration{{fontcolor1|blue|It isn&#039;t symmetric if different atoms are used. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 21:23, 11 June 2020 (BST)}} at which the distance between three separate atoms is the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A saddle point is different to a local minima. For both, the first partial derivative is equal to zero: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/ ∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the saddle point and local minima may be distinguished though inspection of their second partial derivatives. For a local minima, calculating partial second derivatives in orthogonal directions to the saddle point will give a result that is greater than 0, independent from which plane it has been measured. By contrast, for the saddle point, its second partial derivative will either be greater than zero or smaller than zero, dependent on which plane it has been measured. This explanation is summarised below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a local minima:  ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/ ∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a saddle point:  ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/ ∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 or  ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/ ∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, &#039;&#039;Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;2&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;nd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed.&#039;&#039;, Prentice-Hall, Upper Saddle River, 1998.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An example of a saddle point can be seen in Figure 1.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Question 2: Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good answer overall. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 21:23, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Answer 2: &#039;&#039;&#039;The transition state occurs at the saddle point, which is of symmetric configuration. Hence, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;as the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, where, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= BC and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB. At the transition state p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Through trial and error an estimate for the transition state position is when AB = BC = 90.775 pm. Using this distance produces the contour plot below. It can be seen that there is no trajectory of motion orthogonal to the point of the transition state (red cross). There are no forces acting along either AB or BC, thus confirming that this is a transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Transition State Contour Plot ED2618.png|thumb|440x440px|Figure 2: A contour plot showing the transition state. There are no oscillations or directions of motion towards either reactants or products, thus the system is stationary|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
The plot of &#039;Internuclear Distances vs Time&#039; below shows the distances of A-B, B-C, and A-C constant with time, consolidating the fact that this is the transition state position. Running an animation with the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm shows the species as stationary, as there are no fluctuations of internuclear distance with time.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ED2618 IND vs Time.png|thumb|489x489px|Figure 3: A plot of Internuclear Distances vs Time|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 21:23, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Question 3: Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Answer 3: &#039;&#039;&#039;The initial conditions are set so that the system is slightly displaced from the transition state, and so that the system has no momentum. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the momenta p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. This is shown in the figures below, where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (BC) = 91.775 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (AB) = 90.775 pm. To obtain a complete MEP the step number was increased to 3000.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:ED2618 Q3 Dynamic.png|none|thumb|366x366px|Figure 4a: Contour Plot (Calculation Type: Dynamics)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:ED2618 Q3 MEP.png|none|thumb|366x366px|Figure 5a: Contour Plot (Calculation Type: MEP)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:ED261 Q3 Dynamic INDvsT.png|none|thumb|366x366px|Figure 4b: Internuclear Distance vs Time Plot (Calculation Type: Dynamics)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:ED2618 Q3 MEP INDvsT.png|none|thumb|366x366px|Figure 5b: Internuclear Distance vs Time Plot (Calculation Type: MEP)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:ED2618 Q3 Dynamic MvsT.png|none|thumb|366x366px|Figure 4c: Momenta vs Time Plot (Calculation Type: Dynamics)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:ED2618 Q3 MEP MvsT.png|none|thumb|366x366px|Figure 5c: Momenta vs Time Plot (Calculation Type: MEP)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
It can be deduced that the trajectory is greatly dependent on calculation type. Using the MEP calculation, the momentum is reset to zero after each step. This provides an unrealistic account of the motion of the atoms during the reaction thus, explaining the absence of any type of oscillation in the MEP calculation. The Dynamics calculation accounts for the vibrational energies possessed by the molecules, highlighting the presence of oscillations along the trajectory in Figure 4a. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plots of &amp;quot;Internuclear Distances vs Time” and “Momenta vs Time” are also provided and more clearly depict the differences in these calculation types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Dynamics calculation accounts for the extra kinetic energy obtained after bond formation, which manifests itself into excess vibrational energy. This can be seen in the small oscillations of the A-B bond in Figure 4b.  Using the MEP calculation, this A-B bond distance remains constant over time, indicating the excess vibrational energy has not been accounted for. The increased momentum of the B-C bond indicates H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moves with translational energy. In addition, the oscillating momentum of the A-B bond indicates the new H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond moves with increased vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 5c shows a straight line at 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The momentum is zero for the reaction pathway. This calculation type resets the momentum to zero after every step, hence this result is expected. Figure 4c shows an oscillation of momentum with time, as through this calculation type, momenta is not reset to zero after each step.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the initial conditions were changed so that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm, the blue and orange lines would swap positions in Figures 4b, 4c, 5b, and 5c.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Question 4: Complete the table below by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm, reaction trajectories were run with the following momenta combination:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Row Number&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.280&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|The kinetic energy of the system is sufficient to over come the activation barrier and hence the reaction proceeds. Originally, the reactants have little vibrational energy, reflected by the lack of oscillatory behaviour. After the reaction occurs, the products have more oscillatory behaviour - they have greater vibrational energy. The BC bond is broken and the AB bond is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:ED2618 Q4 C1.png|frameless|366x366px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.077&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaches an oscillating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule however, the activation energy required for the reaction to proceed exceeds the kinetic energy possessed by the reactants and thus, the reaction does not occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:ED2618 Q4 C2.png|frameless|366x366px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-413.977&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|This trajectory is similar to that of row 1, the only difference being that the reactants possess more vibrational energy. Hence, there is presence of oscillatory behaviour as depicted in the figure on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:ED2618 Q4 C3.png|frameless|366x366px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.277&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|For this trajectory, the kinetic energy is high so the activation barrier is crossed and the products are formed. However, these products contain an excess of vibrational energy namely, the newly formed H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond which oscillates with such great strength that the bond breaks and the reactants are reformed. The reactants then move away from one another with greater vibrational energy than when the reaction began. &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:ED2618 Q4 C4.png|frameless|366x366px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.477&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|This trajectory is similar to that of the row above, where the kinetic energy is sufficient to overcome the activation barrier however, the newly formed H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond possess so much vibrational energy that it dissociates back to the products (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). The only difference is that the products are reformed as the system has a high vibrational energy. The reactant H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;bond is broken for a second time.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:ED2618 Q4 C5.png|none|thumb|366x366px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table it may be concluded that the reactants must have sufficient energy to overcome the activation barrier to reach and surpass the transition state. This, however, is not the only factor that has to be considered for reaction success. The products must not have too much vibrational energy or they could convert back to the reactants. This example is observed in row 4 of the above table. {{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 21:23, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;K. J. Laidler, &#039;&#039;Chemical Kinetics 3&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;rd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed.&#039;&#039;, Harper-Collins, Upper Saddle River, 1987.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Question 5: Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Answer 1: &#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State Theory is derived through the postulated quasi-equilibrium between a transition state species and the reactant molecules. There are a number of assumptions that are made upon derivation of the Transition State Theory rate expression:&lt;br /&gt;
# Electronic and nuclear motions are separated, similar to the Born-Oppenheimer approximation in quantum mechanics.&lt;br /&gt;
# Reactant molecule are distributed among their states in accordance with the Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once a molecular system has crossed a transition state, in a direction towards the products, it is unable to turn around and re-form the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the transition state, any motion that occurs along the reaction coordinate can be treated independently of other motions. This motion is treated classically as a translation.&lt;br /&gt;
# Even in the absence of an equilibrium between reactant and product molecules, the transition states in the process of becoming products are distributed among their states in accordance with the Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
In rows 4 and 5 of the [[MRD:ED2618#Reactive and unreactive trajectories|table above]], the transition state is crossed and re-crossed numerous times thus, contradicting the assumption made by the Transition State Theory that a molecular system cannot regress back to the reactants once it has passed the transition state towards the products. The recrossing of the transition state ultimately lowers the rate of reaction, and thus Transition State Theory predicts a reaction rate that is larger to what is experimentally observed. Transition State Theory fails to evaluate molecular systems using quantum mechanical phenomena such as tunnelling, hence highlighting the discrepancy between the observed and theoretical reaction rates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
In this exercise A=F, B=H, and C=H. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = BC and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = AB.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Question 1: By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&#039;[[File:ED2618 Surface Plot FHH.png|thumb|320x320px|Figure 6: Surface plot of FHH system]]&#039;&#039;&#039;Answer 1: &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this discussion, atoms F, H, and H are consigned to A, B, and C respectively. A large BC distance means that A and B are bonded, thus the HF + H system is consigned to this axis. An increasing AB distance means that B and C are bonded, thus this axis is consigned to the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system. As shown in Figure 6, the HF + H system is lower in energy than the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus the reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
* HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is endothermic. (Products higher in energy than reactants)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H is exothermic. (Reactants higher in energy than products)&lt;br /&gt;
The HF (565 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) bond is much stronger than the HH bond (436 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;P. Atkins, J. de Paula, J. Keeler, &#039;&#039;Physical Chemistry 11&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed&#039;&#039;., OUP, Oxford, 2018.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, thus the HF molecule is more stable than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This is due to the large difference in electronegativity between H and F, resulting in a strongly ionic bond. This is a stronger bonding interaction than the purely covalent one that occurs between the two hydrogen atoms. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Question 2: Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Answer 2: &#039;&#039;&#039;Hammond&#039;s postulate&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. Clayden, &#039;&#039;N. Greeves, S. Warren, Organic Chemistry 2&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;nd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed.&#039;&#039;, OUP, New York, 2012.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; states that the transition state of a given reaction will resemble either the products or the reactants, depending on which one is higher in energy, as the transition state is the maximum energy present in the minimum energy pathway taken from reactants to products. Thus, for an endothermic reaction, the products are higher in energy than the reactants, and so the transition state will resemble the products. Conversely, for an exothermic reaction, the reactants are higher in energy than the products, and so the transition state will resemble the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is endothermic and thus the transition state will resemble the products in structure. Thus the HH bond distance will be set to around 74.14 pm.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H is exothermic and thus the transition state will resemble the reactants in structure. Hence, the HH bond distance will be set around 74.14 pm, as above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The value of the HF bond distance is expected to be much greater than its 91.68 pm&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; bond distance as there is limited association between the two atoms. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state was found when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (BC) = 74.485 and pm r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (AB) = 181.200 pm. At this position there are no forces acting along either AB or BC.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:ED2618 Q2 TS Contour.png|none|thumb|320x320px|Figure 7: Contour plot of transition state of FHH system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:ED2618 Q2 TS INDvsT.png|none|thumb|320x320px|Figure 8: Internuclear Distance vs Time plot of transition state for FHH system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 7 above shows that there is no trajectory of motion at right angles to the point of the transition state (red cross). The plot of &#039;Internuclear Distances vs Time&#039; in Figure 8 shows the distances of A-B, B-C, and A-C constant with time, consolidating that this is the transition state position. These lines are straight and have no oscillatory character, indicating no intermolecular vibrations are occurring.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Question 3: Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Answer 3: &#039;&#039;&#039;The kinetic energy of the transition state is -433.981 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The activation energy can be found through running an MEP calculation of a structure slightly offset from that of the transition state. The initial positions were set so that: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic reaction, where F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ HF + H:&lt;br /&gt;
* r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (BC) = 74.485 pm = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (AB) = 182.200 pm = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 pm&lt;br /&gt;
* p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the endothermic reaction, where HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F:&lt;br /&gt;
* r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (BC) = 74.485 pm = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (AB) = 180.200 pm = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; - 1 pm&lt;br /&gt;
* p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reaction&lt;br /&gt;
!Energy of Reactants / kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Transition State Energy / kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Activation Energy / kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
!Energy vs Time Plot of Reaction Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-435.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-434.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|1.0&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:ED2618 Q3 Exo.png|frameless|400x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-560.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-434.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|126.5&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:ED2618 Q3 Endo.png|frameless|400x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 21:23, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ED2618 Q4 Contour.png|thumb|320x320px|Figure 9: Contour plot of initial conditions that result in a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Question 4: In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Answer 4: &#039;&#039;&#039;The set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H is given as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
* r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (BC) = 74 pm&lt;br /&gt;
* r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (AB) = 230 pm&lt;br /&gt;
* p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(BC) = -0.75 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (AB) = -2.00 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* 2000 steps at 0.1 fs&lt;br /&gt;
This reactive trajectory is show in Figure 9:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H is exothermic, meaning that the products possess a lower energy than the reactants. The energy discrepancy between reactants and products is released as heat to the surroundings. Figure 10 shows a plot of momenta vs time for this system. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule approaches the F atom with low oscillatory momenta. The HH bond is broken and a new HF bond is formed. The energy released upon the HH bond breaking is greater than the energy required to form the HF bond. Upon collision of the molecules, the HF bond now oscillates with a much greater amplitude than possessed by the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule prior to collision. This is due to the release of excess energy. The unexpected drop in momenta at t = 110 fs is due to recrossing of the transition state, as can be seen in Figure 9. After collision, the H atom moves off with a much slower velocity, as is indicated by the straight line in Figure 10.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ED2618 Q4 Momenta.png|none|thumb|320x320px|Figure 10: Momenta vs Time plot of initial conditions that result in a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
As energy must always be conserved, the increased kinetic energy of the system is compensated for by a decrease in potential energy, as indicated in Figure 11. This plot shows that the total energy of the system remains constant at - 433.372 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. There is no energy loss but instead, it is converted from one form to another, in line with the law of conservation of energy.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ED2618 Q4 Energy.png|none|thumb|320x320px|Figure 11: Energy vs Time plot of initial conditions that result in a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
As this reaction is exothermic, energy is released to the surroundings in the form of heat. To confirm experimentally that this reaction has occurred, calorimetry could be used. Calorimetry may be used to identify changes in enthalpy of a reaction. However, this method may underestimate the heat energy released by the reaction as heat may be lost to the surrounding environment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another method to confirm that the reaction has gone to completion is through analysis of IR data. The vibrational energy of the HF molecule after collision is greatly increased after collision of F with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. This would produce overtone bands as the HF molecule is excited from a lower vibrational energy to a higher vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 21:23, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Question 5: Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Answer 5: &#039;&#039;&#039;Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;K. J. Laidler, &#039;&#039;Chemical Kinetics 3&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;rd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed.&#039;&#039;, Harper &amp;amp; Row, London, 1987.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; explain the dependence of a reaction&#039;s success on the way the energy of the reactants is distributed among different modes. For an exothermic reaction, the reactants are higher in energy than the products, thus the reactants resemble the transition state more than the products do. This system is said to have an early transition state. For a reaction to be successful, not only must the reactants have sufficient energy to overcome the activation barrier, they must also possess the right type of energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For an exothermic reaction, one possessing an early transition state, Polanyi&#039;s rules state that translational energy proves more useful than vibrational energy when overcoming the energy barrier from reactants to products. Conversely, for an endothermic reaction with a late transition state, vibrational energy is more critical than translational energy when overcoming this energy barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should be noted that overcoming the transition state energy barrier leads to a high reaction success rate, however sometimes the reaction does not go to completion as the energy barrier may be recrossed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H is exothermic. The reactants with more translational energy as opposed to vibrational energy should prove effective at overcoming the energy barrier of the transition state. A calculation was set up for this reaction using the initial conditions: &lt;br /&gt;
* r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (BC) = 74 pm &lt;br /&gt;
* r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (AB) = 200 pm &lt;br /&gt;
* p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (AB) = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (BC) varied from -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* 5000 steps at 0.1 fs &lt;br /&gt;
Observations of these parameters are produced in the table below: &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!P&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (BC) / g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Contour Plot of Reaction Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Reaction Success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-6.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:ED2618 Q5 R1.png|frameless|400x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:ED2618 Q5 R2.png|frameless|400x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:ED2618 Q5 R3.png|frameless|400x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-0.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:ED2618 Q5 R4.png|frameless|400x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0.0&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:ED2618 Q5 R5.png|frameless|400x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;+0.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:ED2618 Q5 R6.png|frameless|400x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;+1.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:ED2618 Q5 R7.png|frameless|400x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;+3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:ED2618 Q5 R8.png|frameless|400x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;+6.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:ED2618 Q5 R9.png|frameless|400x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Demonstrated by the conditions in the table above, a low absolute value (&amp;lt;1.1) for p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is crucial for reaction success. Reactant molecules may pass through a transition state multiple times before either regressing back to being reactants or continuing onto becoming products. The result of these configurations may sometimes be due to dependence on more than just the type of energy possessed by the reactant molecules. To conclude, increasing the absolute value of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; correlates to an increase in vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. In accordance with Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules, an exothermic reaction&#039;s success in crossing the energy barrier is more dependent on translational energy than it is on vibrational energy. This is demonstrated in the table above, where large absolute values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; do not invoke a successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ED2618 Q5 p2.1.png|thumb|320x320px|Figure 12: Contour plot of successful endothermic reaction between HF and H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The reverse reaction: HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is endothermic, which incurs a late transition state and a preference for the reactants to possess vibrational energy over translational energy when overcoming the energy barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation was set up for this reaction using the initial conditions:&lt;br /&gt;
* r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (BC) = 200 pm &lt;br /&gt;
* r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (AB) = 74 pm &lt;br /&gt;
* p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (AB) = 6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (BC) = -3 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* 5000 steps at 0.1 fs &lt;br /&gt;
A high value of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; corresponds to a high vibrational energy of the HF molecule. These initial conditions yield the successful reaction trajectory shown in Figure 12 below. Changing the initial reaction conditions so that p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is lowered to 4 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; (HF molecule has a lower vibrational energy) yields an unsuccessful reaction. This complements Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules of the dependence of a reactant to possess high vibrational energy (and low translational energy) to overcome a late transitions state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To conclude, Polanyi&#039;s rule as a set of rough guidelines that can be used to measure if a reaction will proceed or not. However, sometimes small tweaks to initial conditions incur a successful reaction that may not have been deemed possible by the rules.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good report with clear explanations, well done. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 21:23, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:thl3318&amp;diff=812794</id>
		<title>MRD:thl3318</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:thl3318&amp;diff=812794"/>
		<updated>2020-06-11T20:06:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state can be mathematically defined as a saddle point (which is also an unstable equilibrium). It can be identified by determining the point where the partial derivatives of the function potential with respect to the internuclear distances are equal to 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \frac{\partial V}{\partial r_1} =0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \frac{\partial V}{\partial r_2} =0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, simply looking at the results for the first derivative does not give any information with regards to whether the point is a local minimum, a local maximum, or a saddle point. Analyzing the 2nd derivative then allows for the determination of whether the point is a saddle point. This can be done using the following equation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; D=\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial r_1^2} \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial r_2^2} - (\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial r_1\partial r_2})^2 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If D&amp;lt;0, the point is therefore a saddle point and also the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 21:06, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.===&lt;br /&gt;
My best estimate for the transition state position is when the A-B and B-C distance is equal to 90.8pm. This point in the &amp;quot;Internuclear Distance vs Time&amp;quot; plot can be rationed as the transition state position because when the bonds have no momentum the bond distances remain constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_HH_TS_thl3318.png|thumb|300px|none|Internuclear Distance vs Time plot at Transition State]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mep and dynamics trajectory differ in many different ways. The first difference is the time it takes for the reaction to take place (in this case, for the distance to follow to the valley floor of the potential graph). In the mep trajectory, it takes around 30 steps (15 fs) for the reaction to proceed whereas in the dynamics trajectory this number is around 140 fs. The second difference is that the internuclear distance between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule and the lone H atom increases logarithmically in the mep calculation but increases linearly in the dynamics calculation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|What about vibrations about the bond? [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 21:06, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complete the table below by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?===&lt;br /&gt;
 {| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.280 KJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;||Yes|| Plot shows trajectory going from reactant, going over the minimum energy path via the transition state and finally to form the product {{fontcolor1|blue|What about changes in vibration?. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 21:06, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}.&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:Surface Plot 1 thl3318.png|thumb|300px|none|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||-420.077 KJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;||No||Plot shows the trajectory going up the potential slope towards the transition state. However it does not have enough momentum to go over the curve and thus the trajectory returns to its original position. The reaction does not proceed and the reactants remain.||[[File:Surface Plot 2 thl3318.png|thumb|300px|none|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||-413.997 KJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;||Yes||Plot shows that increasing the momentum of the H-H bond in the reactants results in more vibrational energy hence a more distinct wave pattern appears in the trajectory. Similar to the first plot, the trajectory shows the reactant forming the product by going over the minimum energy path via the transition state.{{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 21:06, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}||[[File:Surface Plot 3 thl3318.png|thumb|300px|none|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.277 KJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;||Yes||Plot shows the trajectory having an &amp;quot;excess&amp;quot; amount of momentum causing the H atom in the middle to bounce back and forth between molecules. The trajectory eventually goes to the product but does not go through the transition state {{fontcolor1|blue|This calculation should result in system recrossing wherein the trajectory goes past the transition state but then returns to the reactants. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 21:06, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}. ||[[File:Surface Plot 4 thl3318.png|thumb|300px|none|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.477 KJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;||Yes||Plot is similar to that above in that the trajectory has an &amp;quot;excess&amp;quot; amount of momentum. The trajectory eventually goes to the product but does not go through the transition state. ||[[File:Surface Plot 5 thl3318.png|thumb|300px|none|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table above, I can conclude that whether or not a trajectory results in a reaction depends on the momentum p2. Changing the momentum p1 does not affect the result of the trajectory but if momentum p2 is not great enough the result will be unreactive. {{fontcolor1|blue|Changes to p1 can affect the result of the trajectory if you test enough examples, it&#039;s unfortunate that your trajectory did not come out as it should because this question is mainly concerning system recrossing occurring which can only be seen in the fourth example. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 21:06, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions will overestimate rate values when compared with experimental values. There are many assumptions that are made in the Transition State Theory but the most important of them all is that multiple crossing do not occur on the potential surface. This assumption therefore assumes that the entire trajectory across the surface contributes to the reaction rate, failing to take into account the possibility of recrossings which actually lowers the reaction rate from reactants to products. As a result, Transition State Theory will overestimate reaction rate values.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;K. J. Laidler, Chemical Kinetics 3&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;rd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ed., Harper-Collins, 1987&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|You can&#039;t see this from your examples specifically but good, this is correct. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 21:06, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is exothermic whereas the H + HF reaction is endothermic. This means that the H-F bond strength is greater than the H-H bond strength and is lower in energy. {{fontcolor1|blue|You should demonstrate why with figures. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 21:06, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locate the approximate position of the transition state.===&lt;br /&gt;
H-H distance = 77pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-F distance = 179.5pm              &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_TS_3_thl3318.png|thumb|300px|none|Surface Plot showing Transition State with 500 steps at step size 0.21 fs ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report the activation energy for both reactions.===&lt;br /&gt;
transition state energy = -433.020&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H energy = -435.100&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-F energy = -560.700&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; --&amp;gt; HF + H = 2.080 {{fontcolor1|blue|A little high but close enough, also units? [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 21:06, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy for H + HF --&amp;gt; H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F = 127.68&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS_enegy_vs_time_1_thl3318.png|thumb|300px|none|Energy vs Time plot showing TS energy and HF energy (step=51fs) ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS_enegy_vs_time_2_thl3318.png|thumb|300px|none|Energy vs Time plot showing TS energy and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; energy (step=51fs) ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although energy is conserved in the reaction, there is a change from kinetic energy to potential energy during the collision {{fontcolor1|blue|Vibrational energy is technically also a kinetic energy. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 21:06, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}. Upon the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule colliding with the F atom, an elastic collision occurs and the kinetic energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule (in the form of translational motion) is converted into potential energy of the HF molecule (in the form of vibrational motion). This can be confirmed experimentally by measuring whether there is an increase in vibrational motion by using IR spectroscopy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_plot_thl3318.png|thumb|300px|none|Plot showing momentum of bonds before and after collision where A and B are Hydrogen atoms and C is a Fluorine atom ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For reactions with an early transition state (reactant-like), the efficiency of the reaction is most enhanced by the relative translation energy of the two atoms/molecules colliding. However for reactions with a late transition state (product-like), the efficiency of the reaction is most enhanced by vibrational excitation has a higher efficiency in enhancing the reactivity.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;H. Guo and K. Liu, Chem. Sci., 2016, 7, 3992-4003&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; {{fontcolor1|blue|You should state that this is due to Poanyi&#039;s rules and potentially give some examples from simulations. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 21:06, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reference==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01524831.molecularreactiondynamics&amp;diff=812793</id>
		<title>MRD:01524831.molecularreactiondynamics</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01524831.molecularreactiondynamics&amp;diff=812793"/>
		<updated>2020-06-11T19:45:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_first_trajcectory_hk3918.png|thumb|Figure 1. A surface plot showing the transition state of a H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;system]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_transtion_point-h3_hk3918.png |thumb|Figure 2. A contour plot showing the transition state of a H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;system at 91 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Animation mep hk3918.png ‎|thumb|Figure 3. A surface plot showing the mep of a H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;system when slightly displacing BC distance]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ===&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram , the transition state is mathematically defined as the saddle point.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Steinfeld, Jeffrey I, Chemical kinetics and dynamics, Prentice Hall, 1999, ch. 10,  pp. 287-321.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The saddle point is a stationary point on the plot, where along the reaction path it is a maxima and perpendicular to the reaction path the saddle point is perceived to be a minima. The transition point can be identified in this simple example when the distances between the 3 hydrogen atoms are of equal distance. As shown in figure 1, the reaction path is oscillating at the saddle point. This depicts the vibrational freedom of the system at the transition state. A saddle point is mathematically found as shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D = fxx.fyy - fxy&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;If D &amp;gt; 0, fxx &amp;lt; 0 , local minima. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If D&amp;lt; 0 , then it is a saddle point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The estimated &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;is found to be around 91 pm. The transition state in this H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;system is defined to be the position where internuclear distances are equal, and where it is at a potential energy maxima in relation to the reaction path trajectory. From figure 1 it is evident that there are vibrations within the system, depicted by the oscillations on the ridge. The transition state position was found by determining at which position the internuclear distance was equal and constant, and where the potential energy was a maximum, and thus the stable point of the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The saddle point was found as shown in figure 2.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 20:45, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ===&lt;br /&gt;
When calculating under mep the reaction path is depicted different to when the calculation type is set to dynamics. What is absent in the map calculation is the motion of the atoms. The vibrational motion of the three hydrogen atoms are not depicted as shown in figure 3. The initial condition is set so that the distance between AB is &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; and the distance between BC deviates from &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;by 1 pm, resulting in the reaction pathway following through the trajectory of minimum energy, and advances towards the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; product. The flat BC line indicates the fact that the mep calculation does not consider vibrational motion of atoms, and solely is helps depict the favoured trajectory when slightly displacing said atoms away from the transition state, as it chooses the minimum energy path. This could be useful to understand energy diagrams and help calculate activation energies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 20:45, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
==== Look at the “Internuclear Distances vs Time” and “Momenta vs Time”. What would change if we used the initial conditions &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; and  &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm instead? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The change of initial conditions to those above will change final product from  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; as it is the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;bond distance that deviates away from the  &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. &#039;&#039;&#039;As a result the internuclear distances vs time plot will now show AB to be constant over time. Momentum remains unchanged as initial momentum is 0 for both scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Setup a calculation where the initial positions correspond to the final positions of the trajectory you calculated above, the same final momenta values but with their signs reversed. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;Get last geometry&#039; option was selected, and the momenta were then reversed under the dynamic calculation type. The plot remains unchanged but with reversed directions as expected. The reason for this is because the  initial argument resulted in a trajectory towards a larger BC distance. Using the momenta of this trajectory but reversing the sign simply results in the hydrogen and hydrogen molecule to start in the final position, but now approach each other due to the negative momentum value. &lt;br /&gt;
=== Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive? &lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics &lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56 &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1 &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.280&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atoms AB and C approach&lt;br /&gt;
eachother. Notably, the vibrational &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
motion present after the transition state is &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
not present before. {{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 20:45, 11 June 2020 (BST)}} &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Surface_Plot_question4_1_hk3918.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1 &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1 &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.077&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hydrogen atoms AB approaches C, however&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
before approaching the saddle point to AB &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
swiftly moves away from C&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Animation exercise2 p2 -4.1 hk3918.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1 &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1 &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-413.977&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atom C approaches AB with a large&lt;br /&gt;
amount of momentum, resulting in a new BC Hydrogen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
molecule forming, releasing the A hydrogen atom in the &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Animation exercise2 p2 -5.1 p1 -3.1 hk3918.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1 &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1 &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.277&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|Hydrogen atoms AB and C approach each other very&lt;br /&gt;
quickly. Upon impact, large internuclear distance and velocities &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
are depicted, showing the B atom being tugged by both A and C. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the end, B forms a molecule AB and moves away from C.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Animation exercise2 p2 -10.1 hk3918.png |300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1 &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6 &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.477&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Upon impact, the B atom is tugged between the two atoms A and &lt;br /&gt;
C, and is finally bonded to to atom C. A then moves away from &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC. &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Animation p2 -10.6 hk3918.png |300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The table above shows that a reaction isn&#039;t only reliant on the amount of kinetic energy in the system. As shown in the table above, there are instances where kinetic energy is higher than the activation energy, however no reaction takes place. One therefore needs to consider that successful collisions are not only reliant on the system having enough energy to break and reform bonds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory has a fundamental assumption which will result in its predictions being different to experimental values. The assumption that all trajectories possessing enough kinetic energy to circumvent the activation barrier will be reactive will result in a larger &#039;&#039;R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cl &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; and thus a larger rate prediction than the experimental outcome. As seen in the table above, not all collisions are reactive even if there is sufficient kinetic energy - the case of barrier recrossing perfectly illustrates this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_HF_hk3918.png|thumb|Figure 4. A surface plot showing the trajectory of  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to  H + HF reaction]|300px]]The reaction is exothermic as shown in figure 4, there is a decrease in potential energy when passing the transition state and forming the new HF bond. This relates to bond-strength. H-H has a bond strength of 432 kJ/mol whilst H-F has a bond strength of 565 kJ/mol.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Wired Chemist,http://www.wiredchemist.com/chemistry/data/bond_energies_lengths.html, (accessed May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; As HF is a polar bond as a result of the very electronegative F, there is an ionic element to the bond, resulting in a much greater attraction between the two atoms, thus releasing a lot of energy on formation. As the energy released is greater than that absorbed, the reaction is exothermic as depicted in the trajectory shown in figure 4.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Laidler, Keith J, Chemical kinetics, HarperCollins, 1989, ch. 12.3, pp. 460-471.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; There is an energy well adjacent to the transition state, indicating the difference in energy between the reactant and product.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Niels E. Henriksen and Flemming Y. Hansen, Theories of Molecular Reaction Dynamics: The Microscopic Foundation of Chemical Kinetics, Oxford University Press, Oxford, United Kingdom ; New York, NY, 2019, ch. 3, pp. 39-54 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_hf-h_hk3918.png|thumb|Figure 5. A surface plot showing the trajectory of  the FH + H to F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 5 on the other hand shows an endothermic reaction, illustrated by the increase in potential energy along the trajectory, indicating that the energy absorbed to break the stronger H-F bond is greater than the energy released when forming the weaker H-H bond.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 20:45, 11 June 2020 (BST)}} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot small activation.png|thumb|Figure 6. Activation energy for the F +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction |300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot activation big.png|thumb|Figure 7. Activation energy for the HF + H reaction |300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Animation_momenta_hk3918.png |thumb|Figure 8. Momenta vs time plot for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  reaction |300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Animation_-74_-6.1.png ‎ |thumb|Figure 9. Contour plot for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  reaction. Parameters: AB=200, BC=74, Pab=-1, Pbc=-6.9 |300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Animation_low_momentum_hk3918.png ‎ |thumb|Figure 10. Contour plot for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  reaction. Parameters: AB=200, BC=74, Pab=-1.6, Pbc=0.2 |300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Animation low vibrational.png ‎ |thumb|Figure 11. Contour plot for the HF + H  reaction where H has high momenta and HF has low initial momenta |300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Animation highvirabtional.png‎ |thumb|Figure 12. Skew plot for the HF + H  reaction where H has low momenta and HF has high initial momenta |300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locate the approximate position of the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position was calculated to be when the H-F bond was 181.8 pm, and the H-H bond was 73.1 pm as shown in figure 5. Analoguos to the calculation when approximating the transition state position of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system, in the  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;reaction, simulations were tested in order to acquire a constant bond length, at the maximum potential energy, and where the trajectory remained stable. As the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction was exothermic, adopting Hammonds postulate, the assumption was made that the reaction had an early transition state thus the region near the reactants was analysed. The mep calculation was used to remove the vibrational noise as it made it difficult to read the plots. As HF + H is a late transition state, resembling its product F + H2, it will have the same transition state positions. To confirm the transition state position, under mep calculations, incremental increases to the transition state bond length were made to make sure the trajectory rolled over the transition state to either the reactant or products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to find the activation energy for HF + H, the bond distance of H-F transition state was first decreased by 1 pm. This then resulted in the energy falling to form the products H-F and H. The difference in this energy as shown in figure 7 was used to calculate the activation energy of the H-F + H endothermic reaction. The activation energy was estimated to be 120 kJ/mol. For the exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, the activation energy was calculated by trying to shift the trajectory towards to the reactants. This was done by thus increasing the F-H distance, forming the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reactant. The difference in this energy was very small as shown in figure 8 and was used to calculate the activation energy for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;reaction to be around 1.2 kJ/mol. {{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 20:45, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ===&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 8 illustrates the transition between translational and vibrational energy in the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction. Initially, the H-H bond (B-C) is vibrationally excited shown by the oscillation, whilst the H-F(A-B) bond isn&#039;t as is indicated by the absence of an oscillation. The H-F bond is at the vibrational ground state . After the collision we see a transition. The H-F bond now is vibrationally excited illustrated by the oscillation in the momenta vs time plot, and the H-H bonds loses this vibrationally energy and now only has translational energy due to the breaking of the bond, depicted by the plateau after 30s. Experimentally IR could be used to see the progress of the reaction. Only molecules with a dipole are IR active, thus after the formation of a H-F bond, IR absorption absent in the reactant will start to appear with overtones suggesting higher vibrational energies reached.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
Below, various examples of both reactions are used to illustrate Polanyl&#039;s rules.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Steinfeld, Jeffrey I, Chemical kinetics and dynamics, Prentice Hall, 1999, ch. 9,  pp. 272-274.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Reactions with late transition states are more efficient when the initial trajectory possesses vibrational energy whereas reactions with early transition states are more efficient when the initial trajectory possesses translational energy. The following examples illustrate these rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Setup a calculation starting on the side of the reactants of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, at the bottom of the well r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm, with a momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, and explore several values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the range -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; (explore values also close to these limits). What do you observe?  ====&lt;br /&gt;
When using the parameters above and setting the F-H value to 200 pm, at lower momentum values vibrational frequencies were obversed. The reactions did not therefore take place, satisfying Polyanyi&#039;s rules, where possessing translational energy is more efficient when there is an early barrier rather than vibrational energy. Even at higher momentum extremes shown in figure 9, the reaction does not go to completion, indicating even though a lot of energy is being put into the system, surpassing the activation energy , it is not an efficient reaction as there is not enough translational energy present, satisfying the rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== For the same initial position, increase slightly the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, and considerably reduce the overall energy of the system by reducing the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. What do you observe now? ====&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 10 shows that, even at lower momentum values, resulting in lower vibrational energies the reaction still does not proceed to completion, as there is not enough translational energy in the reaction, further satisfying Polyanyi&#039;s rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Focus on the reverse reaction, H + HF. ====&lt;br /&gt;
This reaction has a late transition state, thus according to Polanyi&#039;s rules, a vibrational energy trajectory is more efficient. This was tested firstly by using a low H-F vibrational energy and a high H translational energy as shown in figure 11. As predicted the reaction did not proceed to completion as there was not enough vibrational energy in the reaction. Figure 12 shows an example where the reaction has a larger vibrational energy, and therefore is more efficient, resulting in a successful reaction, satisfying Polanyi&#039;s rules.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|All questions answered and correctly - good report. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 20:45, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01503126&amp;diff=812792</id>
		<title>MRD:01503126</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01503126&amp;diff=812792"/>
		<updated>2020-06-11T19:07:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise one: H + H2 system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
δV(ri)/δri=0 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|You also need to comment about how th ppotential energy behaves in orthogonal directions with respect to the second derivative. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 20:07, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;How can the transition state be identified ?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state would be local maxima on minimum energy path that linking reactants and products{{fontcolor1|blue|Correct [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 20:07, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}. When the transition state is reached, since force is the derivative of potential energy, The force would be zero.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state is reached when the kinetic energy reaches its minimum, which means the first derivative of kinetic energy is zero and the second derivative of kinetic energy is greater than zero, also the potential energy is maximised: the first derivative of potential energy is zero and second derivative of potential energy is negative {{fontcolor1|blue|The second derivative of potential energy is positive in an orhogonal direction, this property is how the TS is distinguished from local minima. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 20:07, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate of the transition state position exists when both the distances of AB and BC are 90.8 pm, the particles have zero momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the Internuclear Distance vs Time plot, the distance remains unchanged,  which corresponds to the zero kinetic energy and zero {{fontcolor1|blue|net interacting forces, otherwise correct [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 20:07, 11 June 2020 (BST)}} interacting forces between H2 molecule and H atom, so stationary nuclei at this specific distance, which is the saddle point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot11.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference between the two calculation types is whether the atomic motion is included or not. In mep the trajectory is a smooth line since it does not take atomic motion into account. (as the right figure is shown below) In dynamic the trajectory is more like a curvature since it includes the atomic motion, it shows the oscillatory behaviour. (As the left figure is shown below) {{fontcolor1|blue|Good [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 20:07, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ddd.png|300px]] [[File:Mmm.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Table1111.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|You didn&#039;t comment on how vibrations change. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 20:07, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
According to the results in the table, the hypothesis that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier is incorrect. For the 4th cases, p1 is -5.1 g.mol-1.pm.fs-1 and p2 is -10.1 g.mol-1.pm.fs-1, which both have greater kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier, but the reactants do not form the transition state and reform the reactants again. Therefore enough kinetic energy of reactants does not ensure the reaction to take place.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction rate predicted by Transition State Theory is overestimated comparing with the experimental value. The Boltzmann distribution has been assumed in the reaction so that the system has an evenly shared energy among the molecules, if the energy is unevenly distributed in the system, those thermally highly excited molecules would react differently than those thermally inactive molecules. But the transition state theory cannot predict that since not all the molecules are reacted at the same rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory does not take quasi-equilibrium into account either, the reactants molecules can have lots of collisions, but some does not form the transition state and then break apart to reform the reactants again, these amount of products that does not pass through the barrier of activation energy does not have any effect between reactants and transition state equilibrium, which do not contribute to the equilibrium kinetics. {{fontcolor1|blue|Good [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 20:07, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise two: F - H - H System =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For F + H2, it&#039;s an exothermic reaction, which formed HF and H. So according to the FHH contour plot, the distance AB would decrease and distance BC would increase during the reaction, it&#039;s an exothermic reaction since the H-F bond formed is a stronger bond . (According to the figure of FHH system) {{fontcolor1|green|You should discuss the energies that you get from the simulations, also a 3D suface plot would be more appropriate to demonstrate which reactant/product is at higher/lower energy level. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 20:07, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FHH1.png|250px|FHH system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between H + HF is endothermic since the bond broken is weaker than the bond formed. (According to the figure of HHF system) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:HHF1.png|250px|HHF system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For F + H2: p1= 180.6 pm, p2= 74.5 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For H + HF: p1= 74.5 pm, p2= 180.6 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|You should include diagrams to show how you got these answers. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 20:07, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is calculated from the difference between the energy of the saddle point (maximum energy of a reaction) and the energy of reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
For F + H2 system, the maximum energy at the saddle point is -433.981 kJ/mol. In order to find the energy of reactants, &lt;br /&gt;
the distance between F and H2 is set to a large value (10000 pm) to ensure the system has pure reactants state, then the energy of reactants could be found as -435.075 kJ/mol, &#039;&#039;&#039;so the activation energy for FHH system can be calculated to be 1.088 kJ/mol (dynamic).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Saddle1.PNG|350px|Saddle point of FHH system]] [[File:FHH dist.PNG|350px| reactants energy of FHH]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For H + HF system. the maximum energy at the saddle point is -433.981 kJ/mol. To find the energy of reactants, the distance between H atom and HF molecule and the intramolecular distance in H2 are both decreases, then the lowest energy of reactants can be found from the Energy vs time graph as -560.256 kJ/mol. &#039;&#039;&#039;So the activation energy for HHF system can be calculated to be 126.275 kJ/mol.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Saddle2.PNG|350px|Saddle point of HHF system]]  [[File:reactantE.png|350px|reactants energy of HHF]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Correct [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 20:07, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The distance between atom F and H2 molecule and the intramolecular distance of H2 is set to be slightly different from the distance at the saddle point. Both momenta are set as zero therefore there is no kinetic force initially. According to the animation, the vibrating H2 molecule first approaches the atom F, as the distance between F and one of the H is close enough, a new H-F bond and a new H atom are formed. Then the HF molecule formed starts to vibrate and the H atom moves away from the HF. The newly formed HF contains some vibrational energy and the H atom gains some kinetic energy to move further from the HF, which is shown on the momentum vs time graph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:momentum.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An IR spectrum can also be used to confirm the release of the reaction energy. If mainly the ground state of vibrational energy level is occupied, a single peak will appear on IR. If some particles occupy the 1st level of vibrational energy level, a second peak with lower overtone will appear at lower wavenumber.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the energy is not conserved{{fontcolor1|blue|I&#039;m not sure what you are trying to say here. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 20:07, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}, there would be heat loss during the release of the reaction energy, therefore the 2nd peak would have a lower overtone due to the heat loss. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational energy is better at promoting exothermic reaction, vibrational energy is better at promoting endothermic reaction, according to Polanyi&#039;s rules. &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2529050/&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for an exothermic reaction, the energy barrier is usually located as an early barrier which means an earlier transition state appears, the translational energy is more effective to overcome the reaction barrier than the vibrational energy. The trajectory would be harder to cross the barrier in vibrational motion because the direction of motion is different from the direction of trajectory in MEP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, for an endothermic reaction (late barrier reaction), the structure of transition state is product-like and barrier is in late transition, the vibrational energy is more effective in promoting reaction rate since the vibrational motion is orthogonal to the energy path.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ohoyoureapproachingme&amp;diff=812791</id>
		<title>MRD:ohoyoureapproachingme</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ohoyoureapproachingme&amp;diff=812791"/>
		<updated>2020-06-11T18:22:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1 H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, we are simulating if an atom and a diatomic were to collide and by varying the bond distance and atom momenta to see if they would react. The simplest system would be a hydrogen atom colliding with a hydrogen molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 Standard Animation.png|thumb|Figure 1: Animation of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 Standard plot.png|thumb|Figure 2: Contour plot of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Initial position(pm):&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Initial momenta(g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;):&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 230&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From figure 2, we can see that the reaction was successful as the original molecule bond, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; has increased and broken while the new molecule bond r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; has decreased and formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state is mathematically defined as a point at which the function graphing the point has a derivative &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;dV.(dr&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/dr&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; equal to 0. It can be identified by being a maxima on a minimum energy pathway, also a Hessian second derivative of the function can be taken and if less than 0, is shown to be a maxima and the transition state.{{fontcolor1|blue|The transition state is both a maximum and a minimum, just in orthoganal directions. How would you distinguish it from a local minimum? [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 16:04, 23 May 2020 (BST)}} For a symmetrical system like H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the transition state occurs when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; shown in figure 3, in this case the transition state occurs when AB distance is 90.8 pm {{fontcolor1|blue|Correct [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 16:04, 23 May 2020 (BST)}}with a total energy of -415.38 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;found in figure 4. Evidence to suggest this can be found in figure 5 and 6, figure 5 is a PES plot of the system with the co-ordinate placed on the peak of the minimum energy pathway and figure 6 shows that the distances have remained constant indicating little to no vibrations are occurring. This shows that at these bond lengths, there isn&#039;t a lower energy state that the system can tend to.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; |Transition state plots&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 TS range.png|thumb|Figure 3: Transition state range {{fontcolor1|blue|The transition state is just at one point, where there is a sadle point ie: where in one direction you have a maxima and in the orthogonal, a minima. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 19:22, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 HH Transition state distance contour.png|thumb|Figure 4: Point of lowest energy H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 TS Surface Plot.png|thumb|Figure 5: Surface plot of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction pathway]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 HH Transition state distance.png|thumb|Figure 6: Inter-nuclear distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H at transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From the transition state being known, the minimal energy pathway can be found by using a MEP calculation at transition state bond distances and momenta set to 0, this calculation would set the momenta of the atoms to be 0 at every time step, resulting in an infinitely slow reaction, figure 7 was found by offsetting the distance AB by 1 pm from the transition state distance and let occur for 500 seconds. Comparing a dynamic calculation with identical conditions of figure 8, it shows that the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is vibrating due to the trajectory moving sideways relative to the contours parallel to it.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!MEP calculation&lt;br /&gt;
!Dynamic calculation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 MEP AB1.png|thumb|Figure 7: MEP of system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 MEP AB1 dynamic.png|thumb|Figure 8: MEP of system under dynamic conditions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 200 pm and varying the momenta the following table is found.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Set&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.280&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|A reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 Customp 256.png|thumb|200x200px|Figure 9: Plot of Set 1 momenta]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.077&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|The approaching hydrogen atom doesn&#039;t have enough energy to cause a favourable collision, doesn&#039;t reach transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 Customp 4.1.png|thumb|200x200px|Figure 10: Contour plot of Set 2 momenta]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-413.977&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|A reactive trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 Customp 5.1.png|thumb|200x200px|Figure 11: Contour plot of Set 3 momenta]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.277&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|While the approaching atom has more than enough energy to react, the products also have enough energy to re-enter the transition state and revert to reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 Customp 10.1.png|thumb|200x200px|Figure 12: Contour plot of Set 4 momenta]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.477&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|This trajectory passes over the transition state 3 times resulting with a successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 Customp 10.4.png|thumb|200x200px|Figure 13: Contour plot of Set 5 momenta]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|You should comment on the trajectory more, there is no reference to a change in vibration between reactants and products. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 16:04, 23 May 2020 (BST)}}From the table, it can be found that from comparing momenta Set 1 and Set 2, that the reaction requires a certain amount of energy in order to make it to the transition state and possibly form products, as shown in Set 3 where the total energy is around -414 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; allows the reaction to occur. Set 4 shows that too much energy would allow the products to react again and forming the transition state for a second time and reverse the reaction to form the reagents. Set 5 has enough energy to form the transition state 3 times, from figure 14 and 15, any point when the distance AB is equal to BC shows that the transition state has been reached.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |Inter-nuclear distance over time:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 Set4 internuclear.png|thumb|Figure 14: 2 points at which r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 Set5 internuclear.png|thumb|Figure 15: 3 points at which r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory will overestimate the rate of reaction compared to the experimentally calculated rate of reaction due to the theory assuming that all trajectories that make it past the transition state will end up as products, which is then shown in set 4 which did have enough energy to make it to the transition state but the trajectory wasn&#039;t reactive. {{fontcolor1|blue|Correct [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 16:04, 23 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2 H + HF and F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 F H2 animation true.png|thumb|Figure 16: Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 H HF animation.png|thumb|Figure 17: Animation of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 F H2 Surface Plot.png|thumb|Figure 18: PES plot of reactive F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 H HF Surface Plot.png|thumb|Figure 19: PES plot of reactive H + HF trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 F H2 TS Surface Plot.png|thumb|220x220px|Figure 20: PES plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 H HF TS Surface Plot.png|thumb|220x220px|Figure 21: PES plot of H + HF transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 TS AB+1 BC-1 energy.png|thumb|220x220px|Figure 22: MEP of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 TS AB-1 BC+1 energy.png|thumb|220x220px|Figure 23: MEP of H + HF system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the PES plots of figure and 18 and 19 the molecule bond has been assigned BC and the bond to be made is assigned AB. Figure 18 shows the reaction is exothermic, the reactants are at a higher energy state than that of the products. Figure 19 shows the reaction is endothermic as reactants are at a lower energy state than the products. Comparing these figures, we can see that the H-F bond is much stronger than the H-H bond as the reaction which involves breaking a H-F bond is very high energy. Figure 20 and 21 shows the respective transition states, the H-H is much weaker than H-F as F is nearly 200 pm away at the transition state while the H-H bond length is near 75 pm. The transition state co-ordinates have been found to be: F-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 181.15 pm, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74.2 pm with total energy -433.97 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; {{fontcolor1|blue|Correct. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 23:48, 10 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of a reaction can be found by the difference in energy between the transition state and the initial energy of the reactants. By doing a MEP calculation between the transition state and initial energy and plotting the energy over time is shown in Figure 22 and 23. Initial energies were found by getting last geometry after 5000 steps of 0.1 fs. Initial energy of reactants in F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -434.71 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;with activation energy of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;. &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;Initial energy of reactants in H + HF = -560.31 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;activation energy of H + HF = 125.6 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01569348 F H2 contour.png|thumb|250x250px|Figure 24: Contour plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 24 shows a reactive F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; trajectory with minimal momenta (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) to push the reaction to completion. Once the reaction reaches the transition state and passes it, the products are vibrating wildly, gaining large amount of vibrational energy from H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; translation energy. To find the energy of the reaction that produce heat a bomb calorimeter can be used to find the temperature difference of a solution with a known heat capacity and calculate the energy given off as heat. However translational and vibrational energy can&#039;t be distinguished by using a calorimeter, as translational energy is heat and excited vibration states that relax would emit IR photons. So producing IR spectra of the reactants and products allows us to determine the contribution of vibrational energy to the total energy. As H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a symmetrical and non polar molecule, it isn&#039;t IR and there is no change in dipole, HF is asymmetrical and polar thus IR active.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As energy is conserved, taking an IR spectrum before and after the reaction, the IR spectrum before the reaction should show only a very low intensity peak at ~3980 cm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;L. Andrews, X. Wang, &#039;&#039;J. Phys. Chem. A.&#039;&#039;, 2004, &#039;&#039;&#039;108, &#039;&#039;&#039;3879-3883&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; while the IR spectrum after the reaction should show a strongly intense peak at ~3300 cm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;D. K. Buslov, N. I. Sushko, G. V. Yukhnevich, &#039;&#039;J. Opt. Tech.,&#039;&#039; 2003, &#039;&#039;&#039;70&#039;&#039;&#039;, 28-30&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. As the system before had very little vibrational energy and after the reaction occured, excited states of HF can then emit photons associated with the energy difference of the first excited state and the vibration ground state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s emperical rules&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. C. Polanyi, &#039;&#039;Acc. Chem. Res.,&#039;&#039; 1972, &#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;, 161-168&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; states that the vibrational energy promotes the formation of products where the it has a late transition state that already resembles the products more than the translational energy of the system. The opposite is true when the reaction has an early transition state that resembles the reactants. Polanyi states there are two types of energy barriers, type 1 is a barrier that occurs later in the reaction and type 2 is a barrier that occurs earlier in the reaction. Thus he said type 1 is easily traversed by reagent vibration while type 2 is traversed by reagent translation. &lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good, but could use some examples from the simulations to illustrate this. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 19:17, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
A study by Z. Zhang &#039;&#039;et al&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Z. Zhang, Y. Zhou, D. H. Zhang, G. Czako, J. M. Bowman, &#039;&#039;J. Phys. Chem. Lett.,&#039;&#039; 2012, &#039;&#039;&#039;3,&#039;&#039;&#039; 3416-3419&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;. &#039;&#039;has shown that while the rules hold true for many atom and diatomic systems, for a reaction that should follow the rules found that the vibration of a C-H bond would have no effect in promoting the formation of products. This reaction of Cl + CHD&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to form HCl + CD&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was picked due to simulations showing a late transition state, a type 1 energy barrier. The simulations showed that the rules has worked except at low energy collisions.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ohoyoureapproachingme&amp;diff=812790</id>
		<title>MRD:ohoyoureapproachingme</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ohoyoureapproachingme&amp;diff=812790"/>
		<updated>2020-06-11T18:17:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1 H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, we are simulating if an atom and a diatomic were to collide and by varying the bond distance and atom momenta to see if they would react. The simplest system would be a hydrogen atom colliding with a hydrogen molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 Standard Animation.png|thumb|Figure 1: Animation of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 Standard plot.png|thumb|Figure 2: Contour plot of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Initial position(pm):&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Initial momenta(g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;):&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 230&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From figure 2, we can see that the reaction was successful as the original molecule bond, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; has increased and broken while the new molecule bond r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; has decreased and formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state is mathematically defined as a point at which the function graphing the point has a derivative &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;dV.(dr&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/dr&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; equal to 0. It can be identified by being a maxima on a minimum energy pathway, also a Hessian second derivative of the function can be taken and if less than 0, is shown to be a maxima and the transition state.{{fontcolor1|blue|The transition state is both a maximum and a minimum, just in orthoganal directions. How would you distinguish it from a local minimum? [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 16:04, 23 May 2020 (BST)}} For a symmetrical system like H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the transition state occurs when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; shown in figure 3, in this case the transition state occurs when AB distance is 90.8 pm {{fontcolor1|blue|Correct [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 16:04, 23 May 2020 (BST)}}with a total energy of -415.38 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;found in figure 4. Evidence to suggest this can be found in figure 5 and 6, figure 5 is a PES plot of the system with the co-ordinate placed on the peak of the minimum energy pathway and figure 6 shows that the distances have remained constant indicating little to no vibrations are occurring. This shows that at these bond lengths, there isn&#039;t a lower energy state that the system can tend to.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; |Transition state plots&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 TS range.png|thumb|Figure 3: Transition state range]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 HH Transition state distance contour.png|thumb|Figure 4: Point of lowest energy H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 TS Surface Plot.png|thumb|Figure 5: Surface plot of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction pathway]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 HH Transition state distance.png|thumb|Figure 6: Inter-nuclear distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H at transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From the transition state being known, the minimal energy pathway can be found by using a MEP calculation at transition state bond distances and momenta set to 0, this calculation would set the momenta of the atoms to be 0 at every time step, resulting in an infinitely slow reaction, figure 7 was found by offsetting the distance AB by 1 pm from the transition state distance and let occur for 500 seconds. Comparing a dynamic calculation with identical conditions of figure 8, it shows that the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is vibrating due to the trajectory moving sideways relative to the contours parallel to it.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!MEP calculation&lt;br /&gt;
!Dynamic calculation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 MEP AB1.png|thumb|Figure 7: MEP of system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 MEP AB1 dynamic.png|thumb|Figure 8: MEP of system under dynamic conditions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 200 pm and varying the momenta the following table is found.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Set&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.280&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|A reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 Customp 256.png|thumb|200x200px|Figure 9: Plot of Set 1 momenta]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.077&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|The approaching hydrogen atom doesn&#039;t have enough energy to cause a favourable collision, doesn&#039;t reach transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 Customp 4.1.png|thumb|200x200px|Figure 10: Contour plot of Set 2 momenta]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-413.977&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|A reactive trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 Customp 5.1.png|thumb|200x200px|Figure 11: Contour plot of Set 3 momenta]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.277&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|While the approaching atom has more than enough energy to react, the products also have enough energy to re-enter the transition state and revert to reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 Customp 10.1.png|thumb|200x200px|Figure 12: Contour plot of Set 4 momenta]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.477&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|This trajectory passes over the transition state 3 times resulting with a successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 Customp 10.4.png|thumb|200x200px|Figure 13: Contour plot of Set 5 momenta]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|You should comment on the trajectory more, there is no reference to a change in vibration between reactants and products. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 16:04, 23 May 2020 (BST)}}From the table, it can be found that from comparing momenta Set 1 and Set 2, that the reaction requires a certain amount of energy in order to make it to the transition state and possibly form products, as shown in Set 3 where the total energy is around -414 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; allows the reaction to occur. Set 4 shows that too much energy would allow the products to react again and forming the transition state for a second time and reverse the reaction to form the reagents. Set 5 has enough energy to form the transition state 3 times, from figure 14 and 15, any point when the distance AB is equal to BC shows that the transition state has been reached.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |Inter-nuclear distance over time:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 Set4 internuclear.png|thumb|Figure 14: 2 points at which r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 Set5 internuclear.png|thumb|Figure 15: 3 points at which r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory will overestimate the rate of reaction compared to the experimentally calculated rate of reaction due to the theory assuming that all trajectories that make it past the transition state will end up as products, which is then shown in set 4 which did have enough energy to make it to the transition state but the trajectory wasn&#039;t reactive. {{fontcolor1|blue|Correct [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 16:04, 23 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2 H + HF and F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 F H2 animation true.png|thumb|Figure 16: Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 H HF animation.png|thumb|Figure 17: Animation of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 F H2 Surface Plot.png|thumb|Figure 18: PES plot of reactive F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 H HF Surface Plot.png|thumb|Figure 19: PES plot of reactive H + HF trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 F H2 TS Surface Plot.png|thumb|220x220px|Figure 20: PES plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 H HF TS Surface Plot.png|thumb|220x220px|Figure 21: PES plot of H + HF transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 TS AB+1 BC-1 energy.png|thumb|220x220px|Figure 22: MEP of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 TS AB-1 BC+1 energy.png|thumb|220x220px|Figure 23: MEP of H + HF system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the PES plots of figure and 18 and 19 the molecule bond has been assigned BC and the bond to be made is assigned AB. Figure 18 shows the reaction is exothermic, the reactants are at a higher energy state than that of the products. Figure 19 shows the reaction is endothermic as reactants are at a lower energy state than the products. Comparing these figures, we can see that the H-F bond is much stronger than the H-H bond as the reaction which involves breaking a H-F bond is very high energy. Figure 20 and 21 shows the respective transition states, the H-H is much weaker than H-F as F is nearly 200 pm away at the transition state while the H-H bond length is near 75 pm. The transition state co-ordinates have been found to be: F-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 181.15 pm, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74.2 pm with total energy -433.97 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; {{fontcolor1|blue|Correct. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 23:48, 10 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of a reaction can be found by the difference in energy between the transition state and the initial energy of the reactants. By doing a MEP calculation between the transition state and initial energy and plotting the energy over time is shown in Figure 22 and 23. Initial energies were found by getting last geometry after 5000 steps of 0.1 fs. Initial energy of reactants in F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -434.71 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;with activation energy of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;. &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;Initial energy of reactants in H + HF = -560.31 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;activation energy of H + HF = 125.6 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01569348 F H2 contour.png|thumb|250x250px|Figure 24: Contour plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 24 shows a reactive F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; trajectory with minimal momenta (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) to push the reaction to completion. Once the reaction reaches the transition state and passes it, the products are vibrating wildly, gaining large amount of vibrational energy from H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; translation energy. To find the energy of the reaction that produce heat a bomb calorimeter can be used to find the temperature difference of a solution with a known heat capacity and calculate the energy given off as heat. However translational and vibrational energy can&#039;t be distinguished by using a calorimeter, as translational energy is heat and excited vibration states that relax would emit IR photons. So producing IR spectra of the reactants and products allows us to determine the contribution of vibrational energy to the total energy. As H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a symmetrical and non polar molecule, it isn&#039;t IR and there is no change in dipole, HF is asymmetrical and polar thus IR active.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As energy is conserved, taking an IR spectrum before and after the reaction, the IR spectrum before the reaction should show only a very low intensity peak at ~3980 cm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;L. Andrews, X. Wang, &#039;&#039;J. Phys. Chem. A.&#039;&#039;, 2004, &#039;&#039;&#039;108, &#039;&#039;&#039;3879-3883&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; while the IR spectrum after the reaction should show a strongly intense peak at ~3300 cm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;D. K. Buslov, N. I. Sushko, G. V. Yukhnevich, &#039;&#039;J. Opt. Tech.,&#039;&#039; 2003, &#039;&#039;&#039;70&#039;&#039;&#039;, 28-30&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. As the system before had very little vibrational energy and after the reaction occured, excited states of HF can then emit photons associated with the energy difference of the first excited state and the vibration ground state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s emperical rules&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. C. Polanyi, &#039;&#039;Acc. Chem. Res.,&#039;&#039; 1972, &#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;, 161-168&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; states that the vibrational energy promotes the formation of products where the it has a late transition state that already resembles the products more than the translational energy of the system. The opposite is true when the reaction has an early transition state that resembles the reactants. Polanyi states there are two types of energy barriers, type 1 is a barrier that occurs later in the reaction and type 2 is a barrier that occurs earlier in the reaction. Thus he said type 1 is easily traversed by reagent vibration while type 2 is traversed by reagent translation. &lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good, but could use some examples from the simulations to illustrate this. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 19:17, 11 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
A study by Z. Zhang &#039;&#039;et al&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Z. Zhang, Y. Zhou, D. H. Zhang, G. Czako, J. M. Bowman, &#039;&#039;J. Phys. Chem. Lett.,&#039;&#039; 2012, &#039;&#039;&#039;3,&#039;&#039;&#039; 3416-3419&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;. &#039;&#039;has shown that while the rules hold true for many atom and diatomic systems, for a reaction that should follow the rules found that the vibration of a C-H bond would have no effect in promoting the formation of products. This reaction of Cl + CHD&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to form HCl + CD&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was picked due to simulations showing a late transition state, a type 1 energy barrier. The simulations showed that the rules has worked except at low energy collisions.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ohoyoureapproachingme&amp;diff=812789</id>
		<title>MRD:ohoyoureapproachingme</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ohoyoureapproachingme&amp;diff=812789"/>
		<updated>2020-06-10T22:48:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1 H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, we are simulating if an atom and a diatomic were to collide and by varying the bond distance and atom momenta to see if they would react. The simplest system would be a hydrogen atom colliding with a hydrogen molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 Standard Animation.png|thumb|Figure 1: Animation of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 Standard plot.png|thumb|Figure 2: Contour plot of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Initial position(pm):&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Initial momenta(g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;):&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 230&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From figure 2, we can see that the reaction was successful as the original molecule bond, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; has increased and broken while the new molecule bond r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; has decreased and formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state is mathematically defined as a point at which the function graphing the point has a derivative &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;dV.(dr&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/dr&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; equal to 0. It can be identified by being a maxima on a minimum energy pathway, also a Hessian second derivative of the function can be taken and if less than 0, is shown to be a maxima and the transition state.{{fontcolor1|blue|The transition state is both a maximum and a minimum, just in orthoganal directions. How would you distinguish it from a local minimum? [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 16:04, 23 May 2020 (BST)}} For a symmetrical system like H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the transition state occurs when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; shown in figure 3, in this case the transition state occurs when AB distance is 90.8 pm {{fontcolor1|blue|Correct [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 16:04, 23 May 2020 (BST)}}with a total energy of -415.38 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;found in figure 4. Evidence to suggest this can be found in figure 5 and 6, figure 5 is a PES plot of the system with the co-ordinate placed on the peak of the minimum energy pathway and figure 6 shows that the distances have remained constant indicating little to no vibrations are occurring. This shows that at these bond lengths, there isn&#039;t a lower energy state that the system can tend to.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; |Transition state plots&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 TS range.png|thumb|Figure 3: Transition state range]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 HH Transition state distance contour.png|thumb|Figure 4: Point of lowest energy H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 TS Surface Plot.png|thumb|Figure 5: Surface plot of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction pathway]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 HH Transition state distance.png|thumb|Figure 6: Inter-nuclear distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H at transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From the transition state being known, the minimal energy pathway can be found by using a MEP calculation at transition state bond distances and momenta set to 0, this calculation would set the momenta of the atoms to be 0 at every time step, resulting in an infinitely slow reaction, figure 7 was found by offsetting the distance AB by 1 pm from the transition state distance and let occur for 500 seconds. Comparing a dynamic calculation with identical conditions of figure 8, it shows that the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is vibrating due to the trajectory moving sideways relative to the contours parallel to it.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!MEP calculation&lt;br /&gt;
!Dynamic calculation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 MEP AB1.png|thumb|Figure 7: MEP of system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 MEP AB1 dynamic.png|thumb|Figure 8: MEP of system under dynamic conditions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 200 pm and varying the momenta the following table is found.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Set&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.280&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|A reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 Customp 256.png|thumb|200x200px|Figure 9: Plot of Set 1 momenta]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.077&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|The approaching hydrogen atom doesn&#039;t have enough energy to cause a favourable collision, doesn&#039;t reach transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 Customp 4.1.png|thumb|200x200px|Figure 10: Contour plot of Set 2 momenta]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-413.977&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|A reactive trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 Customp 5.1.png|thumb|200x200px|Figure 11: Contour plot of Set 3 momenta]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.277&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|While the approaching atom has more than enough energy to react, the products also have enough energy to re-enter the transition state and revert to reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 Customp 10.1.png|thumb|200x200px|Figure 12: Contour plot of Set 4 momenta]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.477&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|This trajectory passes over the transition state 3 times resulting with a successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 Customp 10.4.png|thumb|200x200px|Figure 13: Contour plot of Set 5 momenta]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|You should comment on the trajectory more, there is no reference to a change in vibration between reactants and products. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 16:04, 23 May 2020 (BST)}}From the table, it can be found that from comparing momenta Set 1 and Set 2, that the reaction requires a certain amount of energy in order to make it to the transition state and possibly form products, as shown in Set 3 where the total energy is around -414 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; allows the reaction to occur. Set 4 shows that too much energy would allow the products to react again and forming the transition state for a second time and reverse the reaction to form the reagents. Set 5 has enough energy to form the transition state 3 times, from figure 14 and 15, any point when the distance AB is equal to BC shows that the transition state has been reached.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |Inter-nuclear distance over time:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 Set4 internuclear.png|thumb|Figure 14: 2 points at which r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 Set5 internuclear.png|thumb|Figure 15: 3 points at which r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory will overestimate the rate of reaction compared to the experimentally calculated rate of reaction due to the theory assuming that all trajectories that make it past the transition state will end up as products, which is then shown in set 4 which did have enough energy to make it to the transition state but the trajectory wasn&#039;t reactive. {{fontcolor1|blue|Correct [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 16:04, 23 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2 H + HF and F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 F H2 animation true.png|thumb|Figure 16: Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 H HF animation.png|thumb|Figure 17: Animation of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 F H2 Surface Plot.png|thumb|Figure 18: PES plot of reactive F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 H HF Surface Plot.png|thumb|Figure 19: PES plot of reactive H + HF trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 F H2 TS Surface Plot.png|thumb|220x220px|Figure 20: PES plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 H HF TS Surface Plot.png|thumb|220x220px|Figure 21: PES plot of H + HF transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 TS AB+1 BC-1 energy.png|thumb|220x220px|Figure 22: MEP of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 TS AB-1 BC+1 energy.png|thumb|220x220px|Figure 23: MEP of H + HF system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the PES plots of figure and 18 and 19 the molecule bond has been assigned BC and the bond to be made is assigned AB. Figure 18 shows the reaction is exothermic, the reactants are at a higher energy state than that of the products. Figure 19 shows the reaction is endothermic as reactants are at a lower energy state than the products. Comparing these figures, we can see that the H-F bond is much stronger than the H-H bond as the reaction which involves breaking a H-F bond is very high energy. Figure 20 and 21 shows the respective transition states, the H-H is much weaker than H-F as F is nearly 200 pm away at the transition state while the H-H bond length is near 75 pm. The transition state co-ordinates have been found to be: F-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 181.15 pm, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74.2 pm with total energy -433.97 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; {{fontcolor1|blue|Correct. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 23:48, 10 June 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of a reaction can be found by the difference in energy between the transition state and the initial energy of the reactants. By doing a MEP calculation between the transition state and initial energy and plotting the energy over time is shown in Figure 22 and 23. Initial energies were found by getting last geometry after 5000 steps of 0.1 fs. Initial energy of reactants in F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -434.71 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;with activation energy of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;. &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;Initial energy of reactants in H + HF = -560.31 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;activation energy of H + HF = 125.6 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01569348 F H2 contour.png|thumb|250x250px|Figure 24: Contour plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 24 shows a reactive F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; trajectory with minimal momenta (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) to push the reaction to completion. Once the reaction reaches the transition state and passes it, the products are vibrating wildly, gaining large amount of vibrational energy from H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; translation energy. To find the energy of the reaction that produce heat a bomb calorimeter can be used to find the temperature difference of a solution with a known heat capacity and calculate the energy given off as heat. However translational and vibrational energy can&#039;t be distinguished by using a calorimeter, as translational energy is heat and excited vibration states that relax would emit IR photons. So producing IR spectra of the reactants and products allows us to determine the contribution of vibrational energy to the total energy. As H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a symmetrical and non polar molecule, it isn&#039;t IR and there is no change in dipole, HF is asymmetrical and polar thus IR active.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As energy is conserved, taking an IR spectrum before and after the reaction, the IR spectrum before the reaction should show only a very low intensity peak at ~3980 cm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;L. Andrews, X. Wang, &#039;&#039;J. Phys. Chem. A.&#039;&#039;, 2004, &#039;&#039;&#039;108, &#039;&#039;&#039;3879-3883&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; while the IR spectrum after the reaction should show a strongly intense peak at ~3300 cm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;D. K. Buslov, N. I. Sushko, G. V. Yukhnevich, &#039;&#039;J. Opt. Tech.,&#039;&#039; 2003, &#039;&#039;&#039;70&#039;&#039;&#039;, 28-30&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. As the system before had very little vibrational energy and after the reaction occured, excited states of HF can then emit photons associated with the energy difference of the first excited state and the vibration ground state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s emperical rules&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. C. Polanyi, &#039;&#039;Acc. Chem. Res.,&#039;&#039; 1972, &#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;, 161-168&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; states that the vibrational energy promotes the formation of products where the it has a late transition state that already resembles the products more than the translational energy of the system. The opposite is true when the reaction has an early transition state that resembles the reactants. Polanyi states there are two types of energy barriers, type 1 is a barrier that occurs later in the reaction and type 2 is a barrier that occurs earlier in the reaction. Thus he said type 1 is easily traversed by reagent vibration while type 2 is traversed by reagent translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A study by Z. Zhang &#039;&#039;et al&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Z. Zhang, Y. Zhou, D. H. Zhang, G. Czako, J. M. Bowman, &#039;&#039;J. Phys. Chem. Lett.,&#039;&#039; 2012, &#039;&#039;&#039;3,&#039;&#039;&#039; 3416-3419&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;. &#039;&#039;has shown that while the rules hold true for many atom and diatomic systems, for a reaction that should follow the rules found that the vibration of a C-H bond would have no effect in promoting the formation of products. This reaction of Cl + CHD&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to form HCl + CD&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was picked due to simulations showing a late transition state, a type 1 energy barrier. The simulations showed that the rules has worked except at low energy collisions.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ohoyoureapproachingme&amp;diff=811943</id>
		<title>MRD:ohoyoureapproachingme</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ohoyoureapproachingme&amp;diff=811943"/>
		<updated>2020-05-23T15:04:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1 H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, we are simulating if an atom and a diatomic were to collide and by varying the bond distance and atom momenta to see if they would react. The simplest system would be a hydrogen atom colliding with a hydrogen molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 Standard Animation.png|thumb|Figure 1: Animation of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 Standard plot.png|thumb|Figure 2: Contour plot of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Initial position(pm):&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Initial momenta(g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;):&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 74&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: 230&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From figure 2, we can see that the reaction was successful as the original molecule bond, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; has increased and broken while the new molecule bond r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; has decreased and formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state is mathematically defined as a point at which the function graphing the point has a derivative &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;dV.(dr&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/dr&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; equal to 0. It can be identified by being a maxima on a minimum energy pathway, also a Hessian second derivative of the function can be taken and if less than 0, is shown to be a maxima and the transition state.{{fontcolor1|blue|The transition state is both a maximum and a minimum, just in orthoganal directions. How would you distinguish it from a local minimum? [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 16:04, 23 May 2020 (BST)}} For a symmetrical system like H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the transition state occurs when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; shown in figure 3, in this case the transition state occurs when AB distance is 90.8 pm {{fontcolor1|blue|Correct [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 16:04, 23 May 2020 (BST)}}with a total energy of -415.38 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;found in figure 4. Evidence to suggest this can be found in figure 5 and 6, figure 5 is a PES plot of the system with the co-ordinate placed on the peak of the minimum energy pathway and figure 6 shows that the distances have remained constant indicating little to no vibrations are occurring. This shows that at these bond lengths, there isn&#039;t a lower energy state that the system can tend to.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; |Transition state plots&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 TS range.png|thumb|Figure 3: Transition state range]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 HH Transition state distance contour.png|thumb|Figure 4: Point of lowest energy H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 TS Surface Plot.png|thumb|Figure 5: Surface plot of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction pathway]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 HH Transition state distance.png|thumb|Figure 6: Inter-nuclear distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H at transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From the transition state being known, the minimal energy pathway can be found by using a MEP calculation at transition state bond distances and momenta set to 0, this calculation would set the momenta of the atoms to be 0 at every time step, resulting in an infinitely slow reaction, figure 7 was found by offsetting the distance AB by 1 pm from the transition state distance and let occur for 500 seconds. Comparing a dynamic calculation with identical conditions of figure 8, it shows that the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is vibrating due to the trajectory moving sideways relative to the contours parallel to it.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!MEP calculation&lt;br /&gt;
!Dynamic calculation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 MEP AB1.png|thumb|Figure 7: MEP of system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 MEP AB1 dynamic.png|thumb|Figure 8: MEP of system under dynamic conditions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 200 pm and varying the momenta the following table is found.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Set&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.280&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|A reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 Customp 256.png|thumb|200x200px|Figure 9: Plot of Set 1 momenta]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.077&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|The approaching hydrogen atom doesn&#039;t have enough energy to cause a favourable collision, doesn&#039;t reach transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 Customp 4.1.png|thumb|200x200px|Figure 10: Contour plot of Set 2 momenta]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-413.977&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|A reactive trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 Customp 5.1.png|thumb|200x200px|Figure 11: Contour plot of Set 3 momenta]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.277&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|While the approaching atom has more than enough energy to react, the products also have enough energy to re-enter the transition state and revert to reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 Customp 10.1.png|thumb|200x200px|Figure 12: Contour plot of Set 4 momenta]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.477&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|This trajectory passes over the transition state 3 times resulting with a successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 Customp 10.4.png|thumb|200x200px|Figure 13: Contour plot of Set 5 momenta]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|You should comment on the trajectory more, there is no reference to a change in vibration between reactants and products. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 16:04, 23 May 2020 (BST)}}From the table, it can be found that from comparing momenta Set 1 and Set 2, that the reaction requires a certain amount of energy in order to make it to the transition state and possibly form products, as shown in Set 3 where the total energy is around -414 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; allows the reaction to occur. Set 4 shows that too much energy would allow the products to react again and forming the transition state for a second time and reverse the reaction to form the reagents. Set 5 has enough energy to form the transition state 3 times, from figure 14 and 15, any point when the distance AB is equal to BC shows that the transition state has been reached.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |Inter-nuclear distance over time:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 Set4 internuclear.png|thumb|Figure 14: 2 points at which r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 Set5 internuclear.png|thumb|Figure 15: 3 points at which r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory will overestimate the rate of reaction compared to the experimentally calculated rate of reaction due to the theory assuming that all trajectories that make it past the transition state will end up as products, which is then shown in set 4 which did have enough energy to make it to the transition state but the trajectory wasn&#039;t reactive. {{fontcolor1|blue|Correct [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 16:04, 23 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2 H + HF and F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 F H2 animation true.png|thumb|Figure 16: Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 H HF animation.png|thumb|Figure 17: Animation of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 F H2 Surface Plot.png|thumb|Figure 18: PES plot of reactive F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 H HF Surface Plot.png|thumb|Figure 19: PES plot of reactive H + HF trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 F H2 TS Surface Plot.png|thumb|220x220px|Figure 20: PES plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 H HF TS Surface Plot.png|thumb|220x220px|Figure 21: PES plot of H + HF transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 TS AB+1 BC-1 energy.png|thumb|220x220px|Figure 22: MEP of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:01569348 TS AB-1 BC+1 energy.png|thumb|220x220px|Figure 23: MEP of H + HF system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the PES plots of figure and 18 and 19 the molecule bond has been assigned BC and the bond to be made is assigned AB. Figure 18 shows the reaction is exothermic, the reactants are at a higher energy state than that of the products. Figure 19 shows the reaction is endothermic as reactants are at a lower energy state than the products. Comparing these figures, we can see that the H-F bond is much stronger than the H-H bond as the reaction which involves breaking a H-F bond is very high energy. Figure 20 and 21 shows the respective transition states, the H-H is much weaker than H-F as F is nearly 200 pm away at the transition state while the H-H bond length is near 75 pm. The transition state co-ordinates have been found to be: F-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 181.15 pm, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74.2 pm with total energy -433.97 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of a reaction can be found by the difference in energy between the transition state and the initial energy of the reactants. By doing a MEP calculation between the transition state and initial energy and plotting the energy over time is shown in Figure 22 and 23. Initial energies were found by getting last geometry after 5000 steps of 0.1 fs. Initial energy of reactants in F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -434.71 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;with activation energy of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;. &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;Initial energy of reactants in H + HF = -560.31 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;activation energy of H + HF = 125.6 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01569348 F H2 contour.png|thumb|250x250px|Figure 24: Contour plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 24 shows a reactive F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; trajectory with minimal momenta (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) to push the reaction to completion. Once the reaction reaches the transition state and passes it, the products are vibrating wildly, gaining large amount of vibrational energy from H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; translation energy. To find the energy of the reaction that produce heat a bomb calorimeter can be used to find the temperature difference of a solution with a known heat capacity and calculate the energy given off as heat. However translational and vibrational energy can&#039;t be distinguished by using a calorimeter, as translational energy is heat and excited vibration states that relax would emit IR photons. So producing IR spectra of the reactants and products allows us to determine the contribution of vibrational energy to the total energy. As H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a symmetrical and non polar molecule, it isn&#039;t IR and there is no change in dipole, HF is asymmetrical and polar thus IR active.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As energy is conserved, taking an IR spectrum before and after the reaction, the IR spectrum before the reaction should show only a very low intensity peak at ~3980 cm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;L. Andrews, X. Wang, &#039;&#039;J. Phys. Chem. A.&#039;&#039;, 2004, &#039;&#039;&#039;108, &#039;&#039;&#039;3879-3883&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; while the IR spectrum after the reaction should show a strongly intense peak at ~3300 cm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;D. K. Buslov, N. I. Sushko, G. V. Yukhnevich, &#039;&#039;J. Opt. Tech.,&#039;&#039; 2003, &#039;&#039;&#039;70&#039;&#039;&#039;, 28-30&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. As the system before had very little vibrational energy and after the reaction occured, excited states of HF can then emit photons associated with the energy difference of the first excited state and the vibration ground state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s emperical rules&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. C. Polanyi, &#039;&#039;Acc. Chem. Res.,&#039;&#039; 1972, &#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;, 161-168&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; states that the vibrational energy promotes the formation of products where the it has a late transition state that already resembles the products more than the translational energy of the system. The opposite is true when the reaction has an early transition state that resembles the reactants. Polanyi states there are two types of energy barriers, type 1 is a barrier that occurs later in the reaction and type 2 is a barrier that occurs earlier in the reaction. Thus he said type 1 is easily traversed by reagent vibration while type 2 is traversed by reagent translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A study by Z. Zhang &#039;&#039;et al&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Z. Zhang, Y. Zhou, D. H. Zhang, G. Czako, J. M. Bowman, &#039;&#039;J. Phys. Chem. Lett.,&#039;&#039; 2012, &#039;&#039;&#039;3,&#039;&#039;&#039; 3416-3419&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;. &#039;&#039;has shown that while the rules hold true for many atom and diatomic systems, for a reaction that should follow the rules found that the vibration of a C-H bond would have no effect in promoting the formation of products. This reaction of Cl + CHD&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to form HCl + CD&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was picked due to simulations showing a late transition state, a type 1 energy barrier. The simulations showed that the rules has worked except at low energy collisions.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:mtc3018&amp;diff=809032</id>
		<title>MRD:mtc3018</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:mtc3018&amp;diff=809032"/>
		<updated>2020-05-21T20:01:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is located at a saddle point on a PES, which can be mathematically expressed as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{\partial V}{\partial r_1} = 0 \ and \  \frac{\partial V}{\partial r_2} = 0  \ and \  \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial^2 r_1} \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial^2 r_2} - (\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial r_1\partial r_2})^2 &amp;lt; 0&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that a transition state is the maximum point along the minimum energy path in a PES. The first two equations listed above mean that the force registered at the transition state is 0, while the last equation distinguishes the point from a local minimum. The equation represents the determinant of the Hessian matrix and is a requirement for a saddle point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position was found by looking for the value of r (which is the separation between the three atoms: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) for which the force is 0 and for which the one of the vectors in the Hessian matrix points up and one points down. Because the system is symmetric, consisting of 3 identical atoms, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;at the transition state. Additionally, at the transition state, no oscillations are registered, as the system reaches an equilibrium, losing its vibrational energy. This is illustrated in the &amp;quot;Internuclear Distance vs Time&amp;quot; plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;was found to be 90.774 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ts_osc.png|center|thumb|“Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for TS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ts_Surface_Plot.png|center|thumb|Surface Plot showing position of TS]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 19:36, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path was found by changing the initial conditions such that &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. This allowed finding the steepest descent path from the transition state to the products (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;), as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r(H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)) was slightly increased compared to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When running the calculation using the dynamics calculation type, a more detailed description of the motion along the minimum energy path is obtained. This is because MEP does not take vibrational energies into account, which is the reason why the path is not oscillating, while the one corresponding to the dynamics type is. Additionally, MEP does not allow the atoms to accumulate kinetic energy with each step, resetting the velocity of atoms to 0 after calculating their direction. Overall, it can be concluded that in the dynamics calculation the total energy of the system is conserved, while in the MEP algorithm, because the kinetic energy is constantly reduced to zero, while the potential goes down, the total energy of the system drops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_mep_m.png |center| thumb | Reaction path calculated using MEP]] [[File:Surface_Plot_Dyn_m.png | center|thumb | Reaction path calculated using Dynamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
Initial positions: &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 74 pm and &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 200 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.280||Reactive||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;approaches the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule and collides with it, forming the H2-H3 molecule which moves in the direction of the original molecule, while H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; returns in the opposite direction. The collision leaves the new molecule in a higher vibrational excited state, as the oscillations increase. ||[[File:m_reaction1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||-420.1||Not reactive||The atom and molecule move towards each other, however after the collision they bounce off and change their momenta going opposite way. The velocity corresponding to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increases with time, but the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; velocity remains constant, the molecule oscillating slightly. ||[[File:m_reaction2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||-414.0||Reactive|| The dynamics is very similar to the original case, however the momentum of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is higher now and the molecule oscillates more. After the collision, the newly created molecule has an even higher vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:m_reaction3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.3||Not reactive|| H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;approaches the molecule with high velocity and collides with it, which keeps the middle atom at roughly the same position while H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bounces off it a few times, causing large oscillations. The last collision leaves the middle atom with a high enough momentum to increase the interatomic distance such that it reaches H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;and binds to it. This is again causing large oscillations and both the original molecule and the atom travel in opposite directions. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:m_reaction4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.5|| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|| This situation is similar to the previous one, however, now, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; has enough energy to recross the energy barrier and hold on to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;goes back in the direction where it cam from, while the new molecule has very high vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:m_reaction5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contrary to the hypothesis that for a reaction to occur it is only required that kinetic energy overcomes the activation barrier, more aspects come into play when deciding whether a reaction is successful or not. The trajectory of the reaction thus needs to be studied, as the way the atoms oscillate is crucial in forming a bond by passing the transition state and remaining on that side of it. As it can be seen in example 4, although the transition state energy was passed, the extra energy is used to recross the barrier and the trajectory goes back on the initial path. Therefore, the information in the table demonstrates that the above assumption is incorrect.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|You haven&#039;t discussed transition state theory or commented on how rates predicted by it would differ from those in your examples. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 19:36, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ HF + H is exothermic, because the HF bond corresponds to a lower potential than an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond. This can be seen in a potential energy surface plot where the potential is lower for a small AB (HF) distance than for a small BC (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) distance. Conversely, HF + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:hf_434_smallBC.png | thumb |center| Potential energy surface where AB is FH distance and BC is HH distance]]This can be rationalised by inspecting bond enthalpies. The H-F bond is stronger (565 kJ/mol) than the H-H bond (432 kJ/mol), which means that when going from H-H to H-F energy will be released, while energy is needed to go from H-F to H-H.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 19:36, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the previous example involving 3 hydrogens, the transition state was found by setting both momenta to 0 and finding the values of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; for which the forces that act along AB and BC are 0. The vectors in the Hessian also need to point to both upwards and downwards. This happened when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=181.1 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74.49 pm. This transition state is obviously no longer symmetric because different atoms are involved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The values for the interatomic distances make sense when thinking about Hammond&#039;s postulate, which says that the transition state resembles the structure which is closer in energy. Due to the fact that HF + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is endothermic, the structure corresponding to an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond (short BC distance) is higher in energy and therefore closer to the transition state energy. This is why, when searching for the transition state, the distances associated with the higher energy geometry need to be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:m_ts_hf.png|thumb|center|Transition state location for FHH system]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:m_hf_ts_osc.png|thumb|center|No oscillations at transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy results from the difference in energy between the transition state and that of the reactants. MEP calculations allow us to find this difference, as the kinetic energy is set to 0 and the potential energy can be determined. An energy vs. time plot was used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For finding the activation energy of the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ HF + H, the momenta were set to 0 and the interatomic distances were set to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1=182.1 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74.49 pm. The difference between the initial and final energy is ~0.6 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:m_en_drop1.png|thumb|center|Energy vs Time plot for reactants F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]For finding the activation energy of the reaction HF + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F, the momenta were set to 0 and the interatomic distances were set to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=181.1 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1=75.49 pm. The difference between the initial and final energy is ~1.5 kJ/mol {{fontcolor1|blue|This value is much too low and should be around 120-130, it looks like you might have got the energy for the first reaction twice, you should double check the contour plots to see that the trajectories in the calculations you use to find the activation energy correspond to the correct reaction. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 19:36, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:m_Figure_1.png|thumb|center|Energy vs Time plot for reactants HF + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ====&lt;br /&gt;
A reactive trajectory was chosen for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ HF + H such that: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=175 pm, p=-1.5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1=75.49 pm, p=2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The trajectory on the PES plot shows large oscillations following the collision of the F atom with the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule, which was also described in the animation: the original molecule vibrates considerably, however the collision with the slow F atom leaves the system in a very high vibrational state. This means that a large amount of the energy of the system is converted from potential to kinetic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experimentally, the energy release can be detected via calorimetry, as well as spectroscopy. The IR spectrum would show overtones and the new molecule would be vibrationally excited. Over time, the IR spectrum would show an increase in intensity for the peak going from the 0th vibrational state to the 1st and a decrease in the intensity of the other peaks {{fontcolor1|Higher vibrational energy levels may also increase and decrease. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 19:36, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:m_plot1.png|thumb|center|PES for reactive trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:m_plot2.png|thumb|center|Momenta vs. Time showing large oscillation in momentum of AB after reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules stress on the importance of translational energy, rather than vibrational in getting a successful exothermic reaction. At the same time, for an endothermic reaction to occur, it is more important that the system has vibrational energy, rather than translational. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ HF + H is exothermic and therefore translational energy is more effective for overcoming the barrier {{fontcolor1|blue|Which is at an early transition state. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 19:36, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}. However, the reaction has a low activation energy so a too high energy of the system might result in an unsuccessful reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction HF + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is endothermic and happens more readily when a high vibrational energy is provided, having a late transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|You should reference Polanyi&#039;s rules. Good report overall but with some corrections[[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 19:38, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|No references. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 21:01, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:yingtingjiaYJ6018&amp;diff=809002</id>
		<title>MRD:yingtingjiaYJ6018</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:yingtingjiaYJ6018&amp;diff=809002"/>
		<updated>2020-05-21T19:50:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
===Define transition state in potential energy surface===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state is defined as the first order saddle point in the potential energy surface diagram where the curvature is zero. Also, it should be a maximum in energy in one direction (nuclear configuration) and minimum in its orthogonal directions. It is located in the minimum energy path linking the two minimum which are the reactants and products.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conditions transition state should satisfy ===&lt;br /&gt;
∂E/∂(rab-rbc)=0  and ∂E&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(rab-rbc)&amp;lt;0 ( trajectory of figure 1)             &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂E/∂(rab+rbc)=0 and ∂E&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(rab+rbc)&amp;gt;0 (trajectory of figure 2)&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018.trajectory2.png|thumb|right|figure.2]]        &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018.trajectory1.png|thumb|centre|figure.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Distinguish transition state from local minimum ===&lt;br /&gt;
Local minimum on the lowest energy surface can be defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂E/∂(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)=0 and ∂E&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&amp;gt;0 (trajectory of figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂E/∂(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)=0 and ∂E&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&amp;gt;0 (trajectory of figure 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this symmetric reaction, the transition state occurs when rab=rbc, which can be used to distinguish transition point from other turning points in trajectory shown in figure 2 as points that do not satisfy this condition are local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:56, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
== Locating transition state position ==&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state in this case is at the point where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, from which its coordinate can be located using the intercept of line r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in Intermolecular distance vs Time plot.(figure 3)  [[File:YJ6018internucleardistancerts1.png|thumb|right|figure.3]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=90.775 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To prove this result, contour graph and Intermolecular distance vs Time graph was plotted using the following conditions:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&#039;&#039;&#039;Distance and momentum for testing&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=100pm&lt;br /&gt;
|p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=100pm&lt;br /&gt;
|p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour graph (figure 5)shows that the atoms oscillate back and forwards there is a straight black line. Also, the Internuclear distance vs Time (figure 6)graphs shows two oscillating waves. At transition state, the gradient of potential energy surface is zero, which means that the there is no force acting on the atoms and the atoms should not be oscillating. This suggests that the real r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be much smaller than the distance used for testing and the Internuclear distance vs Time should show horizontal lines. Through reducing the length of AB and BC, the force acting on AB and BC reduces, the estimation of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is then determined to be 90.775 pm at the point where force acting on AB and BC is zero.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018contourrts.png|thumb|figure.5]]        [[File:YJ6018internulearrts.png|thumb|centre|figure.6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Calculation of reaction path ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculation of reaction path using MEP ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&#039;&#039;&#039;Conditions set for MEP&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |Distance and momentum of reaction&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=90.775 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=rts+1=91.775 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculation of reaction path using Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&#039;&#039;&#039;Conditions set for Dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |Distance and momentum of reaction&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=rts=90.775 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=rts+1=91.775 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison of MEP and Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectory in contour plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory shown by the Dynamics calculation(figure7) shows a fluctuating upward curve towards the right from the transition state whereas that in MEP(figure8) has the same trend but is smooth, so both of them are moving downhill along the reaction.  The trajectory calculated by dynamics illustrates that the new H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule formed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is stretching and contracting as they move away from H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, this oscillation leads to the fluctuation in the potential energy surface. MEP does not include this feature, as it does not allow the kinetic energy to be built up from the previous time step, it just allows the atoms to move along the direction which is obtained from the acceleration generated by force calculated.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018contourdynamics.png|thumb|left|figure.7]]        [[File:YJ6018contourMEP.png|thumb|centre|figure.8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear distance vs Time plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
MEP(figure 9) shows a graph with line BC and AC have positive gradient overall and their gradient decreases gradually towards zero as the reaction progresses. In contrast, line BC and AC generated by Dynamics(figure 10) are flat initially, their gradient starts to increase at around 12 fs and remains constant for the rest of the time. In addition, line AB in Dynamic graph fluctuates after 20 fs whereas that in MEP is flat. The differences are mainly due to the fact that MEP does not account for the realistic motion of atoms during reaction whereas the motion of atoms are included in the Dynamics. The vibration of new H2 molecule formed by HA and HB is shown clearly by Dynamic form the continuous fluctuation of line AB which is ignored by MEP.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018internuclearMEP.png|thumb|figure.9]]        &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018internulceardynamics.png|thumb|centre|figure.10]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Momenta vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
In Dynamics (figure.11), the momentum of BC increases as HB and HC move away from each other while that of AB increases after a drop at around 12fs. At around 20fs, AB starts to fluctuate which is because of the oscillation of new H2 molecule formed by HA and HB. However, in the MEP (figure.12), the momenta is just zero. This also proves that MEP does not take the motion of atoms into account. MEP has infinite friction, which prevents the subsequent kinetic energy being built up overtime.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018Momentadynamics.png|thumb|figure.11]]        &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018momentaMEP.png|thumb|centre|figure.12]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Energy vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
The kinetic energy shown in the MEP (figure.13) keeps at zero, so the total energy in this plot (figure7) is equal to the potential energy. However, the Dynamics plot(figure.14) shows that the kinetic energy increases which is due to the gain of the vibrational energy in AB. The total energy in this plot is constant and is slightly higher than that shown in MEP plot. This indicates that the Dynamics calculates the trajectory base on the conservation of energy, whereas MEP only considers the minimum energy pathway, it includes dispersive force, which transfers the kinetic energy into other forms of energy to overcome friction.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:EnergyMEP.png|thumb|figure.13]]        &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018energydynamics.png|thumb|centre|figure.14]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:56, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Etot&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.280&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaches H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule and interact with it,  new H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule formed, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates and both H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; move away from each other&lt;br /&gt;
|the trajectory shows a curve starting from the initial AB and BC distance and reach the transition state where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, after that, it starts to fluctuate where the new H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018table111.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.077&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaches H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule, but bounce off and move away from it {{fontcolor1|blue|While vibrating. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:56, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
|the trajectory shows that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; decreases by moving towards the right, but the line then fluctuates backwards before reaching the transition state, indicating that the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are moving away from vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018table2.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-413.977&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaches H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule and interact with it, new H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule formed. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moves away from each other&lt;br /&gt;
|the trajectory shows that the rab decrease and reaches the transition point where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, after that, the line fluctuates and rab increases, representing new H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule formed stretches and contracts and moves away from the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018table3.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|357.277&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaches H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule and collides H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; several times, it then bounce off and moves away from the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule&lt;br /&gt;
|the trajectory shows a line that is moving towards the right where rab is getting smaller, after passing the transition state, the lines oscillates significantly for several times indicating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is colliding with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. It then fluctuates backwards, showing that H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is moving away from H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018table4.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|349.477&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaches H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule and collide with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; once, this is followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; colliding with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; once. After that, new H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule formed and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moves away.&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory shows a line approaching she shorter rab with fairly horizontal teen initially. After reaching the transition state, there is a sharp drop in r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; representing that H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collides with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,  the line then fluctuates back to position where rbc is increasing.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018table5.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good, but no conclusion of overall results of table, this would just be a line explaining that some reactants with high energy don&#039;t react and recross even though their energy is high. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:56, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Prediction of rate of reaction using Transition State Theory ==&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state is based on assumptions&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-US&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Truhlar, D. G., Garrett, B. C. &amp;amp; Klippenstein, S. J. Current status of transition-state theory. &#039;&#039;J. Phys. Chem.&#039;&#039;(1996). doi:10.1021/jp953748q&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* energy of atoms in the reactant state obeys Boltzmann distribution, which should be satisfied for the system with enough time to reach thermal equilibrium. &lt;br /&gt;
* Once the system reach the transition state with a velocity towards the product side, it will not go back to retain the initial state again. &lt;br /&gt;
* quantum tunneling effect is negligible. &lt;br /&gt;
* Born-Oppenheimer approximation is obeyed where the nuclear motion is stationary with respect to electronic motion as their mass are massive.&lt;br /&gt;
* If there is not an equilibrium between reactants and products, the molecules are still distributed in Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
The rate of reaction predicted by the Transition State Theory should be higher than the experimental values. As shown in the trajectory of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-10.1 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5.1, the atoms have passed through the transition state, but the still recross the transition state and go back to reactant, this phenomenon does not obey the assumption 2 in Transition State Theory. Therefore, fewer molecules in reactant form products in reality than predicted by Transition State Theory. The rate of reaction is overestimated. In order to improve the rate of reaction generated using Transition State Theory, a recrossing probability should be added to the equation so that this factor can be taken into account, leading to better approximation.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-US&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Truhlar, D. G., Garrett, B. C. &amp;amp; Klippenstein, S. J. Current status of transition-state theory. &#039;&#039;J. Phys. Chem.&#039;&#039;(1996). doi:10.1021/jp953748q&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:56, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; energetics ===&lt;br /&gt;
reaction chemical equation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Potential Energy Surface ====&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the surface plot(figure.15), the reactants F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; on the left is lower in energy than the products HF and H on the right, therefore, it can be concluded from the graph that this reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018reaction1.png|thumb|right|figure.15]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Bond strength ====&lt;br /&gt;
This reaction involves the breaking of H-H bond and the formation of H-F bond. To determine whether this reaction is exothermic or endothermic, the bond energy&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-US&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Darwent, B. D. Bond Dissociation Energies in Simple Molecules.&#039;&#039;National Standard Reference Data System, National Bureau of Standards&#039;&#039;(1970).&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; of the two is compared. Since H-F is a stronger bond compared to H-H, energy released from forming H-F bond will be greater then energy absorbed to breaking the H-H bond, therefore, the products are lower in energy than reactant, this reaction is exothermic.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-US&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Darwent, B. D. Bond Dissociation Energies in Simple Molecules.&#039;&#039;National Standard Reference Data System, National Bureau of Standards&#039;&#039;(1970).&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!bond energy&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|H-F&lt;br /&gt;
|565 kJmol-1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|H-H&lt;br /&gt;
|432 kJmol-1&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HF+H energetics ===&lt;br /&gt;
reaction chemical equation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + H-F = H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Potential Energy Surface ====&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the surface pot(figure 16), the reactants H and H-F are lower in energy than the products F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. This reaction needs to absorb energy to be completed. Therefore, it is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018reaction2.png|thumb|right|figure.16]]&lt;br /&gt;
==== Bond Strength ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction involves the breaking of H-F bond and formation of H-H bond. Since H-F bond is stonger than H-H bond, more reaction needs to be absorbed to break H-F bond than released from forming H-H bond, this reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!bond energy&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|H-F&lt;br /&gt;
|565 kJmol-1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|H-H&lt;br /&gt;
|432 kJmol-1&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Hammond Postulate&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-US&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Yarnell, A. Hammond postulate. &#039;&#039;Chemical and Engineering News&#039;&#039;(2003). doi:10.1002/9783527809080.cataz07721&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; states that the structure of the transition state will resemble the structure of chemical that is closer in energy to it, Therefore, for exothermic reaction, the transition state tends to have similar structure as the reactant whereas for endothermic reaction, the transition state tends to have the structure of the products. When considering the exothermic reaction of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, its transition state will resemble the structure of the reactants which is F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. For the endothermic reaction of H+H-F, the transition state has similar structure as the product H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F. When estimating the transition state, the initial conditions can be set based on the bond length of H-H&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-US&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Körzdörfer, T., Parrish, R. M., Sears, J. S., Sherrill, C. D. &amp;amp; Brédas, J. L. On the relationship between bond-length alternation and many-electron self-interaction error. &#039;&#039;J. Chem. Phys.&#039;&#039;(2012). doi:10.1063/1.4752431&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Also, the surface plot can give a rough estimate of the position of transition state, which can be used to estimate the distance between H and F. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!bond length&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|H-H&lt;br /&gt;
|74 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Through adjusting r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; until the Internuclear distance vs Time graph (figure.19&amp;amp;figure.20)shows three horizontal line, the location of transition state can be estimated.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!reactions&lt;br /&gt;
!transition state&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=181.301{{fontcolor1|blue| Units. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:56, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74.482&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=distance between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|H + HF= H2 + F&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74.482&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=181.301&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018transitionstateendo.png|thumb|figure.19 transition state for reaction of F+H2=HF +H]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018transitionstateexo.png|thumb|centre|figure.20 transition state for reaction of H+HF=H2+F]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Activation energy ===&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = HF +H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Initial conditions&lt;br /&gt;
!distance &lt;br /&gt;
!momentum&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=190 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=73 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(A=F,B=H,C=H)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy is considered as the difference between the energy of the transition state and the starting material. To determine the minimum energy of the reactants, the initial conditions are set such that the path starts from the transition state to the reactants, a graph of Energy vs Time (figure.21) is plotted using MEP, from which the minimum energy of the reactant is determined to be -434.268 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;by exporting the data and identify the minimum energy to give a more precise result. Since fluorine is very reactive, so the activation energy is expected to be quite low, it is expected that the reactants is fairly close the transition state. The energy of the transition state is determined from the table in the program to be -433.981 kJmol-1, giving the activation energy of 0.287 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018r1aa.png|thumb|figure.21]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF = H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Initial conditions&lt;br /&gt;
!distance&lt;br /&gt;
!momentum&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=70&lt;br /&gt;
|p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=160&lt;br /&gt;
|p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
(A=H,B=H,C=F)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same method (figure.22) is used for this reaction, the minimum energy of the reactants is found to be 560.677 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, the difference between the transition state energy and the reactant energy is calculated to be 126.696 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018r2aa.png|thumb|figure.22]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:56, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Energy mechanism ===&lt;br /&gt;
Through monitoring the Energy vs Time plot(figure.17), it is discovered that the kinetic energy shows a pattern which is a reflection of the potential energy pattern when the total energy is conserved. This indicates that as the kinetic energy increases, the potential energy decreases by the same amount. The gain in the kinetic energy is mainly from the heat energy released during the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Momenta vs Time plot(figure.18) shows the energy transfer between translational and vibrational energy. Since momenta correspond to bond stretching displacement, when H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule oscillates, its momentum oscillates as well due to the fluctuation in the bond length. The magnitude of the fluctuation shows a slight decrease as the molecule moves towards F, some of the vibrational energy is converted to translational energy. AB shows a reverse pattern, its momentum increases in magnitude when the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F decreases, once new H-F bond is formed, the new molecule oscillates, translational energy is converted to vibrational energy, vibrational energy increases. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy released is converted into vibrational and translational energy. Translational energy is proportional to temperature {{fontcolor1|blue|So is vibrational once the released photons interact with the calorimeter. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:56, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}, so it can be measured by calorimeter. Translational energy can heat up the calorimeter and the magnitude of translational energy can be calculated. Vibrational energy can be measured by emission Infra-red spectrum. When HF molecules are just generated, some of them would vibrate at vibrational excited state (V1) and some lies at the ground state. After the reaction, excitation from ground state to first excited state and from first excited state to second excited state (overtone) can both happen. These molecules eventually will go back to ground states, during this process, the intensity of overtone will decrease overtime , but an increase in strength of signal generated by excitation from ground state to first excited state would be observed due to energy released from going higher excitation state to ground state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018energynew.png|thumb|figure.17]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018momentanr.png|thumb|centre|figure.18]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Polanyi&#039;s rules ==&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules states that the translational energy is most effective for passing early transition state whereas vibrational energy is most useful in crossing late transition state.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-US&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Jiang, B. &amp;amp; Guo, H. Relative efficacy of vibrational vs. translational excitation in promoting atom-diatom reactivity: Rigorous examination of Polanyi’s rules and proposition of sudden vector projection (SVP) model. &#039;&#039;J. Chem. Phys.&#039;&#039;(2013). doi:10.1063/1.4810007&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!High translational energy and low vibrational energy&lt;br /&gt;
!High vibrational energy and low translational energy&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=HF+H&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:reactive11.png|thumb|250px|rab=190,rbc=74,pab=-1.6,pbc=-0.5]]     &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:noreactive11.png|thumb|250px|rab=190,rbc=90,pab=-0.3,pbc=-0.3]]     &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|H+HF=H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:YJ6018noreaction22.png|thumb|250px|rab=180,rbc=74,pab=-1.2,pbc=-1.7]]     &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:YJ6018reactive2.png|thumb|250px|rab=190,rbc=74,pab=-0.9,pbc=-0.3]]    &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Nice contour plots.[[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:56, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the contour plot of reaction of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, when the the conditions are set such that the vibrational energy is high and translational energy is low, the line moves towards the transition state, but eventually moves backwards, indicating that this energy combination is not suitable for crossing the transition state and the reaction can not happen. The surface plot of this reaction indicated that it is exothermic, transition state resembles the structure of reactants. Therefore, for this early transition state reaction, energy distribution should be high in translational energy and low in vibrational energy to pass the transition state successfully. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reverse reaction has a transition state that resembles the products&#039; structure. When the conditions are set to make the system have high translational energy and low vibrational energy, the contour plot shows the trajectory approaches the transition state but moves back towards the reactant side, indicating that under this energy distribution, the late transition state reaction would not happen.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good report, only a few small notes to make. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:56, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
== Reference ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;__FORCETOC__&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01546737&amp;diff=808996</id>
		<title>MRD:01546737</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01546737&amp;diff=808996"/>
		<updated>2020-05-21T19:45:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Defining the Transition State ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is mathematically defined on a potential energy surface as the point where the gradient of the potential is equivalent to zero, i.e. ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0. It is a saddle point, and lies on the minimum energy path between reactants and products. It can be easily identified if trajectories are started near the transition state. If the transition state is present, then the trajectory will &#039;roll&#039; in the direction of either the reactants or the products, whereas if a local energy minima is present, then the trajectory may become stuck in a potential well and will not &#039;roll&#039; towards the reactants or products. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Rts_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|250px|thumb|right|A graph of internuclear distance against time for the transition state position of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state and local potential minima can be further distinguished by looking at the Hessian matrix for the point. For an energy minima, then it would be expected that overall the dot product of the eigenvalues and orthogonal eigenvectors would lead to both vectors being positive, i.e. going up the &#039;slope&#039; of the potential surface, whereas at the transition state, on the saddle point, one of the vectors would be positive, going &#039;up the slope&#039;, and the other would be negative, going &#039;down the slope&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Transition State Using r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
Using r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, the transition state position, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was found to be located at 90.77pm. This is clearly shown in the internuclear distances vs time graph for this position, as the gradients for A-B, B-C and A-C are all equivalent to 0, showing that at this location the atoms exhibit no oscillation along the ridge or r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. This will occur when there is no force acting upon the atoms. One definition of force is the variation of momentum, or mathematically ∂P&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/∂t . This partial derivative is equal to -∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,...)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and as we have previously discussed at the transition state this is equal to zero. As such at the transition state, no force will be acting on the atoms, meaning that they will not oscillate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
Through a comparison of the trajectory from contour plots created from the MEP and Dynamics calculations, it is clear that the trajectory follows the minimum energy path in the MEP calculation, whilst oscillation occurs in the Dynamics trajectory. This is because in the MEP calculation, there is an infinite &#039;friction&#039; acting on the trajectory, meaning that as it &#039;rolls&#039;, it is not able to pick up any momentum, and therefore no net force acts on the system. In contrast, the Dynamics calculation is an accurate representation of the system, and therefore means that momentum is allowed to build up as it &#039;rolls&#039; towards the products, applying a force on the atoms in the system, in turn causing them to oscillate.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP slight displacement 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|The MEP trajectory calculated from a slight displacement from the transition state position of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]] [[File:Dynamics slight displacement 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|The Dynamics trajectory calculated from a slight displacement from the transition state position of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following plots are for the compare the &#039;Internuclear Distances vs Time&#039; plots and &#039;Momenta vs Time&#039; plots for the system previously described and the system r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, using the Dynamics calculation for both. It is clear that both graphs look identical, however in the second system the lines representing A-B and B-C have been swapped. This is because the change in displacement in the second system means a change in trajectory as the system &#039;rolls&#039; towards a different set of products, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1st system IN-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|Internuclear Distances vs Time for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; trajectory of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1st system momenta-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|Momenta vs Time for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; trajectory of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2nd system IN-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|Internuclear Distances vs Time for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ trajectory of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2nd system momenta-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|Momenta vs Time for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ trajectory of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graphs correspond to a system where the initial positions are the final positions of the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, and the initial momenta is the negative of the final momenta from the previous system. It is observed that the trajectory of the system is reversed, and the system returns to the initial conditions of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:reverse momenta-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|Momenta vs Time for the trajectory to return r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ to it&#039;s initial positions and momenta for the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:reverse IN-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|Internuclear Distances vs Time for the trajectory to return r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ to it&#039;s initial positions and momenta for the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
====Table of Varying Trajectories====&lt;br /&gt;
 {| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ A summary of trajectories run at varying values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, with the same initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 200 pm&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/KJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of Dynamics !! Illustration of the Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1 || -414.280 || yes || The system has sufficient energy to overcome the saddle point, after which the atoms continue along the trajectory with some oscillation. || [[File: table 1 01546737.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -4.1 || -420.077 || no || This system has a lower total energy than the previous one, and therefore does not have sufficient energy to overcome the saddle point, meaning that it is unreactive, and the trajectory travels back towards the reactants. || [[File: table 2 01546737.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -5.1 || -413.977 || yes || Similarly to the first trajectory, the system is able to overcome the saddle point, however the fact that there is more energy in the system means that when &#039;rolling&#039; towards the products, there is greater oscillation. || [[File: table 3 01546737.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.1 || -357.277 || yes || This trajectory is an example of barrier recrossing. Due to the sufficient energy in the system, after the products are formed, the trajectory &#039;rolls&#039; back over the saddle point towards the reactants {{fontcolor1|green| Barrier recrossing doesn&#039;t count as a reactive trajectory. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:55, 21 May 2020 (BST)}} || [[File: table 4 01546737.png|200px|none]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.6 || -349.477 || yes || This trajectory has the greatest total energy. After some oscillation of the atoms about the saddle point, the trajectory crosses over and &#039;rolls&#039; towards the products with the greatest oscillation of any of the trajectories due to the greatest total energy. || [[File: table 5 01546737.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Should have a brief explanation of what the table shows, e.g that you need not only enough energy for the reaction to go, but also the correct balance of translational/vibrational energies. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Transition State Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory will overestimate the rate of reaction in comparison to experimental values. One of the conditions for Transition State Theory is that once the system has crossed over the potential energy barrier and is &#039;rolling&#039; towards the products, it is not able to cross the saddle point again and therefore the system cannot revert back to the products. In reality however, barrier recrossing can occur, as shown in the fourth trajectory of the previous table, meaning that experimentally not all trajectories that cross over the transition state saddle point will lead to the formation of the products, slowing down the overall rate of reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
===PES Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions ====&lt;br /&gt;
The F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is exothermic as, according to Hammond&#039;s postulate, for an exothermic reaction, the transition state will lie close to the reactants and will therefore resemble said reactants. In contrast, the H + HF reaction is endothermic as the transition state lies close to the products, and will in turn resemble the products. These reaction energetics directly relate to the H-F and H-H bond strengths. The F-H bond is stronger than the H-H bond, and as such the formation of the H-F bond is overall exothermic as there is a net energy release caused by the formation of a strong bond. The H-H bond formation from H-F + H is endothermic as there is a net energy loss, because the strong H-F bond must be broken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Approximate Position of the Transition State====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the  H-H-F system lies approximately at H-F = 181.28 pm and H-H = 74.15 pm. A change of δ= ±1 pm on either of the bond distances changes the trajectory in the direction of either the reactants or the product. In addition, the internuclear distances - time graph shows that the bond lengths exhibit only slight oscillation when the trajectory starts at this point, and are practically constant. This in turns means that very little force is acting on the atoms at these positions, suggesting that they are very close to the transition state position. Furthermore, the orthogonal vectors formed from the Hessian matrix of this point show one &#039;going up&#039; the wall of the potential energy slope, whilst the other is &#039;pointing down&#039; the slope towards the products, suggesting that it lies very close to the saddle point.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H-H-F IN-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|Internuclear Distances vs Time for the H-H-F system starting at the approximate transition state position.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H-H-F contour 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|The contour plot for the trajectory of the H-H-F system starting at the approximate transition state position, with the vectors calculated from the Hessian matrix.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H-H-F F-H change 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|The contour plot for the trajectory of the H-H-F system starting at the approximate transition state position for H-H, and F-H + δ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H-H-F H-H change 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|The contour plot for the trajectory of the H-H-F system starting at the approximate transition state position for F-H, and H-H - δ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good, a contour/surface plot can be used to demonstrate this. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activation Energy for H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F and HF + H reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the formation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was calculated to be 126.624 KJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, whilst the activation energy for the formation of H-F was found to be 0.938 KJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. These were found by performing an MEP reaction that started from a slight deviation from the transition state position, and the difference between the saddle point energy and energies of reactants for the system were taken using energy vs time plots.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy-time HF formation 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|The energy time plot used to determine the activation energy of H-H formation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy-time HH formation 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|The energy time plot used to determine the activation energy of H-F formation. Whilst the energy of the plot looks to be constant, there is a slight negative gradient.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Correct. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Release of Reaction Energy====&lt;br /&gt;
Upon inspection of a momenta-time graph for a successful reaction for the formation of H-F from H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, upon the formation of the product, there is greater vibrational energy in the H-F bond, in comparison to the H-H bond of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reactant. This is because there is a large release of potential energy from the reactants, which is in turn converted to kinetic energy, primarily in the form of vibrational energy in the products. This vibrational energy in turn increases the overall heat energy present in the system. There is therefore an increase in temperature of the system. This change in temperature can be measured experimentally using a calorimeter. The heat released from the exothermic reaction is transferred to the solution in the calorimeter, with the change in temperature of solution being calculated by the equipment.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:momenta time energy release 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|A plot of momenta against time for a trajectory that leads to the successful formation of the H-F product, illustrating the increase of kinetic vibrational energy released into the system upon a successful exothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Distribution of Energy in the System====&lt;br /&gt;
For a system starting with the reactants F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, with the initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, a range of values for p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; were investigated, between -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. It was observed that the negative p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had overall less vibrational kinetic energy to begin with than a positive value of the same magnitude. It was also observed that because the system had a lot greater energy in the form of initial vibrational energy, system recrossing could sometimes occur. When system recrossing occured, the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule was observed to travel away from F with less vibrational and translational kinetic energy than when approaching F. However when the reaction was successful, HF had much greater vibrational energy than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reactant, and both products had more translational energy. This shows that if system recrossing occurs, then there is a net gain in potential energy, due to some kinetic energy being used to overcome the small initial activation energy in the first crossing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the overall energy of the system is significantly reduced by changing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;,  the system still has enough energy to overcome the initial activation energy barrier, however there is not sufficient energy for system recrossing to happen, meaning that overall there is a formation of F-H, and again a release of kinetic energy to the system, primarily in the form of translational and vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though the inversion of momentum procedure was used, a reactive trajectory that successfully achieved the formation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from HF + H was not found. However in the process of trying to find such a reactive trajectory, it was observed that a higher vibrational energy of the reactants is much more important to the success and efficiency of a reaction than high translational energy. This is because the trajectory of the reactants is already oscillating about the potential well, so therefore less external energy (in the form of translational energy) is required to overcome the saddle point than if the molecules were residing at the bottom of the potential well. If the position of the transition state were more central between the products and the reactants, then overall for an endothermic reaction, as in this example, it would resemble the products less and would in turn require less potential energy to be overcome. This would mean that the reaction rate would be less dependent on the vibrational energy possessed by the reactants, and translational energy of reactants would have more of an effect in determining whether a reaction is successful. {{fontcolor1|green|I am not sure what you are trying to say here, the potential energy that must be overcome can be overcome both by vibrational and translational energy. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|This explanation is a little confusing, however you do predict the correct relationship between transition state position and need for translational or vibrational energy. It would be beneficial to reference Polanyi&#039;s rules in your explanation &amp;quot;For an exothermic reaction - early transition state - energy must be mostly provided in the form of translational energy, whereas for an endothermic reaction - late transition state, energy must be mostly provided in the form of vibrational energy&amp;quot;. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Overall a good report, you show understanding throughout. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| You should include some references for where you got information from, for example in the first question where you discuss eigenvalues. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 20:45, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:celiab&amp;diff=808978</id>
		<title>MRD:celiab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:celiab&amp;diff=808978"/>
		<updated>2020-05-21T19:41:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Transition State ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* On PES diagrams, transition states are mathematically defined as points with 0 gradient with respect to position: stationary points. &lt;br /&gt;
* The transition state corresponds to the saddle point; the highest energy point on the reaction coordinate, which is the lowest energy pathway. &lt;br /&gt;
* We can distinguish it from a local minimum because on the reaction coordinate axis, the saddle point representing the transition state, will be a local maximum, but on the orthogonal axis it will be a local minimum. The minima are minimums on either direction because they represent stable reactants and products. {{fontcolor1|blue| All correct, could also explain maxima and minima mathematically with reference to second derivatives. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 20:41, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear_distances_vs_time.png|250px|thumb|middle|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Locating the Transition State =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* The reaction is symmetric, hence, the transition state must have &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; by Hammond&#039;s Postulate&lt;br /&gt;
* By testing different initial conditions where &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;and  &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, we can find the position of the Transition State &lt;br /&gt;
** The position of the transition state was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=90.775 pm&lt;br /&gt;
** This is where the system underwent small periodic symmetric vibrations keeping the distance between the atoms almost constant &lt;br /&gt;
* In the plot to the right, we see two straight lines, representing almost a stationary behaviour; thus we know we are at the symmetric transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Calculating the Reaction Path =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* The minimum energy path is calculated from a system slightly displaced from the Transition state (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm,  &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and 0 initial momenta and follows the lowest energy path on a PES. &lt;br /&gt;
* As the reaction is symmetric it doesn&#039;t matter which atoms we label as A B C, so if we used the initial conditions &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm instead, we get the same results but switched: AB will become BC and viceversa.  &lt;br /&gt;
* The dynamic trajectory includes the momentum of the particles which causes oscillations about the trajectory path.   &lt;br /&gt;
* The &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; trajectory is roughly the same but it&#039;s smooth and doesn&#039;t oscillate, as the velocities are set to 0 in every step. This means we are artificially removing any gain in vibrational energy which results in oscillations. As the velocity is set 0 at every step, the kinetic energy is also 0.  {{fontcolor1|blue| Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 20:41, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:picture 2 mep.png|350px|thumb|left|MEP contour plot ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:picture 3 dynamic.png|350px|thumb|right|Dynamic contour plot ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Pic_4_dt.png|350px|thumb|left|MEP Internuclear Distances vs Time plot ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Pic_5_dt.png|350px|thumb|right| Dynamic Internuclear Distances vs Time plot ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Reactive and unreactive trajectories =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the initial positions &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 74 pm and &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 200 pm, the following trajectories with the following momenta combination were run: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(in the descriptions A B and C are used to describe the atoms colliding: AB is the initial H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaching H, represented by C) &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&#039;&#039;&#039;#&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|The reaction dynamics proceed in a straight forward manner: AB and C approach each other, a collision occurs with the correct momentum for the reaction to proceed and a new {{fontcolor1|blue| vibrating. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 20:41, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}bond BC is formed.  &lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Pic_a.png|260px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|no&lt;br /&gt;
|AB approaches C and collides with it, but it doesn&#039;t have enough momentum to form a new bond so they are repelled. Momentum transfer does occur and C goes back with a greater momentum.  &lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Pic_b.png|260px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Oscillating AB collides with C and forms a new bond. The new H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule, BC, has a higher vibrational frequency. A&#039;s direction is reversed.  &lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Pic_c.png|260px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-375&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|no&lt;br /&gt;
|AB approaches C and a BC bond forms, however, the system has too much momentum and C is repelled by the nucleus in B and bounces back. This leaves AB with greater vibrational energy and the distance BC increases as C is repelled.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Pic_d.png|260px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|AB collides with C and a new bond forms. However, unlike above, C still has enough energy to overcome the activation barrier. So, the BC bond forms, it breaks and reforms AB which then collides again with C to reform BC and leave as 2 entities: A + BC  &lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Pic_e.png|260px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue| You didn&#039;t conclude what you learned from the table, this would just be a quick line about how having a high reactant momentum doesn&#039;t necessarily mean that you will get a reaction due to recrossing. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 20:41, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory allows us to investigate the progress of a reaction by splitting it into 2 parts: reactants and products. &lt;br /&gt;
* For a reaction to occur the reactants must cross into the product &amp;quot;space&amp;quot; by going over the saddle point – the transition state!&lt;br /&gt;
* With the Born-Oppenheimer approximation&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.iue.tuwien.ac.at/phd/schanovsky/thesisch2.html]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, it is assumed there is a single saddle point (thus transition state) per reaction &lt;br /&gt;
* Transition State theory should only be used to estimate reaction rates at low temperature as it fails to correctly predict reaction rates for scenarios with high momentum (ie high temperature), where the transition state can be recrossed and thus predict reaction rates which are a poor match with experimental values&lt;br /&gt;
* We must also take into account that not every reaction with the correct energy will react, as for example, we must also take into account orientation, so, predicted rates with TS theory will be higher than experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Classifying F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be deduced by inspecting the PES surfaces bellow. (A=F, B=H, C=H)&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H&#039;&#039;&#039; : Exothermic&lt;br /&gt;
#* Looking at the reactants: A + BC in the PES plot (small BC distance, large AB distance), we can see they have a higher potential energy than the products: AB + C. Which is confirmed by looking at bond strengths&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://www.wiredchemist.com/chemistry/data/bond_energies_lengths.html]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;: breaking the H–H bond (432 kJ/mol) vs making the H–F bond (565 kJ/mol), so energy is released during the reaction.  &lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: Endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
#* If we know look at: AB + C as reactants (small AB distance, large BC distance) we can see they have a lower potential energy than the products: BC + A. It is again rationalised by the fact that the H-F bond being broken in the reaction is stronger than the H-H bond being formed, so it requires an amount of energy to initiate the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue| Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 20:41, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H+hf_pes1L.png|275px|thumb|centre| F-H-H PES plot: AB is FH distance and BC is HH distance ]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition state for F-H-H system ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Hammond&#039;s postulate we know that in an endothermic reaction the transition state resembles the products and in an exothermic reaction it resembles the reactants. So, we can infer that the transition state will resemble &#039;&#039;&#039;F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition State for the F-H-H reaction was found at: 181.11 pm AB and 74.487 pm BC, with 0 initial momenta for both. This was done by varying the distances until they remained constant, confirmed by the forces along AB and BC being 0, marking a stationary point as the first derivative is 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: HFTS_cp.png|275px|thumb|centre| F-H-H Contour plot when placed at Transition State ]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activation Energy for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Report the activation energy for both reactions&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP was found for both reactions for a structure neighbouring the transition state: &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+~1 pm. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is the difference between the saddle point&#039;s maximum energy and the minimum energy of the products:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Reaction&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H  &lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;TS Energy: &#039;&#039; - 433.8 kJ / mol&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;Final Energy: &#039;&#039; - 434.5 kJ / mol&lt;br /&gt;
** Activation Energy: + 0.7 kJ / mol &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Eactbiggraph.png|350px|thumb|centre|MEP Energy vs Time diagram of transition state for Reaction 1 (FH (AB) 180.11 pm and HH (BC) 75.487 pm) ]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Reaction&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;: HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;TS Energy: - 434 kJ / mol&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;Final Energy: - 560 kJ / mol&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** Activation Energy: + 126 kJ / mol&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+f_emep.png|350px|thumb|centre|MEP Energy vs Time diagram of transition state for Reaction 2 (FH (AB) 74.487 pm and HH (BC) 181.11 pm) ]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue| Correct. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 20:41, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ HF + H ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using initial conditions; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 225 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 75 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H is a successful reaction, and, as seen above, this is an exothermic reaction and thus energy is released. From the animation we can see that a vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule (BC) approaches F (A) and an HF bond forms, however it breaks and reforms BC, which then collides again with the Fluorine atom to reform a highly energetic HF and leave as the final products: HF + H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Goodreachf.png|350px|thumb|centre|Contour plot of successful reaction of formation of HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy in the reaction is converted from potential energy to kinetic energy, which is shown by the highly vibrating HF molecule, compared to the initial H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. This is confirmed with a Momentum vs Time plot (shown bellow): the AB distance, representing the HF bond, oscillates at a much larger amplitude than the initial BC oscillations which represent the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Memtumsuccreac.png|350px|thumb|centre|Momentum vs Time plot of formation of HF]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experimentally, this would result in an increase in temperature of our reaction mixture, which could be measured using calorimetry. Additionally, the HF vibrational modes would be highly excited and overtones would show in the IR spectra as multiples of the fundamental absorption frequency&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://chem.libretexts.org/Courses/Pacific_Union_College/Quantum_Chemistry/13%3A_Molecular_Spectroscopy/13.05%3A_Vibrational_Overtones&amp;amp;#x20;]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; (3962 cm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://www.wiredchemist.com/chemistry/data/bond_energies_lengths.html]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Because overtone bands are difficult to see, this could be done using use Low Temperature FTIR&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/j150647a021]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Illustrating Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules [ Reaction 2: HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F ]  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polyani&#039;s Rules&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://pubs.acs.org/doi/10.1021/jz301649w]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;state that:&lt;br /&gt;
# For an early transition state, translational energy is more efficient in promoting a reaction &lt;br /&gt;
# For a late transition state, vibrational energy is more important in promoting a reaction&lt;br /&gt;
So, for the endothermic reaction HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F, compared to the reverse exothermic reaction, we need a higher amount of vibrational energy, as well as translational to overcome the transition state and for a reaction to occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be illustrated by comparing the following initial reaction conditions (&#039;&#039;A=F, B=H, C=H, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 75 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 225 pm&#039;&#039;): &lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -5&#039;&#039;&#039;  – Unsuccessful Reaction 2 (NB. under these conditions Reaction 1 is successful, as shown above) &lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -2, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -4&#039;&#039;&#039; – Successful Reaction 2 when we redistribute momentum to increase vibrational energy&lt;br /&gt;
(units of p: g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue| You could also give evidence for the reverse case, but all correct. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 20:41, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue| This is a good report, you answer the questions correctly and concisely, well done. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 20:41, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Unsuccessreac2pol.png|350px|thumb|left|Contour plot of unsuccessful formation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F with conditions parallel to a succesfull reverse reaction]][[File:Successreac2pol.png|350px|thumb|right|Contour plot of successful formation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01345527&amp;diff=808959</id>
		<title>MRD:01345527</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01345527&amp;diff=808959"/>
		<updated>2020-05-21T19:20:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
Reactions between two or more species can be plotted on an energy-reaction coordinate graph. Figure 1 shows such an example. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;energy-rc graph&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Afdenergyrc.png |300px|&amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;Figure 1&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; An illustration of the energy-reaction coordinate graph.|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction coordinate is an indication of the progress made along the reaction, and it is system dependent. It can be the distances between two species, or an axis of time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 1 can be therefore considered as a 1-dimensional potential energy surface, where the transition state (TS) is at the maximum of such an energy-coordinate graph. Mathematically, this can be expressed as &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{dE}{d_{IRC}} = 0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and can be confirmed by taking the second derivative, which would be negative i.e. &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{d^{2}E}{{d_{IRC}}^2} &amp;lt; 0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue| In the forward direction.  [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 20:20, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, if the reaction coordinate was a function of the distance between two reactant species &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, the derivative of energy with respect to distance would give the magnitude of Force, &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;F&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;F(r) = -\frac{dE}{dr}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The properties of the transition state can be characterised using Hammond&#039;s Postulate. The transition state is similar in energy and therefore in structure to the reaction intermediate, where the structure will resemble the reactant or product depending on which is closer in energy. An endothermic reaction shows a TS closer to the product, and an exothermic reaction having a TS closer to the reactant. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Experimental ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Setup ====&lt;br /&gt;
A program was run using the following reaction conditions (Distances r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; refers to BC, where B—C is a hydrogen diatomic and A is a lone hydrogen atom) -&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / pm (AB)&lt;br /&gt;
!Distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / pm (BC)&lt;br /&gt;
!Momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; (AB) &lt;br /&gt;
!Momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  / g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(BC) &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|230&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;- 5.2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|0.0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 4 illustrates the system. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AfdHH2diagramcorrected.png|thumb|430x430px|&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 4&#039;&#039;&#039; Illustrating the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; highlighted.|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, atom B is colliding with molecule AC. A new bond A—B is formed whilst the distance B—C lengthens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectory illustrations ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Afdhh2initialcontourupdated.png|thumb|&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 5 &#039;&#039;&#039;showing the contour plot for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system and a wavy line (black)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Afdskewplothh2.png|none|thumb|&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 6&#039;&#039;&#039; A skew plot of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system plotted on a different set of coordinates, Q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and Q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. |250x250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Afdhh2surfaceplot.png|none|thumb|&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 7 &#039;&#039;&#039;A surface plot (labelled) highlighting the relevant channels and the area of maximum potential energy along the channel floor. |250x250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Afd18internucdisttime.jpg|none|thumb|&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 8 &#039;&#039;&#039;showing an internuclear distances vs time graph for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system.|250x250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Afd18internucveloctime.png|none|thumb|&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 9&#039;&#039;&#039; An internuclear-time graph for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system.|250x250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot observed is shown Figure 5. A &#039;&#039;reactive&#039;&#039; trajectory is observed in this instance, where the reaction starts from the reaction channel (top right) and finishes at the product channel (bottom right). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A skew plot is also illustrated on Figure 6, where the energy contour plot is produced on a different set of coordinates Q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and Q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, both as a function of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 7 shows a surface plot of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system. The product and reactant channels are orthogonal to each other, but are connected at the transition point at the bottom of the valley. The trail of black dots at the bottom of the potential signifies the trajectory followed by the system. The oscillatory nature of the trajectory implies the vibration of the diatomic A—B and B—C along their respective channels. Interestingly, as the trajectory always oscillates between contour lines of the same magnitude, it highlights that the law of conservation of energy is being observed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 8 can be illustrated graphically in an &amp;quot;Interatomic Distances vs Time&amp;quot; graph. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After approximately 15 fs, the value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increases from its original baseline value of 74 pm and continues to increase indefinitely. Meanwhile, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; starts at the specified 230 pm and exhibits oscillatory behaviour after 25 fs. The distances r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; intersect at t = 20 fs (i.e. r1 ≈ r2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 9 shows an internuclear velocity - time graph for the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An oscillation for the first 15 fs is observed for A—B and B—C after approximately 23 fs, which implies vibration. The negative velocities for A—C and B—C for the first 15 fs imply the approach of atom C to the diatomic molecule A—B and likewise the positive velocities for A—B and A—C imply the distancing of atom A from the new diatomic B—C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An energy-time graph was obtained (Figure 10). An increase and decrease in potential and kinetic energies respectively were observed, with oscillatory behaviour. However, the total energy remained constant with a straight line, again highlighting the law of conservation of energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 11 shows the momenta-time graph associated with the system. The momenta p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) relate to the bond displacements of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and not of the atoms involved. Momenta p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are therefore the momentum values associated with the coordinates r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; respectively. The observations in Figure 11 can be explained using a diagram of the system, as in Figure 12. Initially, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; decreases in absolute value while p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is oscillatory. Since atom 2 feels a net momentum from p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; therefore oscillates as a result until 25 fs where it crosses the x-axis and remains constant into a translational environment. The constant values suggest the detachment of atom A to form the lone H atom. On the other hand, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; starts from a translational situation at -5.2 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;and then ends in an oscillatory environment, signifying attachment to form the new diatomic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Afd18energytime.jpg|thumb|&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 10&#039;&#039;&#039; showing an energy-time graph for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system. The total energy remains constant, suggesting the law of conservation of energy is applied.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Afdmomentatime.png|thumb|&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 11 &#039;&#039;&#039;A momenta - time graph for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Afdmomentadiagram.png|thumb|&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 12&#039;&#039;&#039; A diagram of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; labelled alongside the relevant momenta p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
Along a reaction coordinate, a transition state will be observed along a reactive trajectory. A transition state is defined as the maxima on the minimum energy path, travelling from the reactants to the products. However, the transition state is in fact not a local maxima - it is a saddle point&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Weisstein, Eric W. &amp;quot;Saddle Point.&amp;quot; From MathWorld--A Wolfram Web Resource. https://mathworld.wolfram.com/SaddlePoint.html Accessed 10 May 2020&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;(illustrated in figure 13).  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Afdsaddlepoint.png|thumb|&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 13 &#039;&#039;&#039;A representation of the saddle point for the transition state. Note that in the CD plane, the TS can be viewed as a maxima as per the energy-reaction coordinate graph but in the orthogonal AB plane, the TS will be observed as a minima. This property can be used to distinguish the TS from other local minima in the potential surface. {{fontcolor1|blue| Nice diagram. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 20:20, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
This means that in an orthogonal axis to the reaction coordinate, the TS will be observed as a minima. Mathematically, this can be described as &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V(r_i)}{\partial r_i} = 0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. To distinguish the TS from other local minima, a line can be drawn orthogonal to the reaction coordinate. Along the graph, the energy will reach a minima, which coincides with the same location for the maxima in the energy-reaction coordinate graph in the orthogoal plane of the potential surface. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locating the transition state&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
A reaction was run where the distances of A—B and B—C are equal and the species have no momenta. At the transition state, the atoms do not move, since they are at the lowest point in energy as shown by the contour lines in the potential well at a stationary point. As the gradient is related to the force, forces will go to 0 at the TS. The values of the initial forces along A—B and B—C can be plotted as a function of the distance separation in pm. Table 1 shows these results. A negative force implies attraction and positive forces imply repulsions, and hence separation.   &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;Table 1&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; showing how the forces on AB and BC change with altering the values of AB and BC. &lt;br /&gt;
!Simulation&lt;br /&gt;
!Distance AB / pm&lt;br /&gt;
!Distance BC / pm&lt;br /&gt;
!F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/ kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/ kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
|230&lt;br /&gt;
|230&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;- 0.483&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;- 0.483&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;- 1.759&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;- 1.759&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;- 1.166&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;- 1.166&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|90&lt;br /&gt;
|90&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;+ 0.132&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;+ 0.132&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|91&lt;br /&gt;
|91&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;- 0.037&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;- 0.037&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6&lt;br /&gt;
|90.5&lt;br /&gt;
|90.5&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;+ 0.046 &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;+ 0.046&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7&lt;br /&gt;
|90.7&lt;br /&gt;
|90.7&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;+ 0.012&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;+ 0.012&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|8&lt;br /&gt;
|90.8&lt;br /&gt;
|90.8&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;- 0.004&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;- 0.004&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|9&lt;br /&gt;
|90.75&lt;br /&gt;
|90.75&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;+ 0.004&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;+ 0.004&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Using the results from table 1, the transition state for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system exists at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.8 pm (to 1 decimal place).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relationship between r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is expected since the surface plot is symmetrical, so we expect a symmetrical transition state in turn.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 14 (below) shows a contour plot for the situation when AB and BC are 230 pm        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;equidistanctabbc&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Afdequidistantabbc.png |thumb|312x312px|&amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;Figure 14&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; A contour graph for a reaction where A—B and B—C are set to 230 pm and no initial momenta.]]The results in table 1 can be explained by considering the interactions between atoms. Similar to coulombic forces, if the atoms are too far, they are not interacting significantly and the forces are too small. This can also be illustrated on a surface plot in Figure 15.[[File:Afdsurfaceplotabbc230.png|thumb|&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 15&#039;&#039;&#039; showing the surface plot of the reaction when A—B and B—C are set to 230 pm.|311x311px]]At large distances of B—C, the slope levels off, implying the force between the atoms B and C are too small. It can also be observed that if the gradient of the potential energy surface is 0, the force is also 0. The curve where AB = BC can be used to find the stationary point, which corresponds to the transition state as the potential energy surface is symmetrical.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path ====&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 16 shows a minimum energy path (mep) from the transition state towards the entrance of the product channel. In this model, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 pm = 91.8 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Afdhh2mep.png|thumb|&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 16 &#039;&#039;&#039;An MEP-calculated contour plot of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison to the dynamic contour plot on Figure 5, there is an absence of the oscillation indicated by the wavy line. This is expected, since the trajectory corresponds to infinitely slow motion where the velocities and momenta are set to 0 after evey step. This is analogus to a ball on a sand place, where in this instance, the kinetic energy of the ball is removed and violating the conservational energy law. The MEP plot can be described as an infinitely dispersive system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;—H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; as we are at the crest of our reaction coordinate and a displacement on the AB axis towards the reactant channel will lead the system towards the formation of our initial reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An alternative is to consider an increment to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; i.e. plot r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 pm = 91.8 pm. In this situation, the opposite plot will be observed. A displacement parallel to the BC axis will lead the system towards the product channel and hence lead towards the formation of our desired products, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;—H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ====&lt;br /&gt;
Table 2 shows the results of different trajectories run with different momenta combinations using r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 15 shows the system setup.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Table 2 &#039;&#039;&#039;showing the results of different momenta combinations, and an illustration of the trajectory (far right column).&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
!Simulation&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.10&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.280&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|The reaction proceeds as normal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Relative to the products, the reactants have smaller amounts of intramolecular vibration (corresponding to lower vibrational energy). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system travels from the reactant channel across the transition state (which exists as a saddle point) and then towards the product channel. &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Afdsimulation1.png|360x360px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.10&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.10&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.077&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|The reaction does not proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory is more &#039;wavy&#039; than in simulation &#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039; implying a greater magnitude of intramolecular vibration. The system does not reach the transition state so falls back down into the reactant channel, and the system reforms the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Afdsimulation2.png|360x360px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.10&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.10&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-413.977&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|The reaction proceedes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory travels across the transition state saddle point and proceeds towards the product channel, forming products with relatively greater vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Afdsimulation3.png|360x360px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.10&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.10&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.277&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|The reaction does not proceed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unique to this simulation compared to the previous simulations, the trajectory does travel over the transition state towards the product channel to form products. However, the products have significant vibrational energy that the trajectory is able to cross the transition state for a second time to reform the reactants. This process is coined &#039;barrier crossing&#039;. This can be attributed to the large momenta that the reactant species start with that result in a larger magnitude of vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simulation 4 is an example that violates the assumptions made in transition state theory. &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Afdsimulation4.png|360x360px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.60&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.10&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.477&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|The reaction proceeds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initially, the trajectory travels over the transition state to reform the product, and then crosses the transition state a second time as in simulation &#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039; but then crosses the saddle point for a third time to form the products. The products with respect to the reactants have reduced intramolecular vibrational energy due to the absence of the wavy shape associated with the trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Afdsimulation5.png|360x360px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;There is no relationship between E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;TOT&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or the total magnitude of the initial momenta and the reactivity of the trajectory. &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Table 2, there is no relationship between E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;TOT&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive. Additionally, there is no relationship between the combined magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the reactivity of the trajectory. Between simulations &#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;, the total magnitude of momenta increases by 7.00 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; from 8.20 to 15.20 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and the trajectory becomes unreactive in &#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;. However, a further increase of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;by 0.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; to 10.60 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; between &#039;&#039;&#039;4 &#039;&#039;&#039;and &#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039; changes the trajectory to reactive again. The system with the largest magnitude in total energy &#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039; at 420.077 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; but as E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;TOT&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; decreases between subsequent simulations in the order &#039;&#039;&#039;1, 3, 4 &#039;&#039;&#039;and &#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;, the trajectories oscillate between reactive and unreactive, implying no correlation between E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;TOT&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the reactivity of a system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These results can be compared to the transition state theory. The theory states that all collisions with kinetic energy K&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; greater than the activation energy E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will result in the collision under selected assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* The reactants can go to the TS and complete the trajectory to form the products. &lt;br /&gt;
* The products cannot reform the TS and hence reform the reactant species in the opposite direction. &lt;br /&gt;
This can be expressed as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;R \rightleftharpoons TS \longrightarrow P&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where R is the reactant, TS is the transition state and P is the product. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in simulations &#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;, the transition state theory does not explain the description of the dynamics as it violates the assumption that the products cannot reform the TS and reform the reactant species. The trajectory goes across the TS a second time to form the reactant. As a result, the TS theory overestimates the reaction rate. The assumption states the reaction will go to completion, although this is not the case. For instance, if 10 TS crossings were observed for the system, we assume that 10 instances of products are formed. In reality, only 1 instance would form a product (resulting in a 10% yield) and the remaining 9 other instances reform the reactants, giving a 90% loss. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A separate but valid assumption we also make is that the transition state theory ignores quantum tunnelling (QT). TS theory is a classical theory and therefore treats atoms classically, so quantum tunnelling is not accounted for as it contributes extremely small effects to the reactivity property of a trajectory. Solely with quantum tunnelling, we would be underestimating the rate of reaction, but as barrier crossing is a much larger effect, the overall result is that transition state theory overestimates the reaction rate as mentioned above. {{fontcolor1|blue|Correct, although not related to your results. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 20:20, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2: F—H—H system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Setup ====&lt;br /&gt;
Two programs were set up separately with the following conditions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Program 1&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / pm (AB)&lt;br /&gt;
!Distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / pm (BC)&lt;br /&gt;
!Momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; (AB)&lt;br /&gt;
!Momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  / g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(BC)&lt;br /&gt;
!Atom A&lt;br /&gt;
!Atom B&lt;br /&gt;
!Atom C&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|40&lt;br /&gt;
|0.0&lt;br /&gt;
|0.0&lt;br /&gt;
|F&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Program 2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / pm (BC)&lt;br /&gt;
!Distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / pm (BC)&lt;br /&gt;
!Momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; (AB)&lt;br /&gt;
!Momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  / g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(BC)&lt;br /&gt;
!Atom A&lt;br /&gt;
!Atom B&lt;br /&gt;
!Atom C&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|40&lt;br /&gt;
|0.0&lt;br /&gt;
|0.0&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|F&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Determination of the thermodynamic properties of the FHH and HFF systems ====&lt;br /&gt;
The following plots are produced (Figure 15 and 16 for program 1 and 2 respectively). &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Afdfhhexo.png|thumb|&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 15&#039;&#039;&#039; A surface plot of the configurations shown for program 1. Note that the reactant channel along the BC axis lies above the product channel, which lies orthogonal on the AB axis. ]]In Figure 15, the reactant channel that is parallel to the BC axis is above the plane of the orthogonal product channel that is parallel to the AB axis. This shows that the reaction between F and H—H is exothermic. This is expected, since the H—F bond formed is stronger than the H—H bond broken, so more energy is given out when bonds are formed than taken in when bonds are broken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, in figure 16, the reactant channel is below the plane of the product channel, suggesting that the reaction between H and H—F is endothermic. Since the H—F bond is stronger, more energy is taken in to break the H—F bonds than released when the weaker H—H bonds are formed, so overall the energy of the products is greater than the reactions. [[File:Afdhhfendo.png|thumb|&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 16&#039;&#039;&#039; A surface plot of the configurations shown for program 2. Note that the reactant channel along the BC axis lies below the product channel, which lies orthogonal on the AB axis.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 17 and 18 also represent diagramatically the initial geometries of atoms A, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AfdFHHillustration.001.jpeg|none|thumb|483x483px|&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 18&#039;&#039;&#039; A labelled diagram representing the initial geometries of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AfdHFHillustration.001.jpeg|none|thumb|480x480px|&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 19 &#039;&#039;&#039;A labelled diagram representing the initial geometries of the H + H—F system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
A key property of the transition state is that any displacement from the crest of the TS, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will result in the system falling down the surface plot in one of two directions towards the entrances of the reactant or product channels. This property can be used to locate the position of the transition states in both systems. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate will provide an initial guide for the location of the TS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The postulate states:&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The transition state will resemble either the products or the reactants, depending on which is closer in energy. &amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;In exothermic reactions, the TS is closer to the reactants than the products in energy, which is commonly coined as an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state. Correspondingly, in endothermic reactions, the TS is closer to the products than reactants in energy, so we coin this the &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Eric V. Anslyn, Dennis A. Dougherty. Modern Physical Organic Chemistry, 2006, pp. 375-377&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 20 shows a contour plot for the F + H—H reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Afdfhhexocontour.png|thumb|&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 20&#039;&#039;&#039; A contour plot of the F + H-H reaction. Circled is the &#039;rough&#039; location of the TS. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The TS lies along the reactant channel, and the location can be seen to the position when the contour lines begin to pinch along the reactant channel. By keeping the distance BC constant (75 pm) and recording the direction of the reaction trajectory with different values of BC in the range 170 - 200 pm, the transition state can be located.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Table 3 &#039;&#039;&#039;The results of the varying AB distances&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
!Distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / pm (AB)&lt;br /&gt;
!Direction of reaction trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|Right (to entrance of reactant channel)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|190&lt;br /&gt;
|Right (to entrance of reactant channel)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|185&lt;br /&gt;
|Right (to entrance of reactant channel)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|180&lt;br /&gt;
|Left (towards product channel)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|181&lt;br /&gt;
|Right (to entrance of reactant channel)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|180.5&lt;br /&gt;
|Left (towards product channel)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
This is illustrated in figure 21.[[File:Afdtsexo180181final.jpeg|thumb|450x450px|&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 21&#039;&#039;&#039; A comparison showing the results of AB = 180, 181 pm.]]&lt;br /&gt;
A similar procedure can be done to find the position of the TS along the BC axis with AB set to 181 pm. Table 4 shows these results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Table 4 &#039;&#039;&#039;The results of the varying BC distances&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
!Distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / pm (BC)&lt;br /&gt;
!Initial Direction of reaction trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|Down Right&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|Down Right&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|70&lt;br /&gt;
|Up Left&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|75&lt;br /&gt;
|Down Right&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|Up Left&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|74.5&lt;br /&gt;
|Up Left&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From these results, it can be determined that the peak of the TS lies at (AB, BC) = (181 pm, 75 pm) to the nearest integer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H + F—F system, the TS will lie along the product channel in comparison to the reactant channel as the transition state is late. Tables 5 and 6 show the results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Table 5 &#039;&#039;&#039;The results of the varying BC distances&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |AB is set to 75 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / pm (BC)&lt;br /&gt;
!Direction of reaction trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|Up (to entrance of product channel)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|190&lt;br /&gt;
|Up (to entrance of product channel)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|185&lt;br /&gt;
|Up (to entrance of product channel)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|180&lt;br /&gt;
|Down (towards reactant channel)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|181&lt;br /&gt;
|Up (to entrance of product channel)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|180.5&lt;br /&gt;
|Down (towards reactant channel)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Table 6 &#039;&#039;&#039;The results of the varying AB distances&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |BC is set to 181 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / pm (AB)&lt;br /&gt;
!Direction of reaction trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|Up (to entrance of product channel)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|Up (to entrance of product channel)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|70&lt;br /&gt;
|Bottom (to reactant channel)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|75&lt;br /&gt;
|Up (to entrance of product channel)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|Bottom (to reactant channel)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|74.5&lt;br /&gt;
|Bottom (to reactant channel)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
For the H + F—H system, the peak of the TS lies at (AB, BC) = (75 pm, 181 pm) to the nearest integer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The positions of the TS are interchangable with the axes being represented. This is expected, since the two reactions can be plotted on the same graph. Figure 23 shows an illustration. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hhfscan.jpeg|thumb|&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 23&#039;&#039;&#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the activation energy ====&lt;br /&gt;
Given the positions of the transition states are known, the initial geometry information can be obtained for a reaction trajectory that starts at the transition state. As the Energy - Reaction coordinate graph levels off at large separations of reactant along the reaction coordinate, the asymptotic energy can be calculated using large separations of AB.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Table 7 Calculation of the activation energy for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system using the asymptotic property of the reactant&#039;s total energy&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |BC is set to 75 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / pm (AB)&lt;br /&gt;
!Energy total, E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;TOT&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|181&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;- 433.938&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|350&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;- 434.891&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|550&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;- 434.931&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|750&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;- 434.931&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
So the activation energy for the F + H—H system, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;E_{tot} = -433.938 -- 434.931 = 0.993 kJ mol^{-1}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H + H—F system: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Table 8 Calculation of the activation energy for the H + H—F system using the asymptotic property of the reactant&#039;s total energy&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |BC is set to 92 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |The total energy at (AB, BC) = (75 pm, 181 pm) is -433.938&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / pm (AB)&lt;br /&gt;
!Energy total, E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;TOT&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|92&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;- 517.680&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|350&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;- 560.657&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|550&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;- 560.699&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|750&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;- 560.700&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|900&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;- 560.700&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So the activation energy for the H + H—F system, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;E_{tot} = -433.938 -- 560.700 = 126.762 kJ mol^{-1}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue| All correct so far. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 20:20, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics and the link to Polanyi&#039;s rules ====&lt;br /&gt;
Given that the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is exothermic, there are two possible mechanisms for energy release - release of translational kinetic energy or release of vibrational kinetic energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the reaction was observed in a bomb calorimeter with a water jacket, the water temperature would increase although the source of energy that gives rise to the temperature change would be difficult to determine. This is because translational KE is released as heat but vibrational KE is released as photons after vibrational relaxation, which can also be absorbed by the walls of the constant. Therefore, the bomb calorimeter cannot make the distinction as both mechanisms of energy release are radiative. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One possible method is to use Fourier-Transform Infrared-spectroscopy (FTIR). The H—H diatomic does not show an IR vibrational peak since unlike the H—F diatomic, it does not contain a net dipole moment. We can therefore measure the vibrational energy released using the emission of IR photons. Figures 22&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;and 23&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;show the situations observed in the diatomic of H—F. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initially, the H—F will be at the ground state (Figure 20). This means that the molecules are at the lowest vibrational state. As the temperature increases, a portion of molecules can be elevated to the v = 1 vibrational energy level and then complete a transition from v = 1 to v = 2, highlighting the molecules are vibrationally excited. In an IR spectrum, the fundamental 0→1 transition is observed with the largest intensity, since most molecules are able to complete this transition. The 1 → 2 transition is observed at a lower wavenumber due to the smaller magnitude of energy required compared to 1→2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over time, vibrational relaxation will take place and eventually the molecules will return to the ground state. As a result, more 0→1 and fewer 1→2 transitions will occur, hence the 1→2 transition will decrease in intensity while the main peak will increase in intensity. These 1→2 transitions can therefore be used as a measure of how populated the excited states are, since they are only possible if the first excited state is populated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, if the mechanism of energy release was translational, a rise in temperature would increase significantly although there would be a smaller 1→2 band present. If the mechanism was via vibrational relaxation, a larger change in the 1→2 peak intensity would be observed in the IR spectrum.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AfdIRovertonesfhh.png|thumb|&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 24 &#039;&#039;&#039;The Infra-red spectrum expected for H—F during the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]4 different systems were set up to investigate the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + H—F systems. Table 9 shows the setup and results. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Table 9 &#039;&#039;&#039;A pair of reactions for each system that are indicative of Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |H + H—F system&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Simulation 1&lt;br /&gt;
!Simulation 2&lt;br /&gt;
!Simulation 3&lt;br /&gt;
!Simulation 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Contour Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Afdfhh-1-.png|centre|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Afdfhh-2-.png|centre|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Afdhfh-1-.png|centre|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Afdhfh-2-.png|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / pm &lt;br /&gt;
|220&lt;br /&gt;
|220&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / pm &lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|92&lt;br /&gt;
|92&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;- 2.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;- 0.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;- 2.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;- 10.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;- 0.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;- 9.8&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;- 0.2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;- 2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|The reaction proceeds to completion as normal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactants (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) have lots of translational energy but the absence of the wavy line suggests limited vibrational energy (lower amplitudes of oscillation).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;The trajectory passes over the transition state and proceeds to the product channel. In the products (H + H—F) there is a lot of vibrational energy, given by the larger amplitudes of the wavy line.  &lt;br /&gt;
|The reaction does not proceed to completion as normal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;The simulation is now run with reactants possessing greater vibrational energy, and hence as vibrational and translational energies are inversely preportional in magnitude, lower translational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;The early transition state is overcome but the trajectory passes over the TS for a second state (barrier recrossing) and the system returns towards the reactant channel. &lt;br /&gt;
|The reaction proceeds to completion as normal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactants (H + H—F) have significant vibrational energy as they oscillate along the steep surfaces of the potential surface.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They now reach the early transition state compared to the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system and the trajectory continues to the product channel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;The products have less vibrational energy than the reactants as the amplitudes of the trajectory oscillations are smaller hence some of the vibrational energy is converted to translational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
|The reaction does not proceed to completion as normal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;The simulation is now run with reactamts posessing significantly reduced vibrational energy, and the late transition state is not overcome. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
These results are indicative of Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules. The distribution of the total system energy alternates betwen vibrational and translational energy from products to reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Polanyi, J. C. Some Concepts in Reaction Dyanmics 08 May 1987: Vol. 236, Issue 4802, pp. 680-690&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; are taken from his observations of reactions with early and late transition states, and how the quantities of energy of the reactants in the different modes can influence whether the reaction proceeds to completion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For an exothermic reaction that contains an early transition state, it is more efficient that the reactants have little vibrational energy and high translational energy. In contrast, for an exothermic reaction containing a late transition state, it is more efficient that the reactants have high vibrational energy and low translational energy. The case for the exothermic reaction is justified by considering the bond length at the transition state - the H—H and H—F bonds needs to be elongated so greater vibrational energy will cater for the formation of longer bond lengths in a labile fashion. Table 9 shows that for exothermic reactions, reactants with high translational energy are converted into products with high vibrational energy. In contrast, for endothermic reactions, reactants with high vibrational energy are converted into products with high translational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This relates to the discussion above regarding the mechanism of energy release. Since the products have high vibrational energy, the H—F molecules radiate the excess energy upon formation through vibrational relaxation and can be observed as an increase in temperature with a bomb calorimeter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue| Excellent report, no obvious mistakes and thorough discussion in a professional style with many diagrams to assist. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 20:20, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:mtc3018&amp;diff=808930</id>
		<title>MRD:mtc3018</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:mtc3018&amp;diff=808930"/>
		<updated>2020-05-21T18:38:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is located at a saddle point on a PES, which can be mathematically expressed as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{\partial V}{\partial r_1} = 0 \ and \  \frac{\partial V}{\partial r_2} = 0  \ and \  \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial^2 r_1} \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial^2 r_2} - (\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial r_1\partial r_2})^2 &amp;lt; 0&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that a transition state is the maximum point along the minimum energy path in a PES. The first two equations listed above mean that the force registered at the transition state is 0, while the last equation distinguishes the point from a local minimum. The equation represents the determinant of the Hessian matrix and is a requirement for a saddle point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position was found by looking for the value of r (which is the separation between the three atoms: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) for which the force is 0 and for which the one of the vectors in the Hessian matrix points up and one points down. Because the system is symmetric, consisting of 3 identical atoms, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;at the transition state. Additionally, at the transition state, no oscillations are registered, as the system reaches an equilibrium, losing its vibrational energy. This is illustrated in the &amp;quot;Internuclear Distance vs Time&amp;quot; plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;was found to be 90.774 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ts_osc.png|center|thumb|“Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for TS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ts_Surface_Plot.png|center|thumb|Surface Plot showing position of TS]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 19:36, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path was found by changing the initial conditions such that &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. This allowed finding the steepest descent path from the transition state to the products (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;), as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r(H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)) was slightly increased compared to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When running the calculation using the dynamics calculation type, a more detailed description of the motion along the minimum energy path is obtained. This is because MEP does not take vibrational energies into account, which is the reason why the path is not oscillating, while the one corresponding to the dynamics type is. Additionally, MEP does not allow the atoms to accumulate kinetic energy with each step, resetting the velocity of atoms to 0 after calculating their direction. Overall, it can be concluded that in the dynamics calculation the total energy of the system is conserved, while in the MEP algorithm, because the kinetic energy is constantly reduced to zero, while the potential goes down, the total energy of the system drops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_mep_m.png |center| thumb | Reaction path calculated using MEP]] [[File:Surface_Plot_Dyn_m.png | center|thumb | Reaction path calculated using Dynamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
Initial positions: &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 74 pm and &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 200 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.280||Reactive||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;approaches the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule and collides with it, forming the H2-H3 molecule which moves in the direction of the original molecule, while H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; returns in the opposite direction. The collision leaves the new molecule in a higher vibrational excited state, as the oscillations increase. ||[[File:m_reaction1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||-420.1||Not reactive||The atom and molecule move towards each other, however after the collision they bounce off and change their momenta going opposite way. The velocity corresponding to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increases with time, but the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; velocity remains constant, the molecule oscillating slightly. ||[[File:m_reaction2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||-414.0||Reactive|| The dynamics is very similar to the original case, however the momentum of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is higher now and the molecule oscillates more. After the collision, the newly created molecule has an even higher vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:m_reaction3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.3||Not reactive|| H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;approaches the molecule with high velocity and collides with it, which keeps the middle atom at roughly the same position while H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bounces off it a few times, causing large oscillations. The last collision leaves the middle atom with a high enough momentum to increase the interatomic distance such that it reaches H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;and binds to it. This is again causing large oscillations and both the original molecule and the atom travel in opposite directions. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:m_reaction4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.5|| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|| This situation is similar to the previous one, however, now, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; has enough energy to recross the energy barrier and hold on to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;goes back in the direction where it cam from, while the new molecule has very high vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:m_reaction5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contrary to the hypothesis that for a reaction to occur it is only required that kinetic energy overcomes the activation barrier, more aspects come into play when deciding whether a reaction is successful or not. The trajectory of the reaction thus needs to be studied, as the way the atoms oscillate is crucial in forming a bond by passing the transition state and remaining on that side of it. As it can be seen in example 4, although the transition state energy was passed, the extra energy is used to recross the barrier and the trajectory goes back on the initial path. Therefore, the information in the table demonstrates that the above assumption is incorrect.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|You haven&#039;t discussed transition state theory or commented on how rates predicted by it would differ from those in your examples. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 19:36, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ HF + H is exothermic, because the HF bond corresponds to a lower potential than an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond. This can be seen in a potential energy surface plot where the potential is lower for a small AB (HF) distance than for a small BC (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) distance. Conversely, HF + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:hf_434_smallBC.png | thumb |center| Potential energy surface where AB is FH distance and BC is HH distance]]This can be rationalised by inspecting bond enthalpies. The H-F bond is stronger (565 kJ/mol) than the H-H bond (432 kJ/mol), which means that when going from H-H to H-F energy will be released, while energy is needed to go from H-F to H-H.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 19:36, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the previous example involving 3 hydrogens, the transition state was found by setting both momenta to 0 and finding the values of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; for which the forces that act along AB and BC are 0. The vectors in the Hessian also need to point to both upwards and downwards. This happened when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=181.1 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74.49 pm. This transition state is obviously no longer symmetric because different atoms are involved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The values for the interatomic distances make sense when thinking about Hammond&#039;s postulate, which says that the transition state resembles the structure which is closer in energy. Due to the fact that HF + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is endothermic, the structure corresponding to an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond (short BC distance) is higher in energy and therefore closer to the transition state energy. This is why, when searching for the transition state, the distances associated with the higher energy geometry need to be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:m_ts_hf.png|thumb|center|Transition state location for FHH system]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:m_hf_ts_osc.png|thumb|center|No oscillations at transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy results from the difference in energy between the transition state and that of the reactants. MEP calculations allow us to find this difference, as the kinetic energy is set to 0 and the potential energy can be determined. An energy vs. time plot was used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For finding the activation energy of the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ HF + H, the momenta were set to 0 and the interatomic distances were set to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1=182.1 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74.49 pm. The difference between the initial and final energy is ~0.6 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:m_en_drop1.png|thumb|center|Energy vs Time plot for reactants F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]For finding the activation energy of the reaction HF + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F, the momenta were set to 0 and the interatomic distances were set to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=181.1 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1=75.49 pm. The difference between the initial and final energy is ~1.5 kJ/mol {{fontcolor1|blue|This value is much too low and should be around 120-130, it looks like you might have got the energy for the first reaction twice, you should double check the contour plots to see that the trajectories in the calculations you use to find the activation energy correspond to the correct reaction. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 19:36, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:m_Figure_1.png|thumb|center|Energy vs Time plot for reactants HF + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ====&lt;br /&gt;
A reactive trajectory was chosen for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ HF + H such that: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=175 pm, p=-1.5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1=75.49 pm, p=2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The trajectory on the PES plot shows large oscillations following the collision of the F atom with the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule, which was also described in the animation: the original molecule vibrates considerably, however the collision with the slow F atom leaves the system in a very high vibrational state. This means that a large amount of the energy of the system is converted from potential to kinetic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experimentally, the energy release can be detected via calorimetry, as well as spectroscopy. The IR spectrum would show overtones and the new molecule would be vibrationally excited. Over time, the IR spectrum would show an increase in intensity for the peak going from the 0th vibrational state to the 1st and a decrease in the intensity of the other peaks {{fontcolor1|Higher vibrational energy levels may also increase and decrease. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 19:36, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:m_plot1.png|thumb|center|PES for reactive trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:m_plot2.png|thumb|center|Momenta vs. Time showing large oscillation in momentum of AB after reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules stress on the importance of translational energy, rather than vibrational in getting a successful exothermic reaction. At the same time, for an endothermic reaction to occur, it is more important that the system has vibrational energy, rather than translational. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ HF + H is exothermic and therefore translational energy is more effective for overcoming the barrier {{fontcolor1|blue|Which is at an early transition state. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 19:36, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}. However, the reaction has a low activation energy so a too high energy of the system might result in an unsuccessful reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction HF + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is endothermic and happens more readily when a high vibrational energy is provided, having a late transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|You should reference Polanyi&#039;s rules. Good report overall but with some corrections[[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 19:38, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:mtc3018&amp;diff=808928</id>
		<title>MRD:mtc3018</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:mtc3018&amp;diff=808928"/>
		<updated>2020-05-21T18:36:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is located at a saddle point on a PES, which can be mathematically expressed as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{\partial V}{\partial r_1} = 0 \ and \  \frac{\partial V}{\partial r_2} = 0  \ and \  \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial^2 r_1} \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial^2 r_2} - (\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial r_1\partial r_2})^2 &amp;lt; 0&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that a transition state is the maximum point along the minimum energy path in a PES. The first two equations listed above mean that the force registered at the transition state is 0, while the last equation distinguishes the point from a local minimum. The equation represents the determinant of the Hessian matrix and is a requirement for a saddle point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position was found by looking for the value of r (which is the separation between the three atoms: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) for which the force is 0 and for which the one of the vectors in the Hessian matrix points up and one points down. Because the system is symmetric, consisting of 3 identical atoms, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;at the transition state. Additionally, at the transition state, no oscillations are registered, as the system reaches an equilibrium, losing its vibrational energy. This is illustrated in the &amp;quot;Internuclear Distance vs Time&amp;quot; plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;was found to be 90.774 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ts_osc.png|center|thumb|“Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for TS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ts_Surface_Plot.png|center|thumb|Surface Plot showing position of TS]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 19:36, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path was found by changing the initial conditions such that &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. This allowed finding the steepest descent path from the transition state to the products (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;), as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r(H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)) was slightly increased compared to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When running the calculation using the dynamics calculation type, a more detailed description of the motion along the minimum energy path is obtained. This is because MEP does not take vibrational energies into account, which is the reason why the path is not oscillating, while the one corresponding to the dynamics type is. Additionally, MEP does not allow the atoms to accumulate kinetic energy with each step, resetting the velocity of atoms to 0 after calculating their direction. Overall, it can be concluded that in the dynamics calculation the total energy of the system is conserved, while in the MEP algorithm, because the kinetic energy is constantly reduced to zero, while the potential goes down, the total energy of the system drops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_mep_m.png |center| thumb | Reaction path calculated using MEP]] [[File:Surface_Plot_Dyn_m.png | center|thumb | Reaction path calculated using Dynamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
Initial positions: &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 74 pm and &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 200 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.280||Reactive||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;approaches the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule and collides with it, forming the H2-H3 molecule which moves in the direction of the original molecule, while H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; returns in the opposite direction. The collision leaves the new molecule in a higher vibrational excited state, as the oscillations increase. ||[[File:m_reaction1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||-420.1||Not reactive||The atom and molecule move towards each other, however after the collision they bounce off and change their momenta going opposite way. The velocity corresponding to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increases with time, but the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; velocity remains constant, the molecule oscillating slightly. ||[[File:m_reaction2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||-414.0||Reactive|| The dynamics is very similar to the original case, however the momentum of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is higher now and the molecule oscillates more. After the collision, the newly created molecule has an even higher vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:m_reaction3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.3||Not reactive|| H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;approaches the molecule with high velocity and collides with it, which keeps the middle atom at roughly the same position while H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bounces off it a few times, causing large oscillations. The last collision leaves the middle atom with a high enough momentum to increase the interatomic distance such that it reaches H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;and binds to it. This is again causing large oscillations and both the original molecule and the atom travel in opposite directions. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:m_reaction4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.5|| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|| This situation is similar to the previous one, however, now, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; has enough energy to recross the energy barrier and hold on to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;goes back in the direction where it cam from, while the new molecule has very high vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:m_reaction5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contrary to the hypothesis that for a reaction to occur it is only required that kinetic energy overcomes the activation barrier, more aspects come into play when deciding whether a reaction is successful or not. The trajectory of the reaction thus needs to be studied, as the way the atoms oscillate is crucial in forming a bond by passing the transition state and remaining on that side of it. As it can be seen in example 4, although the transition state energy was passed, the extra energy is used to recross the barrier and the trajectory goes back on the initial path. Therefore, the information in the table demonstrates that the above assumption is incorrect.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|You haven&#039;t discussed transition state theory or commented on how rates predicted by it would differ from those in your examples. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 19:36, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ HF + H is exothermic, because the HF bond corresponds to a lower potential than an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond. This can be seen in a potential energy surface plot where the potential is lower for a small AB (HF) distance than for a small BC (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) distance. Conversely, HF + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:hf_434_smallBC.png | thumb |center| Potential energy surface where AB is FH distance and BC is HH distance]]This can be rationalised by inspecting bond enthalpies. The H-F bond is stronger (565 kJ/mol) than the H-H bond (432 kJ/mol), which means that when going from H-H to H-F energy will be released, while energy is needed to go from H-F to H-H.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 19:36, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the previous example involving 3 hydrogens, the transition state was found by setting both momenta to 0 and finding the values of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; for which the forces that act along AB and BC are 0. The vectors in the Hessian also need to point to both upwards and downwards. This happened when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=181.1 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74.49 pm. This transition state is obviously no longer symmetric because different atoms are involved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The values for the interatomic distances make sense when thinking about Hammond&#039;s postulate, which says that the transition state resembles the structure which is closer in energy. Due to the fact that HF + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;is endothermic, the structure corresponding to an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond (short BC distance) is higher in energy and therefore closer to the transition state energy. This is why, when searching for the transition state, the distances associated with the higher energy geometry need to be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:m_ts_hf.png|thumb|center|Transition state location for FHH system]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:m_hf_ts_osc.png|thumb|center|No oscillations at transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy results from the difference in energy between the transition state and that of the reactants. MEP calculations allow us to find this difference, as the kinetic energy is set to 0 and the potential energy can be determined. An energy vs. time plot was used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For finding the activation energy of the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ HF + H, the momenta were set to 0 and the interatomic distances were set to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1=182.1 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74.49 pm. The difference between the initial and final energy is ~0.6 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:m_en_drop1.png|thumb|center|Energy vs Time plot for reactants F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]For finding the activation energy of the reaction HF + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F, the momenta were set to 0 and the interatomic distances were set to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=181.1 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1=75.49 pm. The difference between the initial and final energy is ~1.5 kJ/mol {{fontcolor1|blue|This value is much too low and should be around 120-130, it looks like you might have got the energy for the first reaction twice, you should double check the contour plots to see that the trajectories in the calculations you use to find the activation energy correspond to the correct reaction. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 19:36, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:m_Figure_1.png|thumb|center|Energy vs Time plot for reactants HF + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ====&lt;br /&gt;
A reactive trajectory was chosen for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ HF + H such that: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=175 pm, p=-1.5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1=75.49 pm, p=2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The trajectory on the PES plot shows large oscillations following the collision of the F atom with the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule, which was also described in the animation: the original molecule vibrates considerably, however the collision with the slow F atom leaves the system in a very high vibrational state. This means that a large amount of the energy of the system is converted from potential to kinetic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experimentally, the energy release can be detected via calorimetry, as well as spectroscopy. The IR spectrum would show overtones and the new molecule would be vibrationally excited. Over time, the IR spectrum would show an increase in intensity for the peak going from the 0th vibrational state to the 1st and a decrease in the intensity of the other peaks {{fontcolor1|Higher vibrational energy levels may also increase and decrease. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 19:36, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:m_plot1.png|thumb|center|PES for reactive trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:m_plot2.png|thumb|center|Momenta vs. Time showing large oscillation in momentum of AB after reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules stress on the importance of translational energy, rather than vibrational in getting a successful exothermic reaction. At the same time, for an endothermic reaction to occur, it is more important that the system has vibrational energy, rather than translational. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ HF + H is exothermic and therefore translational energy is more effective for overcoming the barrier {{fontcolor1|blue|Which is at an early transition state. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 19:36, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}. However, the reaction has a low activation energy so a too high energy of the system might result in an unsuccessful reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction HF + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;→ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is endothermic and happens more readily when a high vibrational energy is provided, having a late transition state.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:yingtingjiaYJ6018&amp;diff=808877</id>
		<title>MRD:yingtingjiaYJ6018</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:yingtingjiaYJ6018&amp;diff=808877"/>
		<updated>2020-05-21T17:56:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
===Define transition state in potential energy surface===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state is defined as the first order saddle point in the potential energy surface diagram where the curvature is zero. Also, it should be a maximum in energy in one direction (nuclear configuration) and minimum in its orthogonal directions. It is located in the minimum energy path linking the two minimum which are the reactants and products.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conditions transition state should satisfy ===&lt;br /&gt;
∂E/∂(rab-rbc)=0  and ∂E&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(rab-rbc)&amp;lt;0 ( trajectory of figure 1)             &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂E/∂(rab+rbc)=0 and ∂E&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(rab+rbc)&amp;gt;0 (trajectory of figure 2)&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018.trajectory2.png|thumb|right|figure.2]]        &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018.trajectory1.png|thumb|centre|figure.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Distinguish transition state from local minimum ===&lt;br /&gt;
Local minimum on the lowest energy surface can be defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂E/∂(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)=0 and ∂E&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&amp;gt;0 (trajectory of figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂E/∂(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)=0 and ∂E&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&amp;gt;0 (trajectory of figure 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this symmetric reaction, the transition state occurs when rab=rbc, which can be used to distinguish transition point from other turning points in trajectory shown in figure 2 as points that do not satisfy this condition are local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:56, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
== Locating transition state position ==&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state in this case is at the point where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, from which its coordinate can be located using the intercept of line r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in Intermolecular distance vs Time plot.(figure 3)  [[File:YJ6018internucleardistancerts1.png|thumb|right|figure.3]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=90.775 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To prove this result, contour graph and Intermolecular distance vs Time graph was plotted using the following conditions:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&#039;&#039;&#039;Distance and momentum for testing&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=100pm&lt;br /&gt;
|p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=100pm&lt;br /&gt;
|p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour graph (figure 5)shows that the atoms oscillate back and forwards there is a straight black line. Also, the Internuclear distance vs Time (figure 6)graphs shows two oscillating waves. At transition state, the gradient of potential energy surface is zero, which means that the there is no force acting on the atoms and the atoms should not be oscillating. This suggests that the real r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be much smaller than the distance used for testing and the Internuclear distance vs Time should show horizontal lines. Through reducing the length of AB and BC, the force acting on AB and BC reduces, the estimation of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is then determined to be 90.775 pm at the point where force acting on AB and BC is zero.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018contourrts.png|thumb|figure.5]]        [[File:YJ6018internulearrts.png|thumb|centre|figure.6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Calculation of reaction path ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculation of reaction path using MEP ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&#039;&#039;&#039;Conditions set for MEP&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |Distance and momentum of reaction&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=90.775 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=rts+1=91.775 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculation of reaction path using Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&#039;&#039;&#039;Conditions set for Dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |Distance and momentum of reaction&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=rts=90.775 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=rts+1=91.775 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison of MEP and Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectory in contour plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory shown by the Dynamics calculation(figure7) shows a fluctuating upward curve towards the right from the transition state whereas that in MEP(figure8) has the same trend but is smooth, so both of them are moving downhill along the reaction.  The trajectory calculated by dynamics illustrates that the new H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule formed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is stretching and contracting as they move away from H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, this oscillation leads to the fluctuation in the potential energy surface. MEP does not include this feature, as it does not allow the kinetic energy to be built up from the previous time step, it just allows the atoms to move along the direction which is obtained from the acceleration generated by force calculated.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018contourdynamics.png|thumb|left|figure.7]]        [[File:YJ6018contourMEP.png|thumb|centre|figure.8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear distance vs Time plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
MEP(figure 9) shows a graph with line BC and AC have positive gradient overall and their gradient decreases gradually towards zero as the reaction progresses. In contrast, line BC and AC generated by Dynamics(figure 10) are flat initially, their gradient starts to increase at around 12 fs and remains constant for the rest of the time. In addition, line AB in Dynamic graph fluctuates after 20 fs whereas that in MEP is flat. The differences are mainly due to the fact that MEP does not account for the realistic motion of atoms during reaction whereas the motion of atoms are included in the Dynamics. The vibration of new H2 molecule formed by HA and HB is shown clearly by Dynamic form the continuous fluctuation of line AB which is ignored by MEP.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018internuclearMEP.png|thumb|figure.9]]        &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018internulceardynamics.png|thumb|centre|figure.10]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Momenta vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
In Dynamics (figure.11), the momentum of BC increases as HB and HC move away from each other while that of AB increases after a drop at around 12fs. At around 20fs, AB starts to fluctuate which is because of the oscillation of new H2 molecule formed by HA and HB. However, in the MEP (figure.12), the momenta is just zero. This also proves that MEP does not take the motion of atoms into account. MEP has infinite friction, which prevents the subsequent kinetic energy being built up overtime.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018Momentadynamics.png|thumb|figure.11]]        &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018momentaMEP.png|thumb|centre|figure.12]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Energy vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
The kinetic energy shown in the MEP (figure.13) keeps at zero, so the total energy in this plot (figure7) is equal to the potential energy. However, the Dynamics plot(figure.14) shows that the kinetic energy increases which is due to the gain of the vibrational energy in AB. The total energy in this plot is constant and is slightly higher than that shown in MEP plot. This indicates that the Dynamics calculates the trajectory base on the conservation of energy, whereas MEP only considers the minimum energy pathway, it includes dispersive force, which transfers the kinetic energy into other forms of energy to overcome friction.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:EnergyMEP.png|thumb|figure.13]]        &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018energydynamics.png|thumb|centre|figure.14]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:56, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Etot&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.280&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaches H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule and interact with it,  new H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule formed, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates and both H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; move away from each other&lt;br /&gt;
|the trajectory shows a curve starting from the initial AB and BC distance and reach the transition state where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, after that, it starts to fluctuate where the new H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018table111.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.077&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaches H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule, but bounce off and move away from it {{fontcolor1|blue|While vibrating. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:56, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
|the trajectory shows that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; decreases by moving towards the right, but the line then fluctuates backwards before reaching the transition state, indicating that the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are moving away from vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018table2.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-413.977&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaches H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule and interact with it, new H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule formed. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moves away from each other&lt;br /&gt;
|the trajectory shows that the rab decrease and reaches the transition point where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, after that, the line fluctuates and rab increases, representing new H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule formed stretches and contracts and moves away from the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018table3.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|357.277&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaches H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule and collides H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; several times, it then bounce off and moves away from the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule&lt;br /&gt;
|the trajectory shows a line that is moving towards the right where rab is getting smaller, after passing the transition state, the lines oscillates significantly for several times indicating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is colliding with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. It then fluctuates backwards, showing that H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is moving away from H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018table4.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|349.477&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaches H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule and collide with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; once, this is followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; colliding with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; once. After that, new H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule formed and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moves away.&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory shows a line approaching she shorter rab with fairly horizontal teen initially. After reaching the transition state, there is a sharp drop in r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; representing that H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collides with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,  the line then fluctuates back to position where rbc is increasing.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018table5.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good, but no conclusion of overall results of table, this would just be a line explaining that some reactants with high energy don&#039;t react and recross even though their energy is high. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:56, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Prediction of rate of reaction using Transition State Theory ==&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state is based on assumptions&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-US&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Truhlar, D. G., Garrett, B. C. &amp;amp; Klippenstein, S. J. Current status of transition-state theory. &#039;&#039;J. Phys. Chem.&#039;&#039;(1996). doi:10.1021/jp953748q&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* energy of atoms in the reactant state obeys Boltzmann distribution, which should be satisfied for the system with enough time to reach thermal equilibrium. &lt;br /&gt;
* Once the system reach the transition state with a velocity towards the product side, it will not go back to retain the initial state again. &lt;br /&gt;
* quantum tunneling effect is negligible. &lt;br /&gt;
* Born-Oppenheimer approximation is obeyed where the nuclear motion is stationary with respect to electronic motion as their mass are massive.&lt;br /&gt;
* If there is not an equilibrium between reactants and products, the molecules are still distributed in Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
The rate of reaction predicted by the Transition State Theory should be higher than the experimental values. As shown in the trajectory of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-10.1 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5.1, the atoms have passed through the transition state, but the still recross the transition state and go back to reactant, this phenomenon does not obey the assumption 2 in Transition State Theory. Therefore, fewer molecules in reactant form products in reality than predicted by Transition State Theory. The rate of reaction is overestimated. In order to improve the rate of reaction generated using Transition State Theory, a recrossing probability should be added to the equation so that this factor can be taken into account, leading to better approximation.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-US&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Truhlar, D. G., Garrett, B. C. &amp;amp; Klippenstein, S. J. Current status of transition-state theory. &#039;&#039;J. Phys. Chem.&#039;&#039;(1996). doi:10.1021/jp953748q&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:56, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; energetics ===&lt;br /&gt;
reaction chemical equation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Potential Energy Surface ====&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the surface plot(figure.15), the reactants F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; on the left is lower in energy than the products HF and H on the right, therefore, it can be concluded from the graph that this reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018reaction1.png|thumb|right|figure.15]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Bond strength ====&lt;br /&gt;
This reaction involves the breaking of H-H bond and the formation of H-F bond. To determine whether this reaction is exothermic or endothermic, the bond energy&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-US&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Darwent, B. D. Bond Dissociation Energies in Simple Molecules.&#039;&#039;National Standard Reference Data System, National Bureau of Standards&#039;&#039;(1970).&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; of the two is compared. Since H-F is a stronger bond compared to H-H, energy released from forming H-F bond will be greater then energy absorbed to breaking the H-H bond, therefore, the products are lower in energy than reactant, this reaction is exothermic.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-US&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Darwent, B. D. Bond Dissociation Energies in Simple Molecules.&#039;&#039;National Standard Reference Data System, National Bureau of Standards&#039;&#039;(1970).&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!bond energy&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|H-F&lt;br /&gt;
|565 kJmol-1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|H-H&lt;br /&gt;
|432 kJmol-1&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HF+H energetics ===&lt;br /&gt;
reaction chemical equation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + H-F = H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Potential Energy Surface ====&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the surface pot(figure 16), the reactants H and H-F are lower in energy than the products F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. This reaction needs to absorb energy to be completed. Therefore, it is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018reaction2.png|thumb|right|figure.16]]&lt;br /&gt;
==== Bond Strength ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction involves the breaking of H-F bond and formation of H-H bond. Since H-F bond is stonger than H-H bond, more reaction needs to be absorbed to break H-F bond than released from forming H-H bond, this reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!bond energy&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|H-F&lt;br /&gt;
|565 kJmol-1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|H-H&lt;br /&gt;
|432 kJmol-1&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Hammond Postulate&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-US&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Yarnell, A. Hammond postulate. &#039;&#039;Chemical and Engineering News&#039;&#039;(2003). doi:10.1002/9783527809080.cataz07721&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; states that the structure of the transition state will resemble the structure of chemical that is closer in energy to it, Therefore, for exothermic reaction, the transition state tends to have similar structure as the reactant whereas for endothermic reaction, the transition state tends to have the structure of the products. When considering the exothermic reaction of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, its transition state will resemble the structure of the reactants which is F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. For the endothermic reaction of H+H-F, the transition state has similar structure as the product H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F. When estimating the transition state, the initial conditions can be set based on the bond length of H-H&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-US&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Körzdörfer, T., Parrish, R. M., Sears, J. S., Sherrill, C. D. &amp;amp; Brédas, J. L. On the relationship between bond-length alternation and many-electron self-interaction error. &#039;&#039;J. Chem. Phys.&#039;&#039;(2012). doi:10.1063/1.4752431&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Also, the surface plot can give a rough estimate of the position of transition state, which can be used to estimate the distance between H and F. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!bond length&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|H-H&lt;br /&gt;
|74 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Through adjusting r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; until the Internuclear distance vs Time graph (figure.19&amp;amp;figure.20)shows three horizontal line, the location of transition state can be estimated.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!reactions&lt;br /&gt;
!transition state&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=181.301{{fontcolor1|blue| Units. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:56, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74.482&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=distance between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|H + HF= H2 + F&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74.482&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=181.301&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018transitionstateendo.png|thumb|figure.19 transition state for reaction of F+H2=HF +H]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018transitionstateexo.png|thumb|centre|figure.20 transition state for reaction of H+HF=H2+F]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Activation energy ===&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = HF +H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Initial conditions&lt;br /&gt;
!distance &lt;br /&gt;
!momentum&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=190 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=73 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(A=F,B=H,C=H)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy is considered as the difference between the energy of the transition state and the starting material. To determine the minimum energy of the reactants, the initial conditions are set such that the path starts from the transition state to the reactants, a graph of Energy vs Time (figure.21) is plotted using MEP, from which the minimum energy of the reactant is determined to be -434.268 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;by exporting the data and identify the minimum energy to give a more precise result. Since fluorine is very reactive, so the activation energy is expected to be quite low, it is expected that the reactants is fairly close the transition state. The energy of the transition state is determined from the table in the program to be -433.981 kJmol-1, giving the activation energy of 0.287 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018r1aa.png|thumb|figure.21]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF = H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Initial conditions&lt;br /&gt;
!distance&lt;br /&gt;
!momentum&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=70&lt;br /&gt;
|p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=160&lt;br /&gt;
|p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
(A=H,B=H,C=F)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same method (figure.22) is used for this reaction, the minimum energy of the reactants is found to be 560.677 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, the difference between the transition state energy and the reactant energy is calculated to be 126.696 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018r2aa.png|thumb|figure.22]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:56, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Energy mechanism ===&lt;br /&gt;
Through monitoring the Energy vs Time plot(figure.17), it is discovered that the kinetic energy shows a pattern which is a reflection of the potential energy pattern when the total energy is conserved. This indicates that as the kinetic energy increases, the potential energy decreases by the same amount. The gain in the kinetic energy is mainly from the heat energy released during the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Momenta vs Time plot(figure.18) shows the energy transfer between translational and vibrational energy. Since momenta correspond to bond stretching displacement, when H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule oscillates, its momentum oscillates as well due to the fluctuation in the bond length. The magnitude of the fluctuation shows a slight decrease as the molecule moves towards F, some of the vibrational energy is converted to translational energy. AB shows a reverse pattern, its momentum increases in magnitude when the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F decreases, once new H-F bond is formed, the new molecule oscillates, translational energy is converted to vibrational energy, vibrational energy increases. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy released is converted into vibrational and translational energy. Translational energy is proportional to temperature {{fontcolor1|blue|So is vibrational. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:56, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}, so it can be measured by calorimeter. Translational energy can heat up the calorimeter and the magnitude of translational energy can be calculated. Vibrational energy can be measured by emission Infra-red spectrum. When HF molecules are just generated, some of them would vibrate at vibrational excited state (V1) and some lies at the ground state. After the reaction, excitation from ground state to first excited state and from first excited state to second excited state (overtone) can both happen. These molecules eventually will go back to ground states, during this process, the intensity of overtone will decrease overtime , but an increase in strength of signal generated by excitation from ground state to first excited state would be observed due to energy released from going higher excitation state to ground state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018energynew.png|thumb|figure.17]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018momentanr.png|thumb|centre|figure.18]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Polanyi&#039;s rules ==&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules states that the translational energy is most effective for passing early transition state whereas vibrational energy is most useful in crossing late transition state.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-US&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Jiang, B. &amp;amp; Guo, H. Relative efficacy of vibrational vs. translational excitation in promoting atom-diatom reactivity: Rigorous examination of Polanyi’s rules and proposition of sudden vector projection (SVP) model. &#039;&#039;J. Chem. Phys.&#039;&#039;(2013). doi:10.1063/1.4810007&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!High translational energy and low vibrational energy&lt;br /&gt;
!High vibrational energy and low translational energy&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=HF+H&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:reactive11.png|thumb|250px|rab=190,rbc=74,pab=-1.6,pbc=-0.5]]     &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:noreactive11.png|thumb|250px|rab=190,rbc=90,pab=-0.3,pbc=-0.3]]     &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|H+HF=H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:YJ6018noreaction22.png|thumb|250px|rab=180,rbc=74,pab=-1.2,pbc=-1.7]]     &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:YJ6018reactive2.png|thumb|250px|rab=190,rbc=74,pab=-0.9,pbc=-0.3]]    &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Nice contour plots.[[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:56, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the contour plot of reaction of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, when the the conditions are set such that the vibrational energy is high and translational energy is low, the line moves towards the transition state, but eventually moves backwards, indicating that this energy combination is not suitable for crossing the transition state and the reaction can not happen. The surface plot of this reaction indicated that it is exothermic, transition state resembles the structure of reactants. Therefore, for this early transition state reaction, energy distribution should be high in translational energy and low in vibrational energy to pass the transition state successfully. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reverse reaction has a transition state that resembles the products&#039; structure. When the conditions are set to make the system have high translational energy and low vibrational energy, the contour plot shows the trajectory approaches the transition state but moves back towards the reactant side, indicating that under this energy distribution, the late transition state reaction would not happen.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good report, only a few small notes to make. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:56, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
== Reference ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;__FORCETOC__&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:yingtingjiaYJ6018&amp;diff=808875</id>
		<title>MRD:yingtingjiaYJ6018</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:yingtingjiaYJ6018&amp;diff=808875"/>
		<updated>2020-05-21T17:56:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
===Define transition state in potential energy surface===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state is defined as the first order saddle point in the potential energy surface diagram where the curvature is zero. Also, it should be a maximum in energy in one direction (nuclear configuration) and minimum in its orthogonal directions. It is located in the minimum energy path linking the two minimum which are the reactants and products.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conditions transition state should satisfy ===&lt;br /&gt;
∂E/∂(rab-rbc)=0  and ∂E&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(rab-rbc)&amp;lt;0 ( trajectory of figure 1)             &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂E/∂(rab+rbc)=0 and ∂E&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(rab+rbc)&amp;gt;0 (trajectory of figure 2)&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018.trajectory2.png|thumb|right|figure.2]]        &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018.trajectory1.png|thumb|centre|figure.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Distinguish transition state from local minimum ===&lt;br /&gt;
Local minimum on the lowest energy surface can be defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂E/∂(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)=0 and ∂E&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&amp;gt;0 (trajectory of figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂E/∂(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)=0 and ∂E&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&amp;gt;0 (trajectory of figure 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this symmetric reaction, the transition state occurs when rab=rbc, which can be used to distinguish transition point from other turning points in trajectory shown in figure 2 as points that do not satisfy this condition are local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:56, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
== Locating transition state position ==&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state in this case is at the point where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, from which its coordinate can be located using the intercept of line r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in Intermolecular distance vs Time plot.(figure 3)  [[File:YJ6018internucleardistancerts1.png|thumb|right|figure.3]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=90.775 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To prove this result, contour graph and Intermolecular distance vs Time graph was plotted using the following conditions:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&#039;&#039;&#039;Distance and momentum for testing&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=100pm&lt;br /&gt;
|p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=100pm&lt;br /&gt;
|p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour graph (figure 5)shows that the atoms oscillate back and forwards there is a straight black line. Also, the Internuclear distance vs Time (figure 6)graphs shows two oscillating waves. At transition state, the gradient of potential energy surface is zero, which means that the there is no force acting on the atoms and the atoms should not be oscillating. This suggests that the real r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be much smaller than the distance used for testing and the Internuclear distance vs Time should show horizontal lines. Through reducing the length of AB and BC, the force acting on AB and BC reduces, the estimation of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is then determined to be 90.775 pm at the point where force acting on AB and BC is zero.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018contourrts.png|thumb|figure.5]]        [[File:YJ6018internulearrts.png|thumb|centre|figure.6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Calculation of reaction path ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculation of reaction path using MEP ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&#039;&#039;&#039;Conditions set for MEP&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |Distance and momentum of reaction&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=90.775 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=rts+1=91.775 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculation of reaction path using Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&#039;&#039;&#039;Conditions set for Dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |Distance and momentum of reaction&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=rts=90.775 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=rts+1=91.775 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison of MEP and Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectory in contour plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory shown by the Dynamics calculation(figure7) shows a fluctuating upward curve towards the right from the transition state whereas that in MEP(figure8) has the same trend but is smooth, so both of them are moving downhill along the reaction.  The trajectory calculated by dynamics illustrates that the new H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule formed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is stretching and contracting as they move away from H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, this oscillation leads to the fluctuation in the potential energy surface. MEP does not include this feature, as it does not allow the kinetic energy to be built up from the previous time step, it just allows the atoms to move along the direction which is obtained from the acceleration generated by force calculated.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018contourdynamics.png|thumb|left|figure.7]]        [[File:YJ6018contourMEP.png|thumb|centre|figure.8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear distance vs Time plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
MEP(figure 9) shows a graph with line BC and AC have positive gradient overall and their gradient decreases gradually towards zero as the reaction progresses. In contrast, line BC and AC generated by Dynamics(figure 10) are flat initially, their gradient starts to increase at around 12 fs and remains constant for the rest of the time. In addition, line AB in Dynamic graph fluctuates after 20 fs whereas that in MEP is flat. The differences are mainly due to the fact that MEP does not account for the realistic motion of atoms during reaction whereas the motion of atoms are included in the Dynamics. The vibration of new H2 molecule formed by HA and HB is shown clearly by Dynamic form the continuous fluctuation of line AB which is ignored by MEP.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018internuclearMEP.png|thumb|figure.9]]        &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018internulceardynamics.png|thumb|centre|figure.10]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Momenta vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
In Dynamics (figure.11), the momentum of BC increases as HB and HC move away from each other while that of AB increases after a drop at around 12fs. At around 20fs, AB starts to fluctuate which is because of the oscillation of new H2 molecule formed by HA and HB. However, in the MEP (figure.12), the momenta is just zero. This also proves that MEP does not take the motion of atoms into account. MEP has infinite friction, which prevents the subsequent kinetic energy being built up overtime.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018Momentadynamics.png|thumb|figure.11]]        &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018momentaMEP.png|thumb|centre|figure.12]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Energy vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
The kinetic energy shown in the MEP (figure.13) keeps at zero, so the total energy in this plot (figure7) is equal to the potential energy. However, the Dynamics plot(figure.14) shows that the kinetic energy increases which is due to the gain of the vibrational energy in AB. The total energy in this plot is constant and is slightly higher than that shown in MEP plot. This indicates that the Dynamics calculates the trajectory base on the conservation of energy, whereas MEP only considers the minimum energy pathway, it includes dispersive force, which transfers the kinetic energy into other forms of energy to overcome friction.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:EnergyMEP.png|thumb|figure.13]]        &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018energydynamics.png|thumb|centre|figure.14]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:56, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Etot&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.280&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaches H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule and interact with it,  new H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule formed, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates and both H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; move away from each other&lt;br /&gt;
|the trajectory shows a curve starting from the initial AB and BC distance and reach the transition state where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, after that, it starts to fluctuate where the new H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018table111.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.077&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaches H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule, but bounce off and move away from it {{fontcolor1|blue|While vibrating. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:56, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
|the trajectory shows that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; decreases by moving towards the right, but the line then fluctuates backwards before reaching the transition state, indicating that the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are moving away from vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018table2.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-413.977&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaches H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule and interact with it, new H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule formed. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moves away from each other&lt;br /&gt;
|the trajectory shows that the rab decrease and reaches the transition point where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, after that, the line fluctuates and rab increases, representing new H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule formed stretches and contracts and moves away from the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018table3.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|357.277&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaches H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule and collides H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; several times, it then bounce off and moves away from the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule&lt;br /&gt;
|the trajectory shows a line that is moving towards the right where rab is getting smaller, after passing the transition state, the lines oscillates significantly for several times indicating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is colliding with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. It then fluctuates backwards, showing that H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is moving away from H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018table4.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|349.477&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaches H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule and collide with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; once, this is followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; colliding with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; once. After that, new H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule formed and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moves away.&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory shows a line approaching she shorter rab with fairly horizontal teen initially. After reaching the transition state, there is a sharp drop in r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; representing that H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collides with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,  the line then fluctuates back to position where rbc is increasing.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018table5.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good, but no conclusion of overall results of table, this would just be a line explaining that some reactants with high energy don&#039;t react and recross even though their energy is high. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:56, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Prediction of rate of reaction using Transition State Theory ==&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state is based on assumptions&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-US&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Truhlar, D. G., Garrett, B. C. &amp;amp; Klippenstein, S. J. Current status of transition-state theory. &#039;&#039;J. Phys. Chem.&#039;&#039;(1996). doi:10.1021/jp953748q&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* energy of atoms in the reactant state obeys Boltzmann distribution, which should be satisfied for the system with enough time to reach thermal equilibrium. &lt;br /&gt;
* Once the system reach the transition state with a velocity towards the product side, it will not go back to retain the initial state again. &lt;br /&gt;
* quantum tunneling effect is negligible. &lt;br /&gt;
* Born-Oppenheimer approximation is obeyed where the nuclear motion is stationary with respect to electronic motion as their mass are massive.&lt;br /&gt;
* If there is not an equilibrium between reactants and products, the molecules are still distributed in Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
The rate of reaction predicted by the Transition State Theory should be higher than the experimental values. As shown in the trajectory of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-10.1 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5.1, the atoms have passed through the transition state, but the still recross the transition state and go back to reactant, this phenomenon does not obey the assumption 2 in Transition State Theory. Therefore, fewer molecules in reactant form products in reality than predicted by Transition State Theory. The rate of reaction is overestimated. In order to improve the rate of reaction generated using Transition State Theory, a recrossing probability should be added to the equation so that this factor can be taken into account, leading to better approximation.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-US&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Truhlar, D. G., Garrett, B. C. &amp;amp; Klippenstein, S. J. Current status of transition-state theory. &#039;&#039;J. Phys. Chem.&#039;&#039;(1996). doi:10.1021/jp953748q&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:56, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; energetics ===&lt;br /&gt;
reaction chemical equation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Potential Energy Surface ====&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the surface plot(figure.15), the reactants F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; on the left is lower in energy than the products HF and H on the right, therefore, it can be concluded from the graph that this reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018reaction1.png|thumb|right|figure.15]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Bond strength ====&lt;br /&gt;
This reaction involves the breaking of H-H bond and the formation of H-F bond. To determine whether this reaction is exothermic or endothermic, the bond energy&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-US&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Darwent, B. D. Bond Dissociation Energies in Simple Molecules.&#039;&#039;National Standard Reference Data System, National Bureau of Standards&#039;&#039;(1970).&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; of the two is compared. Since H-F is a stronger bond compared to H-H, energy released from forming H-F bond will be greater then energy absorbed to breaking the H-H bond, therefore, the products are lower in energy than reactant, this reaction is exothermic.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-US&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Darwent, B. D. Bond Dissociation Energies in Simple Molecules.&#039;&#039;National Standard Reference Data System, National Bureau of Standards&#039;&#039;(1970).&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!bond energy&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|H-F&lt;br /&gt;
|565 kJmol-1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|H-H&lt;br /&gt;
|432 kJmol-1&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HF+H energetics ===&lt;br /&gt;
reaction chemical equation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + H-F = H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Potential Energy Surface ====&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the surface pot(figure 16), the reactants H and H-F are lower in energy than the products F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. This reaction needs to absorb energy to be completed. Therefore, it is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018reaction2.png|thumb|right|figure.16]]&lt;br /&gt;
==== Bond Strength ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction involves the breaking of H-F bond and formation of H-H bond. Since H-F bond is stonger than H-H bond, more reaction needs to be absorbed to break H-F bond than released from forming H-H bond, this reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!bond energy&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|H-F&lt;br /&gt;
|565 kJmol-1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|H-H&lt;br /&gt;
|432 kJmol-1&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Hammond Postulate&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-US&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Yarnell, A. Hammond postulate. &#039;&#039;Chemical and Engineering News&#039;&#039;(2003). doi:10.1002/9783527809080.cataz07721&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; states that the structure of the transition state will resemble the structure of chemical that is closer in energy to it, Therefore, for exothermic reaction, the transition state tends to have similar structure as the reactant whereas for endothermic reaction, the transition state tends to have the structure of the products. When considering the exothermic reaction of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, its transition state will resemble the structure of the reactants which is F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. For the endothermic reaction of H+H-F, the transition state has similar structure as the product H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F. When estimating the transition state, the initial conditions can be set based on the bond length of H-H&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-US&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Körzdörfer, T., Parrish, R. M., Sears, J. S., Sherrill, C. D. &amp;amp; Brédas, J. L. On the relationship between bond-length alternation and many-electron self-interaction error. &#039;&#039;J. Chem. Phys.&#039;&#039;(2012). doi:10.1063/1.4752431&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Also, the surface plot can give a rough estimate of the position of transition state, which can be used to estimate the distance between H and F. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!bond length&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|H-H&lt;br /&gt;
|74 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Through adjusting r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; until the Internuclear distance vs Time graph (figure.19&amp;amp;figure.20)shows three horizontal line, the location of transition state can be estimated.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!reactions&lt;br /&gt;
!transition state&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=181.301{{fontcolor1|blue| Units. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:56, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74.482&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=distance between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|H + HF= H2 + F&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74.482&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=181.301&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018transitionstateendo.png|thumb|figure.19 transition state for reaction of F+H2=HF +H]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018transitionstateexo.png|thumb|centre|figure.20 transition state for reaction of H+HF=H2+F]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Activation energy ===&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = HF +H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Initial conditions&lt;br /&gt;
!distance &lt;br /&gt;
!momentum&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=190 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=73 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(A=F,B=H,C=H)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy is considered as the difference between the energy of the transition state and the starting material. To determine the minimum energy of the reactants, the initial conditions are set such that the path starts from the transition state to the reactants, a graph of Energy vs Time (figure.21) is plotted using MEP, from which the minimum energy of the reactant is determined to be -434.268 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;by exporting the data and identify the minimum energy to give a more precise result. Since fluorine is very reactive, so the activation energy is expected to be quite low, it is expected that the reactants is fairly close the transition state. The energy of the transition state is determined from the table in the program to be -433.981 kJmol-1, giving the activation energy of 0.287 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018r1aa.png|thumb|figure.21]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF = H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Initial conditions&lt;br /&gt;
!distance&lt;br /&gt;
!momentum&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=70&lt;br /&gt;
|p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=160&lt;br /&gt;
|p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
(A=H,B=H,C=F)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same method (figure.22) is used for this reaction, the minimum energy of the reactants is found to be 560.677 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, the difference between the transition state energy and the reactant energy is calculated to be 126.696 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1 &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018r2aa.png|thumb|figure.22]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:56, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Energy mechanism ===&lt;br /&gt;
Through monitoring the Energy vs Time plot(figure.17), it is discovered that the kinetic energy shows a pattern which is a reflection of the potential energy pattern when the total energy is conserved. This indicates that as the kinetic energy increases, the potential energy decreases by the same amount. The gain in the kinetic energy is mainly from the heat energy released during the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Momenta vs Time plot(figure.18) shows the energy transfer between translational and vibrational energy. Since momenta correspond to bond stretching displacement, when H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule oscillates, its momentum oscillates as well due to the fluctuation in the bond length. The magnitude of the fluctuation shows a slight decrease as the molecule moves towards F, some of the vibrational energy is converted to translational energy. AB shows a reverse pattern, its momentum increases in magnitude when the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F decreases, once new H-F bond is formed, the new molecule oscillates, translational energy is converted to vibrational energy, vibrational energy increases. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy released is converted into vibrational and translational energy. Translational energy is proportional to temperature {{fontcolor1|blue|So is vibrational. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:56, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}, so it can be measured by calorimeter. Translational energy can heat up the calorimeter and the magnitude of translational energy can be calculated. Vibrational energy can be measured by emission Infra-red spectrum. When HF molecules are just generated, some of them would vibrate at vibrational excited state (V1) and some lies at the ground state. After the reaction, excitation from ground state to first excited state and from first excited state to second excited state (overtone) can both happen. These molecules eventually will go back to ground states, during this process, the intensity of overtone will decrease overtime , but an increase in strength of signal generated by excitation from ground state to first excited state would be observed due to energy released from going higher excitation state to ground state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018energynew.png|thumb|figure.17]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:YJ6018momentanr.png|thumb|centre|figure.18]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Polanyi&#039;s rules ==&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules states that the translational energy is most effective for passing early transition state whereas vibrational energy is most useful in crossing late transition state.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;EN-US&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Jiang, B. &amp;amp; Guo, H. Relative efficacy of vibrational vs. translational excitation in promoting atom-diatom reactivity: Rigorous examination of Polanyi’s rules and proposition of sudden vector projection (SVP) model. &#039;&#039;J. Chem. Phys.&#039;&#039;(2013). doi:10.1063/1.4810007&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!High translational energy and low vibrational energy&lt;br /&gt;
!High vibrational energy and low translational energy&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=HF+H&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:reactive11.png|thumb|250px|rab=190,rbc=74,pab=-1.6,pbc=-0.5]]     &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:noreactive11.png|thumb|250px|rab=190,rbc=90,pab=-0.3,pbc=-0.3]]     &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|H+HF=H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:YJ6018noreaction22.png|thumb|250px|rab=180,rbc=74,pab=-1.2,pbc=-1.7]]     &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:YJ6018reactive2.png|thumb|250px|rab=190,rbc=74,pab=-0.9,pbc=-0.3]]    &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|Nice contour plots.[[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:56, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the contour plot of reaction of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, when the the conditions are set such that the vibrational energy is high and translational energy is low, the line moves towards the transition state, but eventually moves backwards, indicating that this energy combination is not suitable for crossing the transition state and the reaction can not happen. The surface plot of this reaction indicated that it is exothermic, transition state resembles the structure of reactants. Therefore, for this early transition state reaction, energy distribution should be high in translational energy and low in vibrational energy to pass the transition state successfully. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reverse reaction has a transition state that resembles the products&#039; structure. When the conditions are set to make the system have high translational energy and low vibrational energy, the contour plot shows the trajectory approaches the transition state but moves back towards the reactant side, indicating that under this energy distribution, the late transition state reaction would not happen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reference ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;__FORCETOC__&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:HMB01532415&amp;diff=808802</id>
		<title>MRD:HMB01532415</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:HMB01532415&amp;diff=808802"/>
		<updated>2020-05-21T17:12:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is mathematically defined as a saddle point on the potential energy surface plot. A saddle point is a stationary point with gradient = 0.It is a &#039;&#039;&#039;local maximum on the minimum energy pathway&#039;&#039;&#039; (MEP); as it is a saddle point it is also a minimum in the orthogonal direction to the MEP. This pathway links the potential energy of the reactants with the products via the transition state. In order to identify and distinguish a local maximum from a local minimum, the second derivative test is used. If a turning point is a maximum, the result of the second derivative test will be negative, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;f&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(x) &amp;lt; 0 &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. On the other hand, if it is a minimum then the result will be positive, so &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;f&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(x) &amp;gt; 0 &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: hb918Saddlepointmax.png | 300 px|thumb|left|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 1&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; A surface plot showing that the saddle point is a maximum in one direction.]] [[File: hb918Saddlepointmin.png | 300 px|thumb| center|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 2&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; A surface plot showing that the saddle point is also a minimum in the potential energy surface.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue| Good and clear. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:12, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state must be symmetrical, i.e r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, because the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is also symmetric with the reactants and products having equal energies. Using &amp;quot;Internuclear Distances vs Time&amp;quot; plots it is possible to predict the exact length of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. (Table 1) At this point, there is no oscillation of the AB and BC bonds and the internuclear distance of each bond is constant. This point is at a potential energy minimum as the atoms are positioned so that attractive forces and repulsive forces are minimised. By plotting internuclear distance for AB and BC against time, the potential energy is at a minimum for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.775 pm which corresponds to V = -415.378 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. This also coincides with forces along AB and BC of 0.00 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Table 1. Varying r to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
! r = 80 pm !! r = 90.775 pm !! r = 91 pm !! r = 100 pm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:hb918TSR80.png|300px]] || [[File:Hb918R90.775.png|300px]] || [[File:hb918TSR91.png|300px]]   || [[File:hb918TSR100.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (MEP) represents the trajectory at infinitely slow motion. This means that it is a calculation where the atoms and molecules in the reaction do not accumulate kinetic energy. Kinetic energy is reset to 0 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for each step number. By setting r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to 91.775 pm and keeping r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; as 90.775 pm, a smooth trajectory is given when the MEP calculation is plotted on a contour plot and there is no oscillation of the H-H bond. Alternatively, the dynamic calculation type shows a more realistic trajectory whereby there is oscillation of BC (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) as A approaches, i.e r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; decreases. (Table 2)&lt;br /&gt;
As the surface plot is symmetric, swapping the values of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; gives the same trajectory, reflected in the line y = x, and the approach is from the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Table 2. A comparison of MEP and Dynamic calculations&lt;br /&gt;
! MEP !! Dynamic !! Dynamic (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; swapped)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Mepdynamichb918.png|400px|thumb|MEP Trajectory on a contour plot]] || [[File:Hb918Dynamiccalc.png|400px|thumb|Dynamic Trajectory on a contour plot]] ||  [[File:Hb918OppositedirectionHHH.png|400px|thumb|Dynamic Trajectory when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are swapped.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm which is the internuclear distance in AB and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm is the internuclear distance between BC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Table 3. Determining the Reactivity of Various Trajectory Conditions&lt;br /&gt;
! p1/ g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p2/ g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1 || -414.280   || Yes || C approaches AB to form BC following a smooth trajectory. The products drift apart after the new bond forms.   ||  [[File:hb918Trajectory1.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -4.1 ||  -420.077  ||  No ||  C does not have enough momentum to approach the oscillating AB molecule. BC is not formed as the energy distribution means there is not enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state.    || [[File:hb918Trajectory2.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -5.1 || -413.977   ||  Yes || C approaches AB with enough momentum to form BC, as with the first momentum conditions in the table.   || [[File:hb918Trajectory3.png|200px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.1 ||  -357.277  ||  No || C approaches AB and initially forms molecule BC, however, the total energy is high which means the reaction is reversible and AB reforms. Overall, there is no reaction because the reactants are formed again. This is an example of barrier recrossing   || [[File:hb918Trajectory4.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.6 || -349.477   || Yes  || Overall the products are A + BC, but there are 3 exchanges of the central hydrogen, B. C approaches AB and BC is formed, this is then reversed and AB is reformed, before a final collision between AB and C giving A + BC as the overall products. || [[File:hb918Trajectory5.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, the trajectory for each pair of momenta shows that a larger (more negative) momentum increases the chance that BC will form from AB + C. It must also be noted that when the bond momenta are too large, the reaction is reversible and as a result, there will be more than 1 exchange of the central atom, B. &lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue| Good, but more commentary on changes in vibrational energy would improve descriptions. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:12, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory is based on 4 main assumptions. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TSTheory&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The energy distribution of the reactants is the same as that in the Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) Once a molecular system has passed through the transition state to form products, this cannot be reversed to form the reactants again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) The translational motion of the system can be separated from the other motions linked to the activated complex, e.g vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4) The chemical reaction can be treated classicially, and quantum effects can be ignored - e.g QM tunnelling &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the calculations made above, it can be seen that some of the products can undergo recrossing to reform the reactants, depending on the conditions. Therefore, it is not always true that the reactants cannot be reformed once the products have passed through the transition state. If recrossing occurs and some molecules go back to form the reactants in an unreactive trajectory, then Transition State Theory will overestimate the rate constant for the reaction when compared to experiment values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H System ==&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
(AB = HH BC = HF) For F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → H + HF, when AB distance is long, the reaction has formed HF, and when BC is long this corresponds to HH + F. By inspecting the surface plot for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → H + HF, it can be seen that this is an &#039;&#039;&#039;exothermic reaction&#039;&#039;&#039; as the products are lower in energy than the reactants. H + HF is the reverse of this reaction, it is an &#039;&#039;&#039;endothermic reaction&#039;&#039;&#039; and the products (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)  are higher in energy than the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As H + HF is lower in energy than F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, this shows that the HF bond is stronger and thermodynamically more stable than that in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:hb918ExoendoFHH.png |thumb| center| &#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 3&#039;&#039;&#039; A PES showing the MEP trajectory between the reactants and products, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locate the approximate position of the transition state.====&lt;br /&gt;
According to the Hammond postulate, the transition state must resemble the reactants of the exothermic reaction and the products of the endothermic reaction. In both cases, the transition state must therefore resemble F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, where the H - H bond is formed more than the F - H bond. Using this, the bond length for a typical H - H bond is a good prediction for the H - H bond length in the transition state. By manually changing the bond lengths, as in the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exercise, the transition state approximately occurs when the H-H distance is 74.49 pm and the F-H distance is 181.0 pm. (Fig 4, Fig 5) The total energy for this transition state is -433.981 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; where the momentum for each bond is set to 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hb918HammondpostFHH.png | 200 px | thumb | left| &#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 4&#039;&#039;&#039; An MEP plot showing the trajectory when the initial conditions are set to be the transition state and momenta are set to 0. ]] [[File:Hb918HammonddistanceFHH.png | 300 px | thumb | center| &#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 5&#039;&#039;&#039; Internuclear distance against time for the transition state. No oscillation occurs. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Report the activation energy for both reactions.====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy was calculated by comparing the total energy of the reactants for each reaction to the energy of the transition state (-433.981 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;). By varying the distance between H and F (BC), it&#039;s possible to find the energy of the reactants (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F) and the activation energy is the difference between the energy of the reactants and the energy of the transition state. (Figure 6) The reactants were found to have an energy of -435.059 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; when the BC distance was increased until there was no further change in the total energy. (BC was increased up to 700 pm). Therefore for the reaction H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H, E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.078 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To find the activation for HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F, an internuclear distance of 91 pm was used for the H-F bond and then AB distance was increased until there was no further change in the potential energy. (AB was increased up to 700 pm). The reactants for this reaction were found to have energy -560.404 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. As both reactions have the same transition state, the activation energy for this particular reaction is the difference between -433.981 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and -560.404 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Overall, E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 126. 423 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hb918Activation_energy.png | 300 px | thumb | center| &#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 6&#039;&#039;&#039; Energy vs time plot for the activation energy for H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions of AB = 74.49 pm and BC = 250 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  = -3 were found to produce a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These conditions ensure that F approaches H-H before passing through the transition state. It is clear from the momentum vs time plot that there is a change from H-H bond oscillation to H-F bond oscillation as the reaction progresses and forms the products. There is much more momentum in the H-F bond and as energy must be conserved in the reaction and the HF + H products are lower in energy than the reactants, this suggests the products are in a higher (excited) vibrational state, so HF oscillates more than HH in the reactants. (Figure 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calorimetry is a useful technique for calculating the total energy a molecule releases but it is not sensitive enough to differentiate between the translational and excited vibrational contribition to the total energy. Vibrational excitation can be seen with infrared spectroscopy instead. The main excitation is from the ground state to the first excited state, v = 0 → v = 1. This is the most prominent absorption seen as most molecules will be in the ground state. A less intense overtone of v = 1 → v = 2 will be seen at a lower frequency to v = 0 → v = 1 because the energy gap is slightly smaller for this transition. Any v = 1 → v = 0 transitions will not be seen in the IR because this is an emission, not an absorption. Raman scattering is a specific technique that can be used to identify whether molecules are in an excited state and also determine the energy of the transition. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Raman&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue| Good discussion of the different possible ways to measure the vibrational increase. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:12, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: hb918Momentumminus1minus3.png |300px| thumb| center| &#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 7&#039;&#039;&#039; Momentum vs time plot depicting the transition from HH to HF. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.====&lt;br /&gt;
Starting on the side of the reactants, F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 210 pm, where momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol-1.pm.fs-1 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was varied within the range -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The trajectories were plotted along with momentum vs time graphs to see if the reaction proceeded under different momentum conditions. In these cases, the energy supplied to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond was significantly above the activation energy. Momentum vs time graphs were plotted to show the overall outcome of the reaction and whether the product was a HF or HH oscillating bond. (Table 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reactants F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; relates to the translational motion of F moving towards H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; relates to the vibrational motion (oscillation) of the H-H bond. It is important to note that this reaction is exothermic and so it has an early transition state. Increasing the momentum for the H-H bond did not always result in a successful reaction and most of the trajectories were unreactive. This is because increasing the momentum actually increased the vibrational energy of the bond causing it to oscillate more, and the translational energy was kept constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Table 4. The Result of Changing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; Momentum&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -6.1   !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -4 !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -3 !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -2 !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1 !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Unreactive || Unreactive || Reactive || Reactive|| Unreactive || Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:-6.1unreactive.png|200px]] || [[File:Hb918-4unreactive.png|200px]]   || [[File:hb918-2reactive.png|200px]] || [[File:hb918-2reactive.png|200px]] ||[[File:hb918-1unreactive.png|200px]] || [[File:Hb9180_unreactive.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1   !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2 !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 3 !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 4 !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 5 !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 6.1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Reactive || Reactive || Unreactive || Unreactive|| Unreactive || Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:hb9181reactive.png|200px]] || [[File:hb9182reactive.png|200px]]   || [[File:hb9183unreactive.png|200px]]  || [[File:hb9184unreactive.png|200px]] ||[[File:hb9185unreactive.png|200px]] || [[File:Hb9186.1reactive.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the same initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm, the initial momentum conditions were changed to p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. This reaction was found to be successful. In this particular case, the vibrational energy of the reactants is low, and the translational energy was increased compared to the tested conditions above. (Figure 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:hb918Lowermomentum-0.2.png |400px | Figure 8. Momentum vs time plot for lowered vibrational energy conditions of reactants F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Studying the reverse reaction of HF + H → F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; now relates to the vibrational energy of the HF bond and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is linked to the translational energy of the approaching H atom. This reaction, as discussed before, is endothermic and therefore has a late transition state. The initial conditions for internuclear distances were set to: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm. (Table 5) Successful reactions were found to occur when p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; translational energy was much lower than the vibrational energy given by p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The plots show that these reactions are efficient compared to those in Table 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Table 5. Reactive conditions for HF + H → F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -20 || 0 || [[File:hb918-20reverse.png |300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -30 || -10 || [[File:-30reverse.png |300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cases studied above are examples of Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Polanyi&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; which state that if a reaction has an early transition state, like F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H, then a successful, efficient reaction is achieved when the vibrational energy is low and the translational energy is high for the reactants. Conversely, the rules also state that for a reaction that has a late transition state, the ideal conditions for a successful reaction are when vibrational energy is high and translational energy is low and therefore an efficient reaction. This highlights that the success of a reaction is based on the energy distribution of the system and the vibrational energy is just as important as the kinetic energy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue| Top tier report, well done. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:12, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
== Bibliography ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TSTheory&amp;quot;&amp;gt;K. J. Laidler Chemical Kinetics 3rd ed., Harper-Collins, 1987, 88-98. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Raman&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Tom, S., Jin, H.-E., Lee, S.-W. Aptamers as Functional Bionanomaterials for Sensor Applications. Engineering of Nanobiomaterials; Elsevier, 2016, 181−226.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Polanyi&amp;quot;&amp;gt;K. J. Laidler Chemical Kinetics 3rd ed., Harper-Collins, 1987, 460-471.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01546737&amp;diff=808781</id>
		<title>MRD:01546737</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01546737&amp;diff=808781"/>
		<updated>2020-05-21T16:58:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Defining the Transition State ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is mathematically defined on a potential energy surface as the point where the gradient of the potential is equivalent to zero, i.e. ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0. It is a saddle point, and lies on the minimum energy path between reactants and products. It can be easily identified if trajectories are started near the transition state. If the transition state is present, then the trajectory will &#039;roll&#039; in the direction of either the reactants or the products, whereas if a local energy minima is present, then the trajectory may become stuck in a potential well and will not &#039;roll&#039; towards the reactants or products. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Rts_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|250px|thumb|right|A graph of internuclear distance against time for the transition state position of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state and local potential minima can be further distinguished by looking at the Hessian matrix for the point. For an energy minima, then it would be expected that overall the dot product of the eigenvalues and orthogonal eigenvectors would lead to both vectors being positive, i.e. going up the &#039;slope&#039; of the potential surface, whereas at the transition state, on the saddle point, one of the vectors would be positive, going &#039;up the slope&#039;, and the other would be negative, going &#039;down the slope&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Transition State Using r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
Using r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, the transition state position, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was found to be located at 90.77pm. This is clearly shown in the internuclear distances vs time graph for this position, as the gradients for A-B, B-C and A-C are all equivalent to 0, showing that at this location the atoms exhibit no oscillation along the ridge or r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. This will occur when there is no force acting upon the atoms. One definition of force is the variation of momentum, or mathematically ∂P&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/∂t . This partial derivative is equal to -∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,...)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and as we have previously discussed at the transition state this is equal to zero. As such at the transition state, no force will be acting on the atoms, meaning that they will not oscillate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
Through a comparison of the trajectory from contour plots created from the MEP and Dynamics calculations, it is clear that the trajectory follows the minimum energy path in the MEP calculation, whilst oscillation occurs in the Dynamics trajectory. This is because in the MEP calculation, there is an infinite &#039;friction&#039; acting on the trajectory, meaning that as it &#039;rolls&#039;, it is not able to pick up any momentum, and therefore no net force acts on the system. In contrast, the Dynamics calculation is an accurate representation of the system, and therefore means that momentum is allowed to build up as it &#039;rolls&#039; towards the products, applying a force on the atoms in the system, in turn causing them to oscillate.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP slight displacement 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|The MEP trajectory calculated from a slight displacement from the transition state position of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]] [[File:Dynamics slight displacement 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|The Dynamics trajectory calculated from a slight displacement from the transition state position of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following plots are for the compare the &#039;Internuclear Distances vs Time&#039; plots and &#039;Momenta vs Time&#039; plots for the system previously described and the system r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, using the Dynamics calculation for both. It is clear that both graphs look identical, however in the second system the lines representing A-B and B-C have been swapped. This is because the change in displacement in the second system means a change in trajectory as the system &#039;rolls&#039; towards a different set of products, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1st system IN-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|Internuclear Distances vs Time for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; trajectory of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1st system momenta-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|Momenta vs Time for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; trajectory of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2nd system IN-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|Internuclear Distances vs Time for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ trajectory of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2nd system momenta-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|Momenta vs Time for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ trajectory of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graphs correspond to a system where the initial positions are the final positions of the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, and the initial momenta is the negative of the final momenta from the previous system. It is observed that the trajectory of the system is reversed, and the system returns to the initial conditions of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:reverse momenta-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|Momenta vs Time for the trajectory to return r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ to it&#039;s initial positions and momenta for the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:reverse IN-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|Internuclear Distances vs Time for the trajectory to return r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ to it&#039;s initial positions and momenta for the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
====Table of Varying Trajectories====&lt;br /&gt;
 {| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ A summary of trajectories run at varying values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, with the same initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 200 pm&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/KJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of Dynamics !! Illustration of the Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1 || -414.280 || yes || The system has sufficient energy to overcome the saddle point, after which the atoms continue along the trajectory with some oscillation. || [[File: table 1 01546737.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -4.1 || -420.077 || no || This system has a lower total energy than the previous one, and therefore does not have sufficient energy to overcome the saddle point, meaning that it is unreactive, and the trajectory travels back towards the reactants. || [[File: table 2 01546737.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -5.1 || -413.977 || yes || Similarly to the first trajectory, the system is able to overcome the saddle point, however the fact that there is more energy in the system means that when &#039;rolling&#039; towards the products, there is greater oscillation. || [[File: table 3 01546737.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.1 || -357.277 || yes || This trajectory is an example of barrier recrossing. Due to the sufficient energy in the system, after the products are formed, the trajectory &#039;rolls&#039; back over the saddle point towards the reactants {{fontcolor1|green| Barrier recrossing doesn&#039;t count as a reactive trajectory. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:55, 21 May 2020 (BST)}} || [[File: table 4 01546737.png|200px|none]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.6 || -349.477 || yes || This trajectory has the greatest total energy. After some oscillation of the atoms about the saddle point, the trajectory crosses over and &#039;rolls&#039; towards the products with the greatest oscillation of any of the trajectories due to the greatest total energy. || [[File: table 5 01546737.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Should have a brief explanation of what the table shows, e.g that you need not only enough energy for the reaction to go, but also the correct balance of translational/vibrational energies. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Transition State Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory will overestimate the rate of reaction in comparison to experimental values. One of the conditions for Transition State Theory is that once the system has crossed over the potential energy barrier and is &#039;rolling&#039; towards the products, it is not able to cross the saddle point again and therefore the system cannot revert back to the products. In reality however, barrier recrossing can occur, as shown in the fourth trajectory of the previous table, meaning that experimentally not all trajectories that cross over the transition state saddle point will lead to the formation of the products, slowing down the overall rate of reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
===PES Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions ====&lt;br /&gt;
The F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is exothermic as, according to Hammond&#039;s postulate, for an exothermic reaction, the transition state will lie close to the reactants and will therefore resemble said reactants. In contrast, the H + HF reaction is endothermic as the transition state lies close to the products, and will in turn resemble the products. These reaction energetics directly relate to the H-F and H-H bond strengths. The F-H bond is stronger than the H-H bond, and as such the formation of the H-F bond is overall exothermic as there is a net energy release caused by the formation of a strong bond. The H-H bond formation from H-F + H is endothermic as there is a net energy loss, because the strong H-F bond must be broken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Approximate Position of the Transition State====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the  H-H-F system lies approximately at H-F = 181.28 pm and H-H = 74.15 pm. A change of δ= ±1 pm on either of the bond distances changes the trajectory in the direction of either the reactants or the product. In addition, the internuclear distances - time graph shows that the bond lengths exhibit only slight oscillation when the trajectory starts at this point, and are practically constant. This in turns means that very little force is acting on the atoms at these positions, suggesting that they are very close to the transition state position. Furthermore, the orthogonal vectors formed from the Hessian matrix of this point show one &#039;going up&#039; the wall of the potential energy slope, whilst the other is &#039;pointing down&#039; the slope towards the products, suggesting that it lies very close to the saddle point.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H-H-F IN-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|Internuclear Distances vs Time for the H-H-F system starting at the approximate transition state position.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H-H-F contour 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|The contour plot for the trajectory of the H-H-F system starting at the approximate transition state position, with the vectors calculated from the Hessian matrix.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H-H-F F-H change 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|The contour plot for the trajectory of the H-H-F system starting at the approximate transition state position for H-H, and F-H + δ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H-H-F H-H change 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|The contour plot for the trajectory of the H-H-F system starting at the approximate transition state position for F-H, and H-H - δ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good, a contour/surface plot can be used to demonstrate this. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activation Energy for H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F and HF + H reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the formation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was calculated to be 126.624 KJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, whilst the activation energy for the formation of H-F was found to be 0.938 KJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. These were found by performing an MEP reaction that started from a slight deviation from the transition state position, and the difference between the saddle point energy and energies of reactants for the system were taken using energy vs time plots.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy-time HF formation 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|The energy time plot used to determine the activation energy of H-H formation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy-time HH formation 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|The energy time plot used to determine the activation energy of H-F formation. Whilst the energy of the plot looks to be constant, there is a slight negative gradient.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Correct. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Release of Reaction Energy====&lt;br /&gt;
Upon inspection of a momenta-time graph for a successful reaction for the formation of H-F from H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, upon the formation of the product, there is greater vibrational energy in the H-F bond, in comparison to the H-H bond of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reactant. This is because there is a large release of potential energy from the reactants, which is in turn converted to kinetic energy, primarily in the form of vibrational energy in the products. This vibrational energy in turn increases the overall heat energy present in the system. There is therefore an increase in temperature of the system. This change in temperature can be measured experimentally using a calorimeter. The heat released from the exothermic reaction is transferred to the solution in the calorimeter, with the change in temperature of solution being calculated by the equipment.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:momenta time energy release 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|A plot of momenta against time for a trajectory that leads to the successful formation of the H-F product, illustrating the increase of kinetic vibrational energy released into the system upon a successful exothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Distribution of Energy in the System====&lt;br /&gt;
For a system starting with the reactants F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, with the initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, a range of values for p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; were investigated, between -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. It was observed that the negative p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had overall less vibrational kinetic energy to begin with than a positive value of the same magnitude. It was also observed that because the system had a lot greater energy in the form of initial vibrational energy, system recrossing could sometimes occur. When system recrossing occured, the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule was observed to travel away from F with less vibrational and translational kinetic energy than when approaching F. However when the reaction was successful, HF had much greater vibrational energy than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reactant, and both products had more translational energy. This shows that if system recrossing occurs, then there is a net gain in potential energy, due to some kinetic energy being used to overcome the small initial activation energy in the first crossing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the overall energy of the system is significantly reduced by changing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;,  the system still has enough energy to overcome the initial activation energy barrier, however there is not sufficient energy for system recrossing to happen, meaning that overall there is a formation of F-H, and again a release of kinetic energy to the system, primarily in the form of translational and vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though the inversion of momentum procedure was used, a reactive trajectory that successfully achieved the formation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from HF + H was not found. However in the process of trying to find such a reactive trajectory, it was observed that a higher vibrational energy of the reactants is much more important to the success and efficiency of a reaction than high translational energy. This is because the trajectory of the reactants is already oscillating about the potential well, so therefore less external energy (in the form of translational energy) is required to overcome the saddle point than if the molecules were residing at the bottom of the potential well. If the position of the transition state were more central between the products and the reactants, then overall for an endothermic reaction, as in this example, it would resemble the products less and would in turn require less potential energy to be overcome. This would mean that the reaction rate would be less dependent on the vibrational energy possessed by the reactants, and translational energy of reactants would have more of an effect in determining whether a reaction is successful. {{fontcolor1|green|I am not sure what you are trying to say here, the potential energy that must be overcome can be overcome both by vibrational and translational energy. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|This explanation is a little confusing, however you do predict the correct relationship between transition state position and need for translational or vibrational energy. It would be beneficial to reference Polanyi&#039;s rules in your explanation &amp;quot;For an exothermic reaction - early transition state - energy must be mostly provided in the form of translational energy, whereas for an endothermic reaction - late transition state, energy must be mostly provided in the form of vibrational energy&amp;quot;. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Overall a good report, you show understanding throughout. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01546737&amp;diff=808770</id>
		<title>MRD:01546737</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01546737&amp;diff=808770"/>
		<updated>2020-05-21T16:55:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Defining the Transition State ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is mathematically defined on a potential energy surface as the point where the gradient of the potential is equivalent to zero, i.e. ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0. It is a saddle point, and lies on the minimum energy path between reactants and products. It can be easily identified if trajectories are started near the transition state. If the transition state is present, then the trajectory will &#039;roll&#039; in the direction of either the reactants or the products, whereas if a local energy minima is present, then the trajectory may become stuck in a potential well and will not &#039;roll&#039; towards the reactants or products. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Rts_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|250px|thumb|right|A graph of internuclear distance against time for the transition state position of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state and local potential minima can be further distinguished by looking at the Hessian matrix for the point. For an energy minima, then it would be expected that overall the dot product of the eigenvalues and orthogonal eigenvectors would lead to both vectors being positive, i.e. going up the &#039;slope&#039; of the potential surface, whereas at the transition state, on the saddle point, one of the vectors would be positive, going &#039;up the slope&#039;, and the other would be negative, going &#039;down the slope&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Transition State Using r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
Using r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, the transition state position, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was found to be located at 90.77pm. This is clearly shown in the internuclear distances vs time graph for this position, as the gradients for A-B, B-C and A-C are all equivalent to 0, showing that at this location the atoms exhibit no oscillation along the ridge or r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. This will occur when there is no force acting upon the atoms. One definition of force is the variation of momentum, or mathematically ∂P&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/∂t . This partial derivative is equal to -∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,...)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and as we have previously discussed at the transition state this is equal to zero. As such at the transition state, no force will be acting on the atoms, meaning that they will not oscillate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
Through a comparison of the trajectory from contour plots created from the MEP and Dynamics calculations, it is clear that the trajectory follows the minimum energy path in the MEP calculation, whilst oscillation occurs in the Dynamics trajectory. This is because in the MEP calculation, there is an infinite &#039;friction&#039; acting on the trajectory, meaning that as it &#039;rolls&#039;, it is not able to pick up any momentum, and therefore no net force acts on the system. In contrast, the Dynamics calculation is an accurate representation of the system, and therefore means that momentum is allowed to build up as it &#039;rolls&#039; towards the products, applying a force on the atoms in the system, in turn causing them to oscillate.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP slight displacement 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|The MEP trajectory calculated from a slight displacement from the transition state position of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]] [[File:Dynamics slight displacement 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|The Dynamics trajectory calculated from a slight displacement from the transition state position of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following plots are for the compare the &#039;Internuclear Distances vs Time&#039; plots and &#039;Momenta vs Time&#039; plots for the system previously described and the system r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, using the Dynamics calculation for both. It is clear that both graphs look identical, however in the second system the lines representing A-B and B-C have been swapped. This is because the change in displacement in the second system means a change in trajectory as the system &#039;rolls&#039; towards a different set of products, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1st system IN-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|Internuclear Distances vs Time for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; trajectory of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1st system momenta-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|Momenta vs Time for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; trajectory of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2nd system IN-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|Internuclear Distances vs Time for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ trajectory of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2nd system momenta-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|Momenta vs Time for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ trajectory of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graphs correspond to a system where the initial positions are the final positions of the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, and the initial momenta is the negative of the final momenta from the previous system. It is observed that the trajectory of the system is reversed, and the system returns to the initial conditions of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:reverse momenta-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|Momenta vs Time for the trajectory to return r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ to it&#039;s initial positions and momenta for the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:reverse IN-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|Internuclear Distances vs Time for the trajectory to return r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ to it&#039;s initial positions and momenta for the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
====Table of Varying Trajectories====&lt;br /&gt;
 {| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ A summary of trajectories run at varying values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, with the same initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 200 pm&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/KJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of Dynamics !! Illustration of the Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1 || -414.280 || yes || The system has sufficient energy to overcome the saddle point, after which the atoms continue along the trajectory with some oscillation. || [[File: table 1 01546737.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -4.1 || -420.077 || no || This system has a lower total energy than the previous one, and therefore does not have sufficient energy to overcome the saddle point, meaning that it is unreactive, and the trajectory travels back towards the reactants. || [[File: table 2 01546737.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -5.1 || -413.977 || yes || Similarly to the first trajectory, the system is able to overcome the saddle point, however the fact that there is more energy in the system means that when &#039;rolling&#039; towards the products, there is greater oscillation. || [[File: table 3 01546737.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.1 || -357.277 || yes || This trajectory is an example of barrier recrossing. Due to the sufficient energy in the system, after the products are formed, the trajectory &#039;rolls&#039; back over the saddle point towards the reactants  &lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Barrier recrossing doesn&#039;t count as a reactive trajectory.. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:55, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}|| [[File: table 4 01546737.png|200px|none]] &lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Barrier recrossing doesn&#039;t count as a reactive trajectory. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:53, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.6 || -349.477 || yes || This trajectory has the greatest total energy. After some oscillation of the atoms about the saddle point, the trajectory crosses over and &#039;rolls&#039; towards the products with the greatest oscillation of any of the trajectories due to the greatest total energy. || [[File: table 5 01546737.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Should have a brief explanation of what the table shows, e.g that you need not only enough energy for the reaction to go, but also the correct balance of translational/vibrational energies. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Transition State Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory will overestimate the rate of reaction in comparison to experimental values. One of the conditions for Transition State Theory is that once the system has crossed over the potential energy barrier and is &#039;rolling&#039; towards the products, it is not able to cross the saddle point again and therefore the system cannot revert back to the products. In reality however, barrier recrossing can occur, as shown in the fourth trajectory of the previous table, meaning that experimentally not all trajectories that cross over the transition state saddle point will lead to the formation of the products, slowing down the overall rate of reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
===PES Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions ====&lt;br /&gt;
The F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is exothermic as, according to Hammond&#039;s postulate, for an exothermic reaction, the transition state will lie close to the reactants and will therefore resemble said reactants. In contrast, the H + HF reaction is endothermic as the transition state lies close to the products, and will in turn resemble the products. These reaction energetics directly relate to the H-F and H-H bond strengths. The F-H bond is stronger than the H-H bond, and as such the formation of the H-F bond is overall exothermic as there is a net energy release caused by the formation of a strong bond. The H-H bond formation from H-F + H is endothermic as there is a net energy loss, because the strong H-F bond must be broken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Approximate Position of the Transition State====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the  H-H-F system lies approximately at H-F = 181.28 pm and H-H = 74.15 pm. A change of δ= ±1 pm on either of the bond distances changes the trajectory in the direction of either the reactants or the product. In addition, the internuclear distances - time graph shows that the bond lengths exhibit only slight oscillation when the trajectory starts at this point, and are practically constant. This in turns means that very little force is acting on the atoms at these positions, suggesting that they are very close to the transition state position. Furthermore, the orthogonal vectors formed from the Hessian matrix of this point show one &#039;going up&#039; the wall of the potential energy slope, whilst the other is &#039;pointing down&#039; the slope towards the products, suggesting that it lies very close to the saddle point.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H-H-F IN-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|Internuclear Distances vs Time for the H-H-F system starting at the approximate transition state position.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H-H-F contour 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|The contour plot for the trajectory of the H-H-F system starting at the approximate transition state position, with the vectors calculated from the Hessian matrix.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H-H-F F-H change 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|The contour plot for the trajectory of the H-H-F system starting at the approximate transition state position for H-H, and F-H + δ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H-H-F H-H change 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|The contour plot for the trajectory of the H-H-F system starting at the approximate transition state position for F-H, and H-H - δ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good, a contour/surface plot can be used to demonstrate this. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activation Energy for H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F and HF + H reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the formation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was calculated to be 126.624 KJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, whilst the activation energy for the formation of H-F was found to be 0.938 KJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. These were found by performing an MEP reaction that started from a slight deviation from the transition state position, and the difference between the saddle point energy and energies of reactants for the system were taken using energy vs time plots.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy-time HF formation 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|The energy time plot used to determine the activation energy of H-H formation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy-time HH formation 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|The energy time plot used to determine the activation energy of H-F formation. Whilst the energy of the plot looks to be constant, there is a slight negative gradient.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Correct. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Release of Reaction Energy====&lt;br /&gt;
Upon inspection of a momenta-time graph for a successful reaction for the formation of H-F from H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, upon the formation of the product, there is greater vibrational energy in the H-F bond, in comparison to the H-H bond of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reactant. This is because there is a large release of potential energy from the reactants, which is in turn converted to kinetic energy, primarily in the form of vibrational energy in the products. This vibrational energy in turn increases the overall heat energy present in the system. There is therefore an increase in temperature of the system. This change in temperature can be measured experimentally using a calorimeter. The heat released from the exothermic reaction is transferred to the solution in the calorimeter, with the change in temperature of solution being calculated by the equipment.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:momenta time energy release 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|A plot of momenta against time for a trajectory that leads to the successful formation of the H-F product, illustrating the increase of kinetic vibrational energy released into the system upon a successful exothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Distribution of Energy in the System====&lt;br /&gt;
For a system starting with the reactants F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, with the initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, a range of values for p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; were investigated, between -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. It was observed that the negative p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had overall less vibrational kinetic energy to begin with than a positive value of the same magnitude. It was also observed that because the system had a lot greater energy in the form of initial vibrational energy, system recrossing could sometimes occur. When system recrossing occured, the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule was observed to travel away from F with less vibrational and translational kinetic energy than when approaching F. However when the reaction was successful, HF had much greater vibrational energy than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reactant, and both products had more translational energy. This shows that if system recrossing occurs, then there is a net gain in potential energy, due to some kinetic energy being used to overcome the small initial activation energy in the first crossing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the overall energy of the system is significantly reduced by changing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;,  the system still has enough energy to overcome the initial activation energy barrier, however there is not sufficient energy for system recrossing to happen, meaning that overall there is a formation of F-H, and again a release of kinetic energy to the system, primarily in the form of translational and vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though the inversion of momentum procedure was used, a reactive trajectory that successfully achieved the formation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from HF + H was not found. However in the process of trying to find such a reactive trajectory, it was observed that a higher vibrational energy of the reactants is much more important to the success and efficiency of a reaction than high translational energy. This is because the trajectory of the reactants is already oscillating about the potential well, so therefore less external energy (in the form of translational energy) is required to overcome the saddle point than if the molecules were residing at the bottom of the potential well. If the position of the transition state were more central between the products and the reactants, then overall for an endothermic reaction, as in this example, it would resemble the products less and would in turn require less potential energy to be overcome. This would mean that the reaction rate would be less dependent on the vibrational energy possessed by the reactants, and translational energy of reactants would have more of an effect in determining whether a reaction is successful. {{fontcolor1|green|I am not sure what you are trying to say here, the potential energy that must be overcome can be overcome both by vibrational and translational energy. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|This explanation is a little confusing, however you do predict the correct relationship between transition state position and need for translational or vibrational energy. It would be beneficial to reference Polanyi&#039;s rules in your explanation &amp;quot;For an exothermic reaction - early transition state - energy must be mostly provided in the form of translational energy, whereas for an endothermic reaction - late transition state, energy must be mostly provided in the form of vibrational energy&amp;quot;. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Overall a good report, you show understanding throughout. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01546737&amp;diff=808764</id>
		<title>MRD:01546737</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01546737&amp;diff=808764"/>
		<updated>2020-05-21T16:54:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: Undo revision 808760 by Pu12 (talk)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Defining the Transition State ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is mathematically defined on a potential energy surface as the point where the gradient of the potential is equivalent to zero, i.e. ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0. It is a saddle point, and lies on the minimum energy path between reactants and products. It can be easily identified if trajectories are started near the transition state. If the transition state is present, then the trajectory will &#039;roll&#039; in the direction of either the reactants or the products, whereas if a local energy minima is present, then the trajectory may become stuck in a potential well and will not &#039;roll&#039; towards the reactants or products. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Rts_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|250px|thumb|right|A graph of internuclear distance against time for the transition state position of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state and local potential minima can be further distinguished by looking at the Hessian matrix for the point. For an energy minima, then it would be expected that overall the dot product of the eigenvalues and orthogonal eigenvectors would lead to both vectors being positive, i.e. going up the &#039;slope&#039; of the potential surface, whereas at the transition state, on the saddle point, one of the vectors would be positive, going &#039;up the slope&#039;, and the other would be negative, going &#039;down the slope&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Transition State Using r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
Using r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, the transition state position, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was found to be located at 90.77pm. This is clearly shown in the internuclear distances vs time graph for this position, as the gradients for A-B, B-C and A-C are all equivalent to 0, showing that at this location the atoms exhibit no oscillation along the ridge or r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. This will occur when there is no force acting upon the atoms. One definition of force is the variation of momentum, or mathematically ∂P&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/∂t . This partial derivative is equal to -∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,...)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and as we have previously discussed at the transition state this is equal to zero. As such at the transition state, no force will be acting on the atoms, meaning that they will not oscillate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
Through a comparison of the trajectory from contour plots created from the MEP and Dynamics calculations, it is clear that the trajectory follows the minimum energy path in the MEP calculation, whilst oscillation occurs in the Dynamics trajectory. This is because in the MEP calculation, there is an infinite &#039;friction&#039; acting on the trajectory, meaning that as it &#039;rolls&#039;, it is not able to pick up any momentum, and therefore no net force acts on the system. In contrast, the Dynamics calculation is an accurate representation of the system, and therefore means that momentum is allowed to build up as it &#039;rolls&#039; towards the products, applying a force on the atoms in the system, in turn causing them to oscillate.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP slight displacement 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|The MEP trajectory calculated from a slight displacement from the transition state position of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]] [[File:Dynamics slight displacement 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|The Dynamics trajectory calculated from a slight displacement from the transition state position of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following plots are for the compare the &#039;Internuclear Distances vs Time&#039; plots and &#039;Momenta vs Time&#039; plots for the system previously described and the system r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, using the Dynamics calculation for both. It is clear that both graphs look identical, however in the second system the lines representing A-B and B-C have been swapped. This is because the change in displacement in the second system means a change in trajectory as the system &#039;rolls&#039; towards a different set of products, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1st system IN-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|Internuclear Distances vs Time for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; trajectory of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1st system momenta-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|Momenta vs Time for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; trajectory of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2nd system IN-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|Internuclear Distances vs Time for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ trajectory of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2nd system momenta-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|Momenta vs Time for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ trajectory of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graphs correspond to a system where the initial positions are the final positions of the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, and the initial momenta is the negative of the final momenta from the previous system. It is observed that the trajectory of the system is reversed, and the system returns to the initial conditions of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:reverse momenta-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|Momenta vs Time for the trajectory to return r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ to it&#039;s initial positions and momenta for the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:reverse IN-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|Internuclear Distances vs Time for the trajectory to return r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ to it&#039;s initial positions and momenta for the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
====Table of Varying Trajectories====&lt;br /&gt;
 {| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ A summary of trajectories run at varying values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, with the same initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 200 pm&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/KJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of Dynamics !! Illustration of the Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1 || -414.280 || yes || The system has sufficient energy to overcome the saddle point, after which the atoms continue along the trajectory with some oscillation. || [[File: table 1 01546737.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -4.1 || -420.077 || no || This system has a lower total energy than the previous one, and therefore does not have sufficient energy to overcome the saddle point, meaning that it is unreactive, and the trajectory travels back towards the reactants. || [[File: table 2 01546737.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -5.1 || -413.977 || yes || Similarly to the first trajectory, the system is able to overcome the saddle point, however the fact that there is more energy in the system means that when &#039;rolling&#039; towards the products, there is greater oscillation. || [[File: table 3 01546737.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.1 || -357.277 || yes || This trajectory is an example of barrier recrossing. Due to the sufficient energy in the system, after the products are formed, the trajectory &#039;rolls&#039; back over the saddle point towards the reactants || [[File: table 4 01546737.png|200px|none]] &lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Barrier recrossing doesn&#039;t count as a reactive trajectory. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:53, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.6 || -349.477 || yes || This trajectory has the greatest total energy. After some oscillation of the atoms about the saddle point, the trajectory crosses over and &#039;rolls&#039; towards the products with the greatest oscillation of any of the trajectories due to the greatest total energy. || [[File: table 5 01546737.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Should have a brief explanation of what the table shows, e.g that you need not only enough energy for the reaction to go, but also the correct balance of translational/vibrational energies. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Transition State Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory will overestimate the rate of reaction in comparison to experimental values. One of the conditions for Transition State Theory is that once the system has crossed over the potential energy barrier and is &#039;rolling&#039; towards the products, it is not able to cross the saddle point again and therefore the system cannot revert back to the products. In reality however, barrier recrossing can occur, as shown in the fourth trajectory of the previous table, meaning that experimentally not all trajectories that cross over the transition state saddle point will lead to the formation of the products, slowing down the overall rate of reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
===PES Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions ====&lt;br /&gt;
The F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is exothermic as, according to Hammond&#039;s postulate, for an exothermic reaction, the transition state will lie close to the reactants and will therefore resemble said reactants. In contrast, the H + HF reaction is endothermic as the transition state lies close to the products, and will in turn resemble the products. These reaction energetics directly relate to the H-F and H-H bond strengths. The F-H bond is stronger than the H-H bond, and as such the formation of the H-F bond is overall exothermic as there is a net energy release caused by the formation of a strong bond. The H-H bond formation from H-F + H is endothermic as there is a net energy loss, because the strong H-F bond must be broken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Approximate Position of the Transition State====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the  H-H-F system lies approximately at H-F = 181.28 pm and H-H = 74.15 pm. A change of δ= ±1 pm on either of the bond distances changes the trajectory in the direction of either the reactants or the product. In addition, the internuclear distances - time graph shows that the bond lengths exhibit only slight oscillation when the trajectory starts at this point, and are practically constant. This in turns means that very little force is acting on the atoms at these positions, suggesting that they are very close to the transition state position. Furthermore, the orthogonal vectors formed from the Hessian matrix of this point show one &#039;going up&#039; the wall of the potential energy slope, whilst the other is &#039;pointing down&#039; the slope towards the products, suggesting that it lies very close to the saddle point.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H-H-F IN-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|Internuclear Distances vs Time for the H-H-F system starting at the approximate transition state position.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H-H-F contour 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|The contour plot for the trajectory of the H-H-F system starting at the approximate transition state position, with the vectors calculated from the Hessian matrix.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H-H-F F-H change 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|The contour plot for the trajectory of the H-H-F system starting at the approximate transition state position for H-H, and F-H + δ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H-H-F H-H change 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|The contour plot for the trajectory of the H-H-F system starting at the approximate transition state position for F-H, and H-H - δ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good, a contour/surface plot can be used to demonstrate this. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activation Energy for H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F and HF + H reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the formation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was calculated to be 126.624 KJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, whilst the activation energy for the formation of H-F was found to be 0.938 KJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. These were found by performing an MEP reaction that started from a slight deviation from the transition state position, and the difference between the saddle point energy and energies of reactants for the system were taken using energy vs time plots.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy-time HF formation 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|The energy time plot used to determine the activation energy of H-H formation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy-time HH formation 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|The energy time plot used to determine the activation energy of H-F formation. Whilst the energy of the plot looks to be constant, there is a slight negative gradient.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Correct. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Release of Reaction Energy====&lt;br /&gt;
Upon inspection of a momenta-time graph for a successful reaction for the formation of H-F from H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, upon the formation of the product, there is greater vibrational energy in the H-F bond, in comparison to the H-H bond of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reactant. This is because there is a large release of potential energy from the reactants, which is in turn converted to kinetic energy, primarily in the form of vibrational energy in the products. This vibrational energy in turn increases the overall heat energy present in the system. There is therefore an increase in temperature of the system. This change in temperature can be measured experimentally using a calorimeter. The heat released from the exothermic reaction is transferred to the solution in the calorimeter, with the change in temperature of solution being calculated by the equipment.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:momenta time energy release 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|A plot of momenta against time for a trajectory that leads to the successful formation of the H-F product, illustrating the increase of kinetic vibrational energy released into the system upon a successful exothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Distribution of Energy in the System====&lt;br /&gt;
For a system starting with the reactants F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, with the initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, a range of values for p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; were investigated, between -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. It was observed that the negative p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had overall less vibrational kinetic energy to begin with than a positive value of the same magnitude. It was also observed that because the system had a lot greater energy in the form of initial vibrational energy, system recrossing could sometimes occur. When system recrossing occured, the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule was observed to travel away from F with less vibrational and translational kinetic energy than when approaching F. However when the reaction was successful, HF had much greater vibrational energy than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reactant, and both products had more translational energy. This shows that if system recrossing occurs, then there is a net gain in potential energy, due to some kinetic energy being used to overcome the small initial activation energy in the first crossing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the overall energy of the system is significantly reduced by changing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;,  the system still has enough energy to overcome the initial activation energy barrier, however there is not sufficient energy for system recrossing to happen, meaning that overall there is a formation of F-H, and again a release of kinetic energy to the system, primarily in the form of translational and vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though the inversion of momentum procedure was used, a reactive trajectory that successfully achieved the formation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from HF + H was not found. However in the process of trying to find such a reactive trajectory, it was observed that a higher vibrational energy of the reactants is much more important to the success and efficiency of a reaction than high translational energy. This is because the trajectory of the reactants is already oscillating about the potential well, so therefore less external energy (in the form of translational energy) is required to overcome the saddle point than if the molecules were residing at the bottom of the potential well. If the position of the transition state were more central between the products and the reactants, then overall for an endothermic reaction, as in this example, it would resemble the products less and would in turn require less potential energy to be overcome. This would mean that the reaction rate would be less dependent on the vibrational energy possessed by the reactants, and translational energy of reactants would have more of an effect in determining whether a reaction is successful. {{fontcolor1|green|I am not sure what you are trying to say here, the potential energy that must be overcome can be overcome both by vibrational and translational energy. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|This explanation is a little confusing, however you do predict the correct relationship between transition state position and need for translational or vibrational energy. It would be beneficial to reference Polanyi&#039;s rules in your explanation &amp;quot;For an exothermic reaction - early transition state - energy must be mostly provided in the form of translational energy, whereas for an endothermic reaction - late transition state, energy must be mostly provided in the form of vibrational energy&amp;quot;. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Overall a good report, you show understanding throughout. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01546737&amp;diff=808760</id>
		<title>MRD:01546737</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01546737&amp;diff=808760"/>
		<updated>2020-05-21T16:54:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Defining the Transition State ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is mathematically defined on a potential energy surface as the point where the gradient of the potential is equivalent to zero, i.e. ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0. It is a saddle point, and lies on the minimum energy path between reactants and products. It can be easily identified if trajectories are started near the transition state. If the transition state is present, then the trajectory will &#039;roll&#039; in the direction of either the reactants or the products, whereas if a local energy minima is present, then the trajectory may become stuck in a potential well and will not &#039;roll&#039; towards the reactants or products. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Rts_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|250px|thumb|right|A graph of internuclear distance against time for the transition state position of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state and local potential minima can be further distinguished by looking at the Hessian matrix for the point. For an energy minima, then it would be expected that overall the dot product of the eigenvalues and orthogonal eigenvectors would lead to both vectors being positive, i.e. going up the &#039;slope&#039; of the potential surface, whereas at the transition state, on the saddle point, one of the vectors would be positive, going &#039;up the slope&#039;, and the other would be negative, going &#039;down the slope&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Transition State Using r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
Using r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, the transition state position, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was found to be located at 90.77pm. This is clearly shown in the internuclear distances vs time graph for this position, as the gradients for A-B, B-C and A-C are all equivalent to 0, showing that at this location the atoms exhibit no oscillation along the ridge or r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. This will occur when there is no force acting upon the atoms. One definition of force is the variation of momentum, or mathematically ∂P&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/∂t . This partial derivative is equal to -∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,...)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and as we have previously discussed at the transition state this is equal to zero. As such at the transition state, no force will be acting on the atoms, meaning that they will not oscillate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
Through a comparison of the trajectory from contour plots created from the MEP and Dynamics calculations, it is clear that the trajectory follows the minimum energy path in the MEP calculation, whilst oscillation occurs in the Dynamics trajectory. This is because in the MEP calculation, there is an infinite &#039;friction&#039; acting on the trajectory, meaning that as it &#039;rolls&#039;, it is not able to pick up any momentum, and therefore no net force acts on the system. In contrast, the Dynamics calculation is an accurate representation of the system, and therefore means that momentum is allowed to build up as it &#039;rolls&#039; towards the products, applying a force on the atoms in the system, in turn causing them to oscillate.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP slight displacement 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|The MEP trajectory calculated from a slight displacement from the transition state position of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]] [[File:Dynamics slight displacement 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|The Dynamics trajectory calculated from a slight displacement from the transition state position of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following plots are for the compare the &#039;Internuclear Distances vs Time&#039; plots and &#039;Momenta vs Time&#039; plots for the system previously described and the system r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, using the Dynamics calculation for both. It is clear that both graphs look identical, however in the second system the lines representing A-B and B-C have been swapped. This is because the change in displacement in the second system means a change in trajectory as the system &#039;rolls&#039; towards a different set of products, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1st system IN-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|Internuclear Distances vs Time for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; trajectory of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1st system momenta-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|Momenta vs Time for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; trajectory of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2nd system IN-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|Internuclear Distances vs Time for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ trajectory of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2nd system momenta-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|Momenta vs Time for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ trajectory of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graphs correspond to a system where the initial positions are the final positions of the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, and the initial momenta is the negative of the final momenta from the previous system. It is observed that the trajectory of the system is reversed, and the system returns to the initial conditions of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:reverse momenta-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|Momenta vs Time for the trajectory to return r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ to it&#039;s initial positions and momenta for the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:reverse IN-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|Internuclear Distances vs Time for the trajectory to return r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ to it&#039;s initial positions and momenta for the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
====Table of Varying Trajectories====&lt;br /&gt;
 {| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ A summary of trajectories run at varying values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, with the same initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 200 pm&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/KJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of Dynamics !! Illustration of the Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1 || -414.280 || yes || The system has sufficient energy to overcome the saddle point, after which the atoms continue along the trajectory with some oscillation. || [[File: table 1 01546737.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -4.1 || -420.077 || no || This system has a lower total energy than the previous one, and therefore does not have sufficient energy to overcome the saddle point, meaning that it is unreactive, and the trajectory travels back towards the reactants. || [[File: table 2 01546737.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -5.1 || -413.977 || yes || Similarly to the first trajectory, the system is able to overcome the saddle point, however the fact that there is more energy in the system means that when &#039;rolling&#039; towards the products, there is greater oscillation. || [[File: table 3 01546737.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.1 || -357.277 || yes || This trajectory is an example of barrier recrossing. Due to the sufficient energy in the system, after the products are formed, the trajectory &#039;rolls&#039; back over the saddle point towards the reactants {{fontcolor1|green| Barrier recrossing doesn&#039;t count as a reactive trajectory. || [[File: table 4 01546737.png|200px|none]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.6 || -349.477 || yes || This trajectory has the greatest total energy. After some oscillation of the atoms about the saddle point, the trajectory crosses over and &#039;rolls&#039; towards the products with the greatest oscillation of any of the trajectories due to the greatest total energy. || [[File: table 5 01546737.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Should have a brief explanation of what the table shows, e.g that you need not only enough energy for the reaction to go, but also the correct balance of translational/vibrational energies. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Transition State Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory will overestimate the rate of reaction in comparison to experimental values. One of the conditions for Transition State Theory is that once the system has crossed over the potential energy barrier and is &#039;rolling&#039; towards the products, it is not able to cross the saddle point again and therefore the system cannot revert back to the products. In reality however, barrier recrossing can occur, as shown in the fourth trajectory of the previous table, meaning that experimentally not all trajectories that cross over the transition state saddle point will lead to the formation of the products, slowing down the overall rate of reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
===PES Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions ====&lt;br /&gt;
The F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is exothermic as, according to Hammond&#039;s postulate, for an exothermic reaction, the transition state will lie close to the reactants and will therefore resemble said reactants. In contrast, the H + HF reaction is endothermic as the transition state lies close to the products, and will in turn resemble the products. These reaction energetics directly relate to the H-F and H-H bond strengths. The F-H bond is stronger than the H-H bond, and as such the formation of the H-F bond is overall exothermic as there is a net energy release caused by the formation of a strong bond. The H-H bond formation from H-F + H is endothermic as there is a net energy loss, because the strong H-F bond must be broken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Approximate Position of the Transition State====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the  H-H-F system lies approximately at H-F = 181.28 pm and H-H = 74.15 pm. A change of δ= ±1 pm on either of the bond distances changes the trajectory in the direction of either the reactants or the product. In addition, the internuclear distances - time graph shows that the bond lengths exhibit only slight oscillation when the trajectory starts at this point, and are practically constant. This in turns means that very little force is acting on the atoms at these positions, suggesting that they are very close to the transition state position. Furthermore, the orthogonal vectors formed from the Hessian matrix of this point show one &#039;going up&#039; the wall of the potential energy slope, whilst the other is &#039;pointing down&#039; the slope towards the products, suggesting that it lies very close to the saddle point.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H-H-F IN-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|Internuclear Distances vs Time for the H-H-F system starting at the approximate transition state position.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H-H-F contour 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|The contour plot for the trajectory of the H-H-F system starting at the approximate transition state position, with the vectors calculated from the Hessian matrix.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H-H-F F-H change 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|The contour plot for the trajectory of the H-H-F system starting at the approximate transition state position for H-H, and F-H + δ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H-H-F H-H change 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|The contour plot for the trajectory of the H-H-F system starting at the approximate transition state position for F-H, and H-H - δ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good, a contour/surface plot can be used to demonstrate this. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activation Energy for H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F and HF + H reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the formation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was calculated to be 126.624 KJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, whilst the activation energy for the formation of H-F was found to be 0.938 KJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. These were found by performing an MEP reaction that started from a slight deviation from the transition state position, and the difference between the saddle point energy and energies of reactants for the system were taken using energy vs time plots.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy-time HF formation 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|The energy time plot used to determine the activation energy of H-H formation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy-time HH formation 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|The energy time plot used to determine the activation energy of H-F formation. Whilst the energy of the plot looks to be constant, there is a slight negative gradient.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Correct. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Release of Reaction Energy====&lt;br /&gt;
Upon inspection of a momenta-time graph for a successful reaction for the formation of H-F from H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, upon the formation of the product, there is greater vibrational energy in the H-F bond, in comparison to the H-H bond of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reactant. This is because there is a large release of potential energy from the reactants, which is in turn converted to kinetic energy, primarily in the form of vibrational energy in the products. This vibrational energy in turn increases the overall heat energy present in the system. There is therefore an increase in temperature of the system. This change in temperature can be measured experimentally using a calorimeter. The heat released from the exothermic reaction is transferred to the solution in the calorimeter, with the change in temperature of solution being calculated by the equipment.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:momenta time energy release 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|A plot of momenta against time for a trajectory that leads to the successful formation of the H-F product, illustrating the increase of kinetic vibrational energy released into the system upon a successful exothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Distribution of Energy in the System====&lt;br /&gt;
For a system starting with the reactants F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, with the initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, a range of values for p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; were investigated, between -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. It was observed that the negative p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had overall less vibrational kinetic energy to begin with than a positive value of the same magnitude. It was also observed that because the system had a lot greater energy in the form of initial vibrational energy, system recrossing could sometimes occur. When system recrossing occured, the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule was observed to travel away from F with less vibrational and translational kinetic energy than when approaching F. However when the reaction was successful, HF had much greater vibrational energy than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reactant, and both products had more translational energy. This shows that if system recrossing occurs, then there is a net gain in potential energy, due to some kinetic energy being used to overcome the small initial activation energy in the first crossing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the overall energy of the system is significantly reduced by changing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;,  the system still has enough energy to overcome the initial activation energy barrier, however there is not sufficient energy for system recrossing to happen, meaning that overall there is a formation of F-H, and again a release of kinetic energy to the system, primarily in the form of translational and vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though the inversion of momentum procedure was used, a reactive trajectory that successfully achieved the formation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from HF + H was not found. However in the process of trying to find such a reactive trajectory, it was observed that a higher vibrational energy of the reactants is much more important to the success and efficiency of a reaction than high translational energy. This is because the trajectory of the reactants is already oscillating about the potential well, so therefore less external energy (in the form of translational energy) is required to overcome the saddle point than if the molecules were residing at the bottom of the potential well. If the position of the transition state were more central between the products and the reactants, then overall for an endothermic reaction, as in this example, it would resemble the products less and would in turn require less potential energy to be overcome. This would mean that the reaction rate would be less dependent on the vibrational energy possessed by the reactants, and translational energy of reactants would have more of an effect in determining whether a reaction is successful. {{fontcolor1|green|I am not sure what you are trying to say here, the potential energy that must be overcome can be overcome both by vibrational and translational energy. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|This explanation is a little confusing, however you do predict the correct relationship between transition state position and need for translational or vibrational energy. It would be beneficial to reference Polanyi&#039;s rules in your explanation &amp;quot;For an exothermic reaction - early transition state - energy must be mostly provided in the form of translational energy, whereas for an endothermic reaction - late transition state, energy must be mostly provided in the form of vibrational energy&amp;quot;. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Overall a good report, you show understanding throughout. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01546737&amp;diff=808758</id>
		<title>MRD:01546737</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01546737&amp;diff=808758"/>
		<updated>2020-05-21T16:53:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Defining the Transition State ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is mathematically defined on a potential energy surface as the point where the gradient of the potential is equivalent to zero, i.e. ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0. It is a saddle point, and lies on the minimum energy path between reactants and products. It can be easily identified if trajectories are started near the transition state. If the transition state is present, then the trajectory will &#039;roll&#039; in the direction of either the reactants or the products, whereas if a local energy minima is present, then the trajectory may become stuck in a potential well and will not &#039;roll&#039; towards the reactants or products. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Rts_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|250px|thumb|right|A graph of internuclear distance against time for the transition state position of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state and local potential minima can be further distinguished by looking at the Hessian matrix for the point. For an energy minima, then it would be expected that overall the dot product of the eigenvalues and orthogonal eigenvectors would lead to both vectors being positive, i.e. going up the &#039;slope&#039; of the potential surface, whereas at the transition state, on the saddle point, one of the vectors would be positive, going &#039;up the slope&#039;, and the other would be negative, going &#039;down the slope&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Transition State Using r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
Using r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, the transition state position, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was found to be located at 90.77pm. This is clearly shown in the internuclear distances vs time graph for this position, as the gradients for A-B, B-C and A-C are all equivalent to 0, showing that at this location the atoms exhibit no oscillation along the ridge or r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. This will occur when there is no force acting upon the atoms. One definition of force is the variation of momentum, or mathematically ∂P&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/∂t . This partial derivative is equal to -∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,...)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and as we have previously discussed at the transition state this is equal to zero. As such at the transition state, no force will be acting on the atoms, meaning that they will not oscillate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
Through a comparison of the trajectory from contour plots created from the MEP and Dynamics calculations, it is clear that the trajectory follows the minimum energy path in the MEP calculation, whilst oscillation occurs in the Dynamics trajectory. This is because in the MEP calculation, there is an infinite &#039;friction&#039; acting on the trajectory, meaning that as it &#039;rolls&#039;, it is not able to pick up any momentum, and therefore no net force acts on the system. In contrast, the Dynamics calculation is an accurate representation of the system, and therefore means that momentum is allowed to build up as it &#039;rolls&#039; towards the products, applying a force on the atoms in the system, in turn causing them to oscillate.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP slight displacement 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|The MEP trajectory calculated from a slight displacement from the transition state position of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]] [[File:Dynamics slight displacement 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|The Dynamics trajectory calculated from a slight displacement from the transition state position of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following plots are for the compare the &#039;Internuclear Distances vs Time&#039; plots and &#039;Momenta vs Time&#039; plots for the system previously described and the system r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, using the Dynamics calculation for both. It is clear that both graphs look identical, however in the second system the lines representing A-B and B-C have been swapped. This is because the change in displacement in the second system means a change in trajectory as the system &#039;rolls&#039; towards a different set of products, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1st system IN-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|Internuclear Distances vs Time for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; trajectory of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1st system momenta-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|Momenta vs Time for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; trajectory of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2nd system IN-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|Internuclear Distances vs Time for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ trajectory of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2nd system momenta-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|Momenta vs Time for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ trajectory of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graphs correspond to a system where the initial positions are the final positions of the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, and the initial momenta is the negative of the final momenta from the previous system. It is observed that the trajectory of the system is reversed, and the system returns to the initial conditions of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:reverse momenta-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|Momenta vs Time for the trajectory to return r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ to it&#039;s initial positions and momenta for the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:reverse IN-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|Internuclear Distances vs Time for the trajectory to return r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ to it&#039;s initial positions and momenta for the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
====Table of Varying Trajectories====&lt;br /&gt;
 {| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ A summary of trajectories run at varying values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, with the same initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 200 pm&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/KJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of Dynamics !! Illustration of the Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1 || -414.280 || yes || The system has sufficient energy to overcome the saddle point, after which the atoms continue along the trajectory with some oscillation. || [[File: table 1 01546737.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -4.1 || -420.077 || no || This system has a lower total energy than the previous one, and therefore does not have sufficient energy to overcome the saddle point, meaning that it is unreactive, and the trajectory travels back towards the reactants. || [[File: table 2 01546737.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -5.1 || -413.977 || yes || Similarly to the first trajectory, the system is able to overcome the saddle point, however the fact that there is more energy in the system means that when &#039;rolling&#039; towards the products, there is greater oscillation. || [[File: table 3 01546737.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.1 || -357.277 || yes || This trajectory is an example of barrier recrossing. Due to the sufficient energy in the system, after the products are formed, the trajectory &#039;rolls&#039; back over the saddle point towards the reactants || [[File: table 4 01546737.png|200px|none]] &lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green| Barrier recrossing doesn&#039;t count as a reactive trajectory. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:53, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.6 || -349.477 || yes || This trajectory has the greatest total energy. After some oscillation of the atoms about the saddle point, the trajectory crosses over and &#039;rolls&#039; towards the products with the greatest oscillation of any of the trajectories due to the greatest total energy. || [[File: table 5 01546737.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Should have a brief explanation of what the table shows, e.g that you need not only enough energy for the reaction to go, but also the correct balance of translational/vibrational energies. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Transition State Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory will overestimate the rate of reaction in comparison to experimental values. One of the conditions for Transition State Theory is that once the system has crossed over the potential energy barrier and is &#039;rolling&#039; towards the products, it is not able to cross the saddle point again and therefore the system cannot revert back to the products. In reality however, barrier recrossing can occur, as shown in the fourth trajectory of the previous table, meaning that experimentally not all trajectories that cross over the transition state saddle point will lead to the formation of the products, slowing down the overall rate of reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
===PES Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions ====&lt;br /&gt;
The F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is exothermic as, according to Hammond&#039;s postulate, for an exothermic reaction, the transition state will lie close to the reactants and will therefore resemble said reactants. In contrast, the H + HF reaction is endothermic as the transition state lies close to the products, and will in turn resemble the products. These reaction energetics directly relate to the H-F and H-H bond strengths. The F-H bond is stronger than the H-H bond, and as such the formation of the H-F bond is overall exothermic as there is a net energy release caused by the formation of a strong bond. The H-H bond formation from H-F + H is endothermic as there is a net energy loss, because the strong H-F bond must be broken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Approximate Position of the Transition State====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the  H-H-F system lies approximately at H-F = 181.28 pm and H-H = 74.15 pm. A change of δ= ±1 pm on either of the bond distances changes the trajectory in the direction of either the reactants or the product. In addition, the internuclear distances - time graph shows that the bond lengths exhibit only slight oscillation when the trajectory starts at this point, and are practically constant. This in turns means that very little force is acting on the atoms at these positions, suggesting that they are very close to the transition state position. Furthermore, the orthogonal vectors formed from the Hessian matrix of this point show one &#039;going up&#039; the wall of the potential energy slope, whilst the other is &#039;pointing down&#039; the slope towards the products, suggesting that it lies very close to the saddle point.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H-H-F IN-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|Internuclear Distances vs Time for the H-H-F system starting at the approximate transition state position.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H-H-F contour 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|The contour plot for the trajectory of the H-H-F system starting at the approximate transition state position, with the vectors calculated from the Hessian matrix.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H-H-F F-H change 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|The contour plot for the trajectory of the H-H-F system starting at the approximate transition state position for H-H, and F-H + δ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H-H-F H-H change 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|The contour plot for the trajectory of the H-H-F system starting at the approximate transition state position for F-H, and H-H - δ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good, a contour/surface plot can be used to demonstrate this. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activation Energy for H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F and HF + H reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the formation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was calculated to be 126.624 KJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, whilst the activation energy for the formation of H-F was found to be 0.938 KJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. These were found by performing an MEP reaction that started from a slight deviation from the transition state position, and the difference between the saddle point energy and energies of reactants for the system were taken using energy vs time plots.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy-time HF formation 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|The energy time plot used to determine the activation energy of H-H formation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy-time HH formation 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|The energy time plot used to determine the activation energy of H-F formation. Whilst the energy of the plot looks to be constant, there is a slight negative gradient.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Correct. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Release of Reaction Energy====&lt;br /&gt;
Upon inspection of a momenta-time graph for a successful reaction for the formation of H-F from H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, upon the formation of the product, there is greater vibrational energy in the H-F bond, in comparison to the H-H bond of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reactant. This is because there is a large release of potential energy from the reactants, which is in turn converted to kinetic energy, primarily in the form of vibrational energy in the products. This vibrational energy in turn increases the overall heat energy present in the system. There is therefore an increase in temperature of the system. This change in temperature can be measured experimentally using a calorimeter. The heat released from the exothermic reaction is transferred to the solution in the calorimeter, with the change in temperature of solution being calculated by the equipment.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:momenta time energy release 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|A plot of momenta against time for a trajectory that leads to the successful formation of the H-F product, illustrating the increase of kinetic vibrational energy released into the system upon a successful exothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Distribution of Energy in the System====&lt;br /&gt;
For a system starting with the reactants F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, with the initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, a range of values for p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; were investigated, between -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. It was observed that the negative p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had overall less vibrational kinetic energy to begin with than a positive value of the same magnitude. It was also observed that because the system had a lot greater energy in the form of initial vibrational energy, system recrossing could sometimes occur. When system recrossing occured, the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule was observed to travel away from F with less vibrational and translational kinetic energy than when approaching F. However when the reaction was successful, HF had much greater vibrational energy than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reactant, and both products had more translational energy. This shows that if system recrossing occurs, then there is a net gain in potential energy, due to some kinetic energy being used to overcome the small initial activation energy in the first crossing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the overall energy of the system is significantly reduced by changing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;,  the system still has enough energy to overcome the initial activation energy barrier, however there is not sufficient energy for system recrossing to happen, meaning that overall there is a formation of F-H, and again a release of kinetic energy to the system, primarily in the form of translational and vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though the inversion of momentum procedure was used, a reactive trajectory that successfully achieved the formation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from HF + H was not found. However in the process of trying to find such a reactive trajectory, it was observed that a higher vibrational energy of the reactants is much more important to the success and efficiency of a reaction than high translational energy. This is because the trajectory of the reactants is already oscillating about the potential well, so therefore less external energy (in the form of translational energy) is required to overcome the saddle point than if the molecules were residing at the bottom of the potential well. If the position of the transition state were more central between the products and the reactants, then overall for an endothermic reaction, as in this example, it would resemble the products less and would in turn require less potential energy to be overcome. This would mean that the reaction rate would be less dependent on the vibrational energy possessed by the reactants, and translational energy of reactants would have more of an effect in determining whether a reaction is successful. {{fontcolor1|green|I am not sure what you are trying to say here, the potential energy that must be overcome can be overcome both by vibrational and translational energy. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|This explanation is a little confusing, however you do predict the correct relationship between transition state position and need for translational or vibrational energy. It would be beneficial to reference Polanyi&#039;s rules in your explanation &amp;quot;For an exothermic reaction - early transition state - energy must be mostly provided in the form of translational energy, whereas for an endothermic reaction - late transition state, energy must be mostly provided in the form of vibrational energy&amp;quot;. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Overall a good report, you show understanding throughout. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01546737&amp;diff=808695</id>
		<title>MRD:01546737</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01546737&amp;diff=808695"/>
		<updated>2020-05-21T16:04:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Defining the Transition State ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is mathematically defined on a potential energy surface as the point where the gradient of the potential is equivalent to zero, i.e. ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0. It is a saddle point, and lies on the minimum energy path between reactants and products. It can be easily identified if trajectories are started near the transition state. If the transition state is present, then the trajectory will &#039;roll&#039; in the direction of either the reactants or the products, whereas if a local energy minima is present, then the trajectory may become stuck in a potential well and will not &#039;roll&#039; towards the reactants or products. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Rts_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|250px|thumb|right|A graph of internuclear distance against time for the transition state position of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state and local potential minima can be further distinguished by looking at the Hessian matrix for the point. For an energy minima, then it would be expected that overall the dot product of the eigenvalues and orthogonal eigenvectors would lead to both vectors being positive, i.e. going up the &#039;slope&#039; of the potential surface, whereas at the transition state, on the saddle point, one of the vectors would be positive, going &#039;up the slope&#039;, and the other would be negative, going &#039;down the slope&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Transition State Using r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
Using r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, the transition state position, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was found to be located at 90.77pm. This is clearly shown in the internuclear distances vs time graph for this position, as the gradients for A-B, B-C and A-C are all equivalent to 0, showing that at this location the atoms exhibit no oscillation along the ridge or r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. This will occur when there is no force acting upon the atoms. One definition of force is the variation of momentum, or mathematically ∂P&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/∂t . This partial derivative is equal to -∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,...)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and as we have previously discussed at the transition state this is equal to zero. As such at the transition state, no force will be acting on the atoms, meaning that they will not oscillate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
Through a comparison of the trajectory from contour plots created from the MEP and Dynamics calculations, it is clear that the trajectory follows the minimum energy path in the MEP calculation, whilst oscillation occurs in the Dynamics trajectory. This is because in the MEP calculation, there is an infinite &#039;friction&#039; acting on the trajectory, meaning that as it &#039;rolls&#039;, it is not able to pick up any momentum, and therefore no net force acts on the system. In contrast, the Dynamics calculation is an accurate representation of the system, and therefore means that momentum is allowed to build up as it &#039;rolls&#039; towards the products, applying a force on the atoms in the system, in turn causing them to oscillate.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP slight displacement 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|The MEP trajectory calculated from a slight displacement from the transition state position of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]] [[File:Dynamics slight displacement 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|The Dynamics trajectory calculated from a slight displacement from the transition state position of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following plots are for the compare the &#039;Internuclear Distances vs Time&#039; plots and &#039;Momenta vs Time&#039; plots for the system previously described and the system r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, using the Dynamics calculation for both. It is clear that both graphs look identical, however in the second system the lines representing A-B and B-C have been swapped. This is because the change in displacement in the second system means a change in trajectory as the system &#039;rolls&#039; towards a different set of products, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1st system IN-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|Internuclear Distances vs Time for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; trajectory of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1st system momenta-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|Momenta vs Time for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; trajectory of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2nd system IN-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|Internuclear Distances vs Time for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ trajectory of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2nd system momenta-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|Momenta vs Time for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ trajectory of the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graphs correspond to a system where the initial positions are the final positions of the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, and the initial momenta is the negative of the final momenta from the previous system. It is observed that the trajectory of the system is reversed, and the system returns to the initial conditions of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:reverse momenta-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|Momenta vs Time for the trajectory to return r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ to it&#039;s initial positions and momenta for the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:reverse IN-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|Internuclear Distances vs Time for the trajectory to return r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ to it&#039;s initial positions and momenta for the H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
====Table of Varying Trajectories====&lt;br /&gt;
 {| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ A summary of trajectories run at varying values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, with the same initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 200 pm&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/KJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of Dynamics !! Illustration of the Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1 || -414.280 || yes || The system has sufficient energy to overcome the saddle point, after which the atoms continue along the trajectory with some oscillation. || [[File: table 1 01546737.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -4.1 || -420.077 || no || This system has a lower total energy than the previous one, and therefore does not have sufficient energy to overcome the saddle point, meaning that it is unreactive, and the trajectory travels back towards the reactants. || [[File: table 2 01546737.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1 || -5.1 || -413.977 || yes || Similarly to the first trajectory, the system is able to overcome the saddle point, however the fact that there is more energy in the system means that when &#039;rolling&#039; towards the products, there is greater oscillation. || [[File: table 3 01546737.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.1 || -357.277 || yes || This trajectory is an example of barrier recrossing. Due to the sufficient energy in the system, after the products are formed, the trajectory &#039;rolls&#039; back over the saddle point towards the reactants || [[File: table 4 01546737.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1 || -10.6 || -349.477 || yes || This trajectory has the greatest total energy. After some oscillation of the atoms about the saddle point, the trajectory crosses over and &#039;rolls&#039; towards the products with the greatest oscillation of any of the trajectories due to the greatest total energy. || [[File: table 5 01546737.png|200px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Should have a brief explanation of what the table shows, e.g that you need not only enough energy for the reaction to go, but also the correct balance of translational/vibrational energies. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Transition State Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory will overestimate the rate of reaction in comparison to experimental values. One of the conditions for Transition State Theory is that once the system has crossed over the potential energy barrier and is &#039;rolling&#039; towards the products, it is not able to cross the saddle point again and therefore the system cannot revert back to the products. In reality however, barrier recrossing can occur, as shown in the fourth trajectory of the previous table, meaning that experimentally not all trajectories that cross over the transition state saddle point will lead to the formation of the products, slowing down the overall rate of reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
===PES Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions ====&lt;br /&gt;
The F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is exothermic as, according to Hammond&#039;s postulate, for an exothermic reaction, the transition state will lie close to the reactants and will therefore resemble said reactants. In contrast, the H + HF reaction is endothermic as the transition state lies close to the products, and will in turn resemble the products. These reaction energetics directly relate to the H-F and H-H bond strengths. The F-H bond is stronger than the H-H bond, and as such the formation of the H-F bond is overall exothermic as there is a net energy release caused by the formation of a strong bond. The H-H bond formation from H-F + H is endothermic as there is a net energy loss, because the strong H-F bond must be broken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Approximate Position of the Transition State====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the  H-H-F system lies approximately at H-F = 181.28 pm and H-H = 74.15 pm. A change of δ= ±1 pm on either of the bond distances changes the trajectory in the direction of either the reactants or the product. In addition, the internuclear distances - time graph shows that the bond lengths exhibit only slight oscillation when the trajectory starts at this point, and are practically constant. This in turns means that very little force is acting on the atoms at these positions, suggesting that they are very close to the transition state position. Furthermore, the orthogonal vectors formed from the Hessian matrix of this point show one &#039;going up&#039; the wall of the potential energy slope, whilst the other is &#039;pointing down&#039; the slope towards the products, suggesting that it lies very close to the saddle point.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H-H-F IN-time 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|Internuclear Distances vs Time for the H-H-F system starting at the approximate transition state position.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H-H-F contour 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|The contour plot for the trajectory of the H-H-F system starting at the approximate transition state position, with the vectors calculated from the Hessian matrix.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H-H-F F-H change 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|The contour plot for the trajectory of the H-H-F system starting at the approximate transition state position for H-H, and F-H + δ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H-H-F H-H change 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|The contour plot for the trajectory of the H-H-F system starting at the approximate transition state position for F-H, and H-H - δ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Good, a contour/surface plot can be used to demonstrate this. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activation Energy for H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F and HF + H reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the formation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was calculated to be 126.624 KJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, whilst the activation energy for the formation of H-F was found to be 0.938 KJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. These were found by performing an MEP reaction that started from a slight deviation from the transition state position, and the difference between the saddle point energy and energies of reactants for the system were taken using energy vs time plots.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy-time HF formation 01546737.png|250px|thumb|left|The energy time plot used to determine the activation energy of H-H formation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy-time HH formation 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|The energy time plot used to determine the activation energy of H-F formation. Whilst the energy of the plot looks to be constant, there is a slight negative gradient.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Correct. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Release of Reaction Energy====&lt;br /&gt;
Upon inspection of a momenta-time graph for a successful reaction for the formation of H-F from H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, upon the formation of the product, there is greater vibrational energy in the H-F bond, in comparison to the H-H bond of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reactant. This is because there is a large release of potential energy from the reactants, which is in turn converted to kinetic energy, primarily in the form of vibrational energy in the products. This vibrational energy in turn increases the overall heat energy present in the system. There is therefore an increase in temperature of the system. This change in temperature can be measured experimentally using a calorimeter. The heat released from the exothermic reaction is transferred to the solution in the calorimeter, with the change in temperature of solution being calculated by the equipment.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:momenta time energy release 01546737.png|250px|thumb|right|A plot of momenta against time for a trajectory that leads to the successful formation of the H-F product, illustrating the increase of kinetic vibrational energy released into the system upon a successful exothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Distribution of Energy in the System====&lt;br /&gt;
For a system starting with the reactants F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, with the initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, a range of values for p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; were investigated, between -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. It was observed that the negative p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had overall less vibrational kinetic energy to begin with than a positive value of the same magnitude. It was also observed that because the system had a lot greater energy in the form of initial vibrational energy, system recrossing could sometimes occur. When system recrossing occured, the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule was observed to travel away from F with less vibrational and translational kinetic energy than when approaching F. However when the reaction was successful, HF had much greater vibrational energy than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reactant, and both products had more translational energy. This shows that if system recrossing occurs, then there is a net gain in potential energy, due to some kinetic energy being used to overcome the small initial activation energy in the first crossing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the overall energy of the system is significantly reduced by changing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to -1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to 0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;,  the system still has enough energy to overcome the initial activation energy barrier, however there is not sufficient energy for system recrossing to happen, meaning that overall there is a formation of F-H, and again a release of kinetic energy to the system, primarily in the form of translational and vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though the inversion of momentum procedure was used, a reactive trajectory that successfully achieved the formation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from HF + H was not found. However in the process of trying to find such a reactive trajectory, it was observed that a higher vibrational energy of the reactants is much more important to the success and efficiency of a reaction than high translational energy. This is because the trajectory of the reactants is already oscillating about the potential well, so therefore less external energy (in the form of translational energy) is required to overcome the saddle point than if the molecules were residing at the bottom of the potential well. If the position of the transition state were more central between the products and the reactants, then overall for an endothermic reaction, as in this example, it would resemble the products less and would in turn require less potential energy to be overcome. This would mean that the reaction rate would be less dependent on the vibrational energy possessed by the reactants, and translational energy of reactants would have more of an effect in determining whether a reaction is successful. {{fontcolor1|green|I am not sure what you are trying to say here, the potential energy that must be overcome can be overcome both by vibrational and translational energy. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|This explanation is a little confusing, however you do predict the correct relationship between transition state position and need for translational or vibrational energy. It would be beneficial to reference Polanyi&#039;s rules in your explanation &amp;quot;For an exothermic reaction - early transition state - energy must be mostly provided in the form of translational energy, whereas for an endothermic reaction - late transition state, energy must be mostly provided in the form of vibrational energy&amp;quot;. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|green|Overall a good report, you show understanding throughout. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 17:04, 21 May 2020 (BST)}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01381641&amp;diff=794291</id>
		<title>MRD:01381641</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01381641&amp;diff=794291"/>
		<updated>2019-06-06T19:22:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=&#039;&#039;&#039;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state(TS) is mathematically defined as the point on the potential energy surface where ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0. This is where the gradient of the potential is equal to zero.  [[File:Surface0138.png|thumb|right|Figure 1: Surface Plot for H + H2 system]] It represents the highest energy point on the potential energy surface (maximum) which is {{fontcolor1|red|on [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 20:22, 6 June 2019 (BST)}}the lowest energy pathway connecting the chemical reactant to its product. It can be identified as a saddle point and will always be either a maximum or minimum point depending on the direction it is looked at. A local minimum will always be a minimum regardless of the direction it is looked from. A local minimum would have a second derivative greater than zero.  From Figure 1, the transition state is shown as a maximum. If looked at from the plane of the xy diagnosis and z axis, it is a minimum on the potential energy surface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; : locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Locating_TS_Internuclear_vs_Time.png|thumb|400x400px|Figure 2: Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for a H + H2 system&#039; Locating TS - when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]=0.903]][[File:Contour_TS_Location.png|thumb|400x400px|Figure 3: Contour Plot for a H + H2 system - Locating TS when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.903]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate of the transition state position is when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and this was found to be 0.903. Figure 2 shows a plot of Internuclear Distance vs Time and shows only vibrations of the atoms. This shows that the atoms do not fall off the ridge hence represents the transition state. The contour plot in Figure 3 confirms this position.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|This is an okay estimate, but you can get a better estimate where there is almost no vibration, at around 0.908. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 20:22, 6 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating reaction paths===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP0138.png|frameless|500px]][[File:Dynamic0138.png|frameless|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path(mep) trajectory in shown in the first picture(left). It does not give a realistic account of the motion of the atoms during the reaction. This is because the mep assumes the particles have no mass. It is seen as a straight line as the velocity always resets to zero in each time step. Changing the calculation type to &#039;Dynamics&#039; gives a more realistic trajectory. It takes into account the mass of the system, producing a more accurate path the atom takes(right image).{{fontcolor1|red|Should mention that vibrations are visible in the dynamic. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 20:22, 6 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reversing the initial conditions so that the initial positions corresponded tot the final positions , the same graphs are observed for “Internuclear Distances vs Time” and “Momenta vs Time” however the graphs are also flipped. Values of position and momenta at large t would show these changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reverse1-0138.png|frameless|500px]][[File:Reverse2-0138.png|frameless|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The graph on the left shows a plot of Internuclear Distance vs Time. It shows that as time increases, the bond distance increases as atoms move further. At large t, the B-C distance increases to approximately 10Å whereas the A-B bond distance remains constant at around 0.5Å as these do not move away from each other. &lt;br /&gt;
The graph on the right shows a plot of momenta vs time. It shows that as time proceeds, momentum increase. The average momenta for large t FINISH THIS &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the values were reversed, B-C bond distance would remain relatively constant but A-B distance will increase with time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.0, trajectories were run with the following momenta and the following table recorded:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!AB momentum&lt;br /&gt;
!BC momentum &lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Figure&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-99.02&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-100.46&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-98.96&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|6&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-84.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|7&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-81.80&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|8&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig4.png|frameless|500px]] Figure 4: Reactive trajectory - C moves closer to the A-B bond. The A-B bond breaks and B-C bond forms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig5.png|frameless|500px]] Figure 5: Unreactive trajectory - Though C draws closer to the A-B bond, its momentum is too low to break the A-B bond. Atom C moves away from A-B and the A-B bond remains.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig6-0138.png|frameless|500px]] Figure 6: Reactive trajectory - Similar to Figure 4 but C approaches with less energy requiring more time to reach the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7-0138.png|frameless|500px]] Figure 7: Unreactive trajectory - Atom C approaches the A-B bond with high levels of momentum. The transition state region is crossed and the B-C bond forms however the system reverts back to the initial reactants, rec-crossing the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig8-0138.png|frameless|500px]] Figure 8: Reactive trajectory - C has enough momentum to approach and break the A-B bond. A oscillates to reform the A-B bond but atom C&#039;s momentum is high enough to retain the B-C bond.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|You should discuss vibrations for each of these and give a conclusion of what you have learned from the table [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 20:22, 6 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory (TST) gives a qualitative approach to understanding reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. It follows the idea that all reactions proceed via a transition state. The theory ignores quantum effects such as energy quantisation and tunneling, taking a classical approach. If the reactants have enough energy to overcome the transition state barrier, a reaction will occur. However, from the observations, it can be seen that although reactants have enough momentum (and therefore energy) to react, re-crossing of the transition state can occur causing the system to go back to the reactants. TST also assumes that once reactants overcome the energy maximum, they cannot be converted back to products. TST predictions for reaction rates will likely be lower than experimental values as it does not consider quantum processes.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Good, you also show that you have learned the most important conclusion from the above table. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 20:22, 6 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1) F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; --&amp;gt; HF + H can be classified as an exothermic reaction from the PES. This is because the reactancts are higher in energy compared to the products - see Fig. 9 [[File:Surface_Plot_f_and_h2-0138.png|thumb|300px|Figure 9: PES for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; --&amp;gt; HF + H]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a small activation energy to break the H-H bond resulting in an overall release of energy when the H-F bond is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following reaction conditions were set:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-F Distance: 2 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Distance: 0.74 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-F Momentum: -0.5  kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Momentum: 2.9 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_hf_and_h.png|thumb|300px|Figure 10: PES for HF + H --&amp;gt; H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2) H + HF System====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction H + HF --&amp;gt; H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F can be classified as an endothermic reaction from the PES. This is because the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products - see Fig.10 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a large activation energy to break the H-F bond resulting in an overall intake of energy despite the small amount of energy released when the H-H bond is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following reaction conditions were set:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Distance: 2 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-F Distance: 0.74 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Momentum: -0.5  kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-F Momentum: 2.42 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surfaces show that the strength of the H-F bond is greater than the H-H bond.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Good [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 20:22, 6 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions Used:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-F Distance: 1.813 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Distance: 0.7409 Å&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ts_distance_0138.png|frameless|400px]] [[File:Ts_contour_0138.png|frameless|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate of the transition state position was found with the conditions stated above with momentum equal to zero. As the activation energy for the exothermic reaction is small, Hammond&#039;s postulate was used. It meant the transition state resembled the reactants and was closer in energy to the reactants. The image on the left shows a plot of Internuclear Distance vs Time and shows only vibrations of the atoms. This shows that the atoms do not fall off the ridge, hence representing the transition state. The contour plot (right image) confirms this position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation energies===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy is given by the energy difference between the reactants and transition state. The energy of the transition state was -103.746 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; --&amp;gt; HF + H, 0.1 Å was added to the H-F bond length taking the trajectory to the reactants side. This gave the energy of the reactancts to be -103.765 kcal/mol. Hence the activation energy for this was 0.20 kcal/mol. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtracting 0.1 Å from the H-F bond length takes the trajectory to the products side. This gave the energy of the products to be -133.995 kcal/mol. Hence the activation energy for the reverse reaction is 30.249 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energy_v_time_0138.png|thumb|400px|Figure 11: Energy vs Time plot for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; --&amp;gt; HF + H]]&lt;br /&gt;
The following conditions were found to represent a reactive trajectory for the reaction: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; --&amp;gt; HF + H (Fig. 9) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-F Distance: 2 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Distance: 0.74 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-F Momentum: -0.5  kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Momentum: 2.9 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plot of energy vs time (Figure 11) for this reaction shows that energy is conserved. Kinetic energy is constantly converted into potential energy and vice versa.The system always oscillates between energy contours with the same value. Calorimetry can be used to confirm this experimentally as the reaction involves heat changes. Overall, heat energy is taken in as the reaction is endothermic. This means a drop in the temperature of the surroundings would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Also the fact that vibrational energy is attained or lost highlights that heat will change. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 20:22, 6 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Changing H-H Momentum Values====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The conditions of the reactive trajectory stated about were used and the momentum of H-H varied from -3 to 3 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:-3_0138.png|frameless|300px]] p(H-H) = -3  kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;   [[File:-2_0138.png|frameless|300px]] p(H-H) = -2  kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;   [[File:-1_0138.png|frameless|300px]] p(H-H) = -1  kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1_0138.png|frameless|300px]] p(H-H) = 1  kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;   [[File:2_0138.png|frameless|300px]] p(H-H) = 2  kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;   [[File:3_0138.png|frameless|300px]] p(H-H) = 3  kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -3, -1, 1, 2, 3 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;,  an unreactive trajectory is seen. For -3, 2 and 3 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; The system crosses the transition state to form the products but re-crosses and turns back into the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
For p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -2 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; a reactive trajectory is seen resulting in the formation of the H-F bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keeping the same initial positions and increasing  slightly the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8, and considerably reducing the overall energy of the system by reducing the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  = 0.1 showed a reactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Reversing the Reaction: HF + H --&amp;gt; F + H2====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Arbitrary_0138.png|thumb|400px| Figure 12: Contour plot for  HF + H --&amp;gt; F + H2 with arbitrary momenta values]]&lt;br /&gt;
The conditions for a reactive trajectory were found to be: (see Fig. 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Distance: 2 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-F Distance: 0.74 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Momentum: -0.5  kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-F Momentum: 2.42 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keeping the same initial positions, the momenta were changed to obtain the trajectory shown in Fig. 12&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
H-H Momentum: -7.5  kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; (arbitrary high value)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-F Momentum: 0.5 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; (low value)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite the H atom having energy above the activation energy, it collides with H-F but a reaction does not occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For reactions that have a early transition state (most resembling the reactants e.g exothermic reaction), relative translational energy of the reactants in the system is the most effective in overcoming the activation energy. However, for reactions with a late transition state (e.g. endothermic reaction), vibrational excitation is more efficient at enhancing the reactivity than the translational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; --&amp;gt; HF + H reaction, changing individual momenta but keeping total momentum constant caused a reactive trajectory to become unreactive. As this reaction is exothermic and has an early transition state, it shows its efficacy driven through translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|This is a good report and it&#039;s clear that you understand each question. Only a few small corrections.[[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 20:22, 6 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:R1chie&amp;diff=794290</id>
		<title>MRD:R1chie</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:R1chie&amp;diff=794290"/>
		<updated>2019-06-06T18:44:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system&#039;&#039;&#039; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Q1: On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The transition state of a reaction can be defined as the saddle point on the potential energy surface and it is the maximum of the lowest energy pathway. At the saddle point, the gradient of the energy function is to be zero.&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically, assume the potential energy is a function of positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; which are the distance of atom A and B and that of atom B and C respectively, the function can be represented as V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;,r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let [[File:Q1.FU.PNG]], if D &amp;lt; 0, then potential energy is at its saddle point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If D &amp;gt; 0 and [[File:Q1.FU4.PNG]], then potential energy is at its local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Q2: Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The estimated r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; value is to be 0.9075 Å. When r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9075 Å and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, the system reaches its transition state because the internuclear distance does not change with varying time.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Good illustrations. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 19:44, 6 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dz417_contour_plot_of_internuclear_distance_2.PNG|thumb|500px|left|Figure 1: The Contour Graph of the Minimum Potential Energy]]   [[File:Dz417_internuclear_distance.PNG|thumb|500px|centre|Figure 2: Internuclear Distance v.s. Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Q3: Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot1_dz417.png|thumb|500px|left|Figure 3: MEP Method Contour Graph]] [[File:Surface_Plot2_dz417.png|thumb|500px|centre|Figure 4: Dynamic Method Contour Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When MEP method is applied, the momenta and velocities are always set to be zero. That suggests during the reaction, the kinetic energy is also to be zero and there is no vibration of molecules hence no oscillation illustrated in Figure 3. However, when dynamic method is applied, the kinetic energy is not to be zero and oscillation of molecules is present in the contour graph, Figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Q4: Complete the table below by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || YES || Atom C approaches molecule AB with sufficient momenta and kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. The reaction occurs successfully. ||[[File:Q4_graph1.png|thumb|500px|Figure 5: MEP Method Contour Graph with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.25 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -2.5]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || NO || Atom C approaches molecule AB with insufficient momenta and kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. The reaction does not happen. ||[[File:Q4_graph2.png|thumb|500px|Figure 6: MEP Method Contour Graph with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -2.0]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || YES || Atom C approaches molecule AB with sufficient momenta and kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. The reaction occurs successfully. ||[[File:Q4_graph3.png|thumb|500px|Figure 7: MEP Method Contour Graph with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -2.5]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || NO || Atom C approaches molecule AB with sufficient momenta and kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier and the trajectory passes through the transition state region. The reaction occurs successfully but the product is reverted into vibrating reactants at the end. ||[[File:Q4_graph4.png|thumb|500px|Figure 8: MEP Method Contour Graph with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -2.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -5.0]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || YES || Atom C approaches molecule AB with sufficient momenta and kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier and the trajectory passes through the transition state region. The product is formed and reaction occurs successfully.{{fontcolor1|red|Should mention that recrossing occurs. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 19:44, 6 June 2019 (BST)}} ||[[File:Q4_graph5.png|thumb|500px|Figure 9: MEP Method Contour Graph with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -2.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -5.2]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Decent explanations, but should discuss vibrations in each case. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 19:44, 6 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. For all successful reactions, the reactants have sufficient initial momenta and kinetic energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. For all unsuccessful reactions, increasing initial momenta can be possible to result in successful reactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. However, sufficient momenta can not guarantee the successful reactions because the products are probably reverted into reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Q5: State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: Transition State Theory &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Born-Oppenheimer Approximation: the electronic and nuclear motion are separated rested on the significant mass difference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. In the transition state, motion along the reaction coordinate may be separated from the other motion and treated classically as translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecules that have crossed the transition state cannot reform reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The reactant molecules follow the Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Even in the absence of equilibrium between the reactant and the product, the transition states that are becoming the product follows the Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the experimental results, products can be reverted into reactants even though the reaction occur successfully. Rested on this effect, the rate of reaction is possibly decreased.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 2:F - H - H system&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Q6: By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_graph_F_and_H2.png|thumb|500px|left|Figure 1: The Contour Graph of F+H2 ]][[File:Internuclear_distance_of_F_and_H2.PNG|thumb|500px|centre|Figure 2: The Internuclear Distance v.s. Time Plpt of F+H2 at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.811 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E(F-H) = -565 KJ/mol               &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E(H-H) = -436 KJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above illustrate the reaction F + H2 → H-F + H. In this reaction, the H-H bond is broken and H-F bond is formed. Since the bond energy of H-H is lower than that of F-H and therefore, the reaction is exothermic and the enthalpy change is -129 KJ/mol. &lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|You are correct about which reaction is exothermic or endothermic, but the question asks you to figure this out from the potential energy surfaces not just bond energies. If you have a look on the surface plots you can see that the reactants are either higher or lower in energy for each of the reactions, indicating how the enthalpy change goes. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 19:44, 6 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
The estimated transition state positions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.811 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å. At these positions, the internuclear distance do not change with varying time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_graph_HF_and_H.png|thumb|500px|left|Figure 3: The Contour Graph of H-F + H]] [[File:Internuclear_distance_of_HF_and_H.PNG|thumb|500px|centre|Figure 4: The Internuclear Distance v.s. Time Plot of F+H2 at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.811 Å]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above illustrate the reaction H-F + H → H2 + F. In this reaction, H-F bond is broken and H2 is formed. Since the bond energy of H-H is lower than that of F-H and therefore, the reaction is endothermic and the enthalpy change is +129 KJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The estimated transition state positions are  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.811 Å. At these positions, the internuclear distance do not change with varying time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Q7: Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Activation_Graph_1.png|thumb|500px|left|Figure 5: The Plot of Activation Energy of F+H2]]     [[File:Activation_Graph_2.png|thumb|500px|centre|Figure 6: The Plot of Activation Energy of H-F + H‎]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|It would help to show how you got the activation energy from these graphs. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 19:44, 6 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both reactions have the same transition state. These are two directions of the same reversible reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → HF + H, the activation energy is small as 0.209 kcal/mol because the reaction is exothermic and reactants are close to transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For H + HF → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F, the activation energy is large as 29.887 kcal/mol because the reaction is endothermic and reactants keep away from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Q8: In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A: The initial condition is set to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.811, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5. During the reaction, it can be observed there is a decrease in potential energy and an increase in kinetic energy. The kinetic translation energy being raised can be confirmed by measuring the temperature of the reacting mixture. And there is also a rise in the vibrational kinetic energy and shown on the momenta v.s. time graph, it can be noticed that the oscillation of H-F product is stronger than that of H-H reactant which can be measured by IR spectrum.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|You don&#039;t have to talk about temperature and vibrational energy separately as the vibrations are basically what temperature measures.  [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 19:44, 6 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Q8_graph_1.png|thumb|500px|left|Figure 7: The Contour Plot of F+H2]] [[File:Q8_Graph_energy.png|thumb|500px|centre|Figure 8: The Energy Plot of F+H2]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Q8_Graph_momenta.png|thumb|500px|left|Figure 9: The Momenta Plot of F+H2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Q9: Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Q9_GRAPH3.png|thumb|500px|left|Figure 10: The Contour Plot of  H-F + H Reaction: High Vibrational and Low Translational Energy]]      [[File:Q9_GRAPH4.png|thumb|500px|centre|Figure 11: The Contour Plot of  H-F + H Reaction: Low Vibrational and High Translational Energy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Q9_graph_1.png|thumb|500px|left|Figure 12: The Contour Plot of F+H2 Reaction: High Vibrational and Low Translational Energy]]     [[File:Q9_graph_2.png|thumb|500px|centre|Figure 13: The Contour Plot of F+H2 Reaction: Low Vibrational and High Translational Energy]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For exothermic reaction, F + H2 → H-F + H, it has an early transition state. The translational kinetic energy is more effective than vibtational energy to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For endothermic reaction, H-F + H → F + H2, it has a late transition state. The vibrational kinetic energy is significantly more effective than translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|According to what?[[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 19:44, 6 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|This is a good report and you don&#039;t make any big mistakes, but you should include more discussion in your answers as it is hard to judge your level of understanding through answers that are just direct statements.  [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 19:44, 6 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Reference&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
1. J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1998&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:lec17&amp;diff=794289</id>
		<title>MRD:lec17</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:lec17&amp;diff=794289"/>
		<updated>2019-06-06T17:02:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Dynamics from the transition state region&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and products, this is observed as a saddle point. At this point the first partial derivative is equal to zero (∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0). The second partial derivatives of the saddle point with respect to the orthogonal vectors (see diagram - r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is the tangent to the minimum energy pathway at the transition state&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) are of opposite signs where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is positive and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is negative. The negative value of the second partial derivative will correspond to the maximum, whereas the positive value of the second partial derivative will refer to the maximum.    {{fontcolor1|red|I think you mean minimum. Also how can you distinguish it from a local minimum? [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:02, 6 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:lec17plot_thing.jpg|400x400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
Using AB distance = BC distance and a momentum of 0, a plot can be produced of internuclear distances vs time. The values for the distances were optimised to produce a graph with no trajectory towards the products or reactants and with minimal oscillation. This distance value was found to be 0.9079 angstroms and so this is a good estimate for the transition state position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:lecquestion_2.PNG|400x400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path corresponds to infinitely slow motion and so the momenta are reset to zero each step. This means that in comparison to the dynamics calculation graph (right hand photo) the energy pathway on the mep graph (left hand graph) shows fewer oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Question_3.PNG|thumb|upright|400x400px|Minimum Energy Path Calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Question_4.PNG|thumb|upright|400x400px|Dynamics Calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Reactive and unreactive trajectories&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Complete the table below by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018&lt;br /&gt;
|| Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|| The reactants collide with enough energy to cross the activation barrier and form the products. Vibrational energy is shown in the products by the oscillations displayed on the illustration.&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:Table_photo_1.PNG|400x400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456&lt;br /&gt;
|| No&lt;br /&gt;
|| The reactants collide but there is not enough energy for them to cross the activation barrier. As a result, the molecules do not pass through the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:Table_photo_2.PNG|400x400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956&lt;br /&gt;
|| Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|| The reactants collide with enough energy to cross the activation barrier and so the molecules cross through the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:Tablephoto3yay.PNG|400x400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956&lt;br /&gt;
|| No&lt;br /&gt;
|| The reactants collide and have enough energy to cross the activation barrier, however, due to the large amounts of energy they recross the barrier and return to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:Tablephoto4yay.PNG|400x400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416&lt;br /&gt;
|| Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|| The reactants collide and have enough energy to cross the activation barrier. There is a large amount of vibrational energy in the products and so there is a possibility for barrier recrossing, however, the reaction goes to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:Tablephoto5yay.PNG|400x400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The table demonstrates how even when reactants collide with enough energy to reach the transition state, a reaction may not necessarily occur as barrier recrossing is possible. This means that the reaction between those molecules may not go to completion, despite having enough energy. This means therefore that the effective rate of reaction of a sample of molecules would likely be lower than the theoretical prediction as not all of the collisions with enough energy will produce a reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Good.[[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:02, 6 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
There are many assumptions involved in Transition State Theory, particularly:&lt;br /&gt;
# The electronic and nuclear motions are separate. &lt;br /&gt;
# The equilibrium Boltzmann distribution is used to describe the energy distribution of the reactants throughout the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
# There is no barrier recrossing possible - once the molecules have passed the transition state in the direction of the products, the reactants cannot be reformed.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the transition state, motion along the reaction coordinate may be separated from all other motions.&lt;br /&gt;
# Even if there is no equilibrium between the reactants and the products, the activated complex is still distributed according to the Boltzmann distribution (the quasi-equilibrium postulate).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limitations of Transition State Theory mean that the predictions for reaction rate values may not match the experimental values. An example of this is how TST assumes that barrier recrossing is not possible, however, the results produced in the previous question show that barrier recrossing does indeed occur in experimental systems. This would mean therefore that the predicted values for the reaction rate would be higher than the experimental values, as it would assume that all the collisions with enough energy would result in a reaction that went to completion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;PES inspection&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Surface_PlotFHH.png|thumb|upright|400x400px|Surface Plot for H + HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Surface_PlotHHF.png|thumb|upright|400x400px|Surface Plot for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The surface plot for H + HF starts at a low energy level and needs to gain a large amount of energy to reach the transition state, reaching a higher energy level at the products. This therefore suggests that this is an endothermic reaction. Conversely, the surface plot for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;starts at a higher energy level and has a decrease in energy to reach the energy level of the products. This reaction is therefore exothermic. The endothermic nature of the H +HF reaction demonstrates how the H-H bond formed in the products is weaker than the H-F bond in the reactants. This is similarly shown in the exothermic reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; which shows how the H-H bond being broken in the reactants is weaker than the H-F bond being formed in the products.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Good.[[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:02, 6 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s Postulate, in an exothermic reaction the transition state will most closely resemble the reactants as it is closer to them in energy. Similarly, in an endothermic reaction the transition state is closer in energy to the products and so will most closely resemble them. The momentum for AB and BC was set to 0, and the AB and BC distances were gradually changed until a graph of internuclear distances vs time is produced with minimal oscillation and no trajectory towards either the reactants or the products. The distances to produce this were found to be 1.813 angstroms for H-F and 0.7445 angstroms for H-H. Therefore, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(H-F)=1.813 angstroms and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(H-H)=0.7445 angstroms. &lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:IDvsTHHF.png|thumb|upright|400x400px|Graph of Internuclear Distances vs Time for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:FHHEA.png|thumb|upright|330x330px|Graph of Energy vs Time for HF + H]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:F_H2_EA.png|thumb|upright|400x400px|Graph of Energy vs Time for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation Energy(H + HF)= +30.013 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation Energy(F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)= +0.245 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Reaction dynamics&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions were found that gave a reactive trajectory. These were an AB distance of 0.74 angstroms, a BC distance of 1.81 angstroms, an AB momentum of -2.5 and a BC momentum of -1.69. This produces the Momenta vs Time graph shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Momentum.png|thumb|upright|250x250px|Graph of Momenta vs Time for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Energyvstime.png|thumb|upright|330x330px|Graph of Energy vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that the number of oscillations increases in BC over time, which shows that the energy in the reaction is converted to kinetic energy of BC. This agrees with the graph of energy over time where, whilst the total energy stays constant, the kinetic energy slightly increases and the potential energy slightly decreases. When the potential energy decreases, the kinetic energy increases and vice versa. The reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;and F is exothermic and so the kinetic energy is converted to heat energy, which would be displayed experimentally as an increase in temperature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules state that vibrational energy is much less efficient in promoting an early-transition state reaction than translational energy, and vice versa for a late-transition state reaction. It was shown above that the reaction of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F is an exothermic reaction and so according to Hammond&#039;s postulate this reaction has an early transition state. Conversely, the reaction of HF and H is endothermic and so according to Hammond&#039;s postulate has a late transition state. Taking into account Polanyi&#039;s rules, the reaction of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F should be most effectively activated by translational energy and the reaction of HF and H should be most effectively activated by vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F, the values of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74 angstroms and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.81 angstroms were used. The left hand figure below shows the contour plot when p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-2.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-0.5, this figure relates to greater vibrational energy. The right hand figure shows the contour plot when p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-0.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-2.5, this figure relates to greater translational energy. It can be seen that the figure for greater translational energy displays a successful trajectory, whereas the figure for greater vibrational energy shows an unsuccessful trajectory - this, therefore, agrees with Polanyi&#039;s rules for an early transition state reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:H2Fvibrational.png|thumb|upright|330x330px|Contour plot for greater vibrational energy for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:H2Ftranslational.png|thumb|upright|330x330px|Contour plot for greater translational energy for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction of HF and F, the values of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74 angstroms and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.81 angstroms were used. A contour plot was produced for a situation with greater translational energy, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-0.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-2.5 (left-hand figure), which was shown to be an unsuccessful trajectory. A contour plot for greater vibrational energy was also produced, where p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-2 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-0.75 (right-hand figure), which displays a reactive trajectory. According to Polyani&#039;s empirical rules, we would expect the reaction to be most effectively activated by vibrational energy as this reaction has a late transition state. The graphs produced, therefore, support this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HFHtranslational.png|thumb|upright|330x330px|Contour plot for greater translational energy for HF + H]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HFHvibrational.png|thumb|upright|330x330px|Contour plot for greater vibrational energy for HF + H]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Good report with good illustrations, well done.[[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:02, 6 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:lec17&amp;diff=794288</id>
		<title>MRD:lec17</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:lec17&amp;diff=794288"/>
		<updated>2019-06-06T17:02:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Dynamics from the transition state region&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and products, this is observed as a saddle point. At this point the first partial derivative is equal to zero (∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0). The second partial derivatives of the saddle point with respect to the orthogonal vectors (see diagram - r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is the tangent to the minimum energy pathway at the transition state&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) are of opposite signs where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is positive and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is negative. The negative value of the second partial derivative will correspond to the maximum, whereas the positive value of the second partial derivative will refer to the maximum.    {{fontcolor1|red|I think you mean minimum. Also how can you distinguish it from a local minimum? [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:02, 6 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:lec17plot_thing.jpg|400x400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
Using AB distance = BC distance and a momentum of 0, a plot can be produced of internuclear distances vs time. The values for the distances were optimised to produce a graph with no trajectory towards the products or reactants and with minimal oscillation. This distance value was found to be 0.9079 angstroms and so this is a good estimate for the transition state position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:lecquestion_2.PNG|400x400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path corresponds to infinitely slow motion and so the momenta are reset to zero each step. This means that in comparison to the dynamics calculation graph (right hand photo) the energy pathway on the mep graph (left hand graph) shows fewer oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Question_3.PNG|thumb|upright|400x400px|Minimum Energy Path Calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Question_4.PNG|thumb|upright|400x400px|Dynamics Calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Reactive and unreactive trajectories&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Complete the table below by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018&lt;br /&gt;
|| Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|| The reactants collide with enough energy to cross the activation barrier and form the products. Vibrational energy is shown in the products by the oscillations displayed on the illustration.&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:Table_photo_1.PNG|400x400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456&lt;br /&gt;
|| No&lt;br /&gt;
|| The reactants collide but there is not enough energy for them to cross the activation barrier. As a result, the molecules do not pass through the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:Table_photo_2.PNG|400x400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956&lt;br /&gt;
|| Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|| The reactants collide with enough energy to cross the activation barrier and so the molecules cross through the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:Tablephoto3yay.PNG|400x400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956&lt;br /&gt;
|| No&lt;br /&gt;
|| The reactants collide and have enough energy to cross the activation barrier, however, due to the large amounts of energy they recross the barrier and return to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:Tablephoto4yay.PNG|400x400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416&lt;br /&gt;
|| Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|| The reactants collide and have enough energy to cross the activation barrier. There is a large amount of vibrational energy in the products and so there is a possibility for barrier recrossing, however, the reaction goes to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:Tablephoto5yay.PNG|400x400px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The table demonstrates how even when reactants collide with enough energy to reach the transition state, a reaction may not necessarily occur as barrier recrossing is possible. This means that the reaction between those molecules may not go to completion, despite having enough energy. This means therefore that the effective rate of reaction of a sample of molecules would likely be lower than the theoretical prediction as not all of the collisions with enough energy will produce a reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Good.[[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:02, 6 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
There are many assumptions involved in Transition State Theory, particularly:&lt;br /&gt;
# The electronic and nuclear motions are separate. &lt;br /&gt;
# The equilibrium Boltzmann distribution is used to describe the energy distribution of the reactants throughout the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
# There is no barrier recrossing possible - once the molecules have passed the transition state in the direction of the products, the reactants cannot be reformed.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the transition state, motion along the reaction coordinate may be separated from all other motions.&lt;br /&gt;
# Even if there is no equilibrium between the reactants and the products, the activated complex is still distributed according to the Boltzmann distribution (the quasi-equilibrium postulate).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limitations of Transition State Theory mean that the predictions for reaction rate values may not match the experimental values. An example of this is how TST assumes that barrier recrossing is not possible, however, the results produced in the previous question show that barrier recrossing does indeed occur in experimental systems. This would mean therefore that the predicted values for the reaction rate would be higher than the experimental values, as it would assume that all the collisions with enough energy would result in a reaction that went to completion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;PES inspection&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Surface_PlotFHH.png|thumb|upright|400x400px|Surface Plot for H + HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Surface_PlotHHF.png|thumb|upright|400x400px|Surface Plot for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The surface plot for H + HF starts at a low energy level and needs to gain a large amount of energy to reach the transition state, reaching a higher energy level at the products. This therefore suggests that this is an endothermic reaction. Conversely, the surface plot for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;starts at a higher energy level and has a decrease in energy to reach the energy level of the products. This reaction is therefore exothermic. The endothermic nature of the H +HF reaction demonstrates how the H-H bond formed in the products is weaker than the H-F bond in the reactants. This is similarly shown in the exothermic reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; which shows how the H-H bond being broken in the reactants is weaker than the H-F bond being formed in the products.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Good.[[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:02, 6 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s Postulate, in an exothermic reaction the transition state will most closely resemble the reactants as it is closer to them in energy. Similarly, in an endothermic reaction the transition state is closer in energy to the products and so will most closely resemble them. The momentum for AB and BC was set to 0, and the AB and BC distances were gradually changed until a graph of internuclear distances vs time is produced with minimal oscillation and no trajectory towards either the reactants or the products. The distances to produce this were found to be 1.813 angstroms for H-F and 0.7445 angstroms for H-H. Therefore, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(H-F)=1.813 angstroms and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(H-H)=0.7445 angstroms. &lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:IDvsTHHF.png|thumb|upright|400x400px|Graph of Internuclear Distances vs Time for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:FHHEA.png|thumb|upright|330x330px|Graph of Energy vs Time for HF + H]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:F_H2_EA.png|thumb|upright|400x400px|Graph of Energy vs Time for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation Energy(H + HF)= +30.013 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation Energy(F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)= +0.245 kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Reaction dynamics&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions were found that gave a reactive trajectory. These were an AB distance of 0.74 angstroms, a BC distance of 1.81 angstroms, an AB momentum of -2.5 and a BC momentum of -1.69. This produces the Momenta vs Time graph shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Momentum.png|thumb|upright|250x250px|Graph of Momenta vs Time for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Energyvstime.png|thumb|upright|330x330px|Graph of Energy vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that the number of oscillations increases in BC over time, which shows that the energy in the reaction is converted to kinetic energy of BC. This agrees with the graph of energy over time where, whilst the total energy stays constant, the kinetic energy slightly increases and the potential energy slightly decreases. When the potential energy decreases, the kinetic energy increases and vice versa. The reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;and F is exothermic and so the kinetic energy is converted to heat energy, which would be displayed experimentally as an increase in temperature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules state that vibrational energy is much less efficient in promoting an early-transition state reaction than translational energy, and vice versa for a late-transition state reaction. It was shown above that the reaction of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F is an exothermic reaction and so according to Hammond&#039;s postulate this reaction has an early transition state. Conversely, the reaction of HF and H is endothermic and so according to Hammond&#039;s postulate has a late transition state. Taking into account Polanyi&#039;s rules, the reaction of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F should be most effectively activated by translational energy and the reaction of HF and H should be most effectively activated by vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F, the values of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74 angstroms and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.81 angstroms were used. The left hand figure below shows the contour plot when p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-2.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-0.5, this figure relates to greater vibrational energy. The right hand figure shows the contour plot when p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-0.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-2.5, this figure relates to greater translational energy. It can be seen that the figure for greater translational energy displays a successful trajectory, whereas the figure for greater vibrational energy shows an unsuccessful trajectory - this, therefore, agrees with Polanyi&#039;s rules for an early transition state reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:H2Fvibrational.png|thumb|upright|330x330px|Contour plot for greater vibrational energy for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:H2Ftranslational.png|thumb|upright|330x330px|Contour plot for greater translational energy for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction of HF and F, the values of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74 angstroms and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.81 angstroms were used. A contour plot was produced for a situation with greater translational energy, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-0.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-2.5 (left-hand figure), which was shown to be an unsuccessful trajectory. A contour plot for greater vibrational energy was also produced, where p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-2 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-0.75 (right-hand figure), which displays a reactive trajectory. According to Polyani&#039;s empirical rules, we would expect the reaction to be most effectively activated by vibrational energy as this reaction has a late transition state. The graphs produced, therefore, support this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HFHtranslational.png|thumb|upright|330x330px|Contour plot for greater translational energy for HF + H]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HFHvibrational.png|thumb|upright|330x330px|Contour plot for greater vibrational energy for HF + H]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Good report, well done.[[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:02, 6 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:tsa116&amp;diff=794162</id>
		<title>MRD:tsa116</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:tsa116&amp;diff=794162"/>
		<updated>2019-06-04T17:00:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Exercise 1==&lt;br /&gt;
===Defining the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is the saddle point on a Potential Energy Surface plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tsa116_saddle1.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can determine if a point (x,y) is a saddle point using the Hessian matrix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tsa116_hessian.PNG|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the determinant of the Hessian:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• if det(H)&amp;gt;0 and f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(x,y)&amp;gt;0, then the point (x,y) is a local minimum&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• if det(H)&amp;lt;0, then the point (x,y) is a saddle point&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|This is correct but you should also mention that the gradient is zero! A point without a zero gradient on the Hessian with Det&amp;lt;0 is not necessarily a saddle point. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:00, 4 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
Using initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.7, the following PES was obtained:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tsa116_ts4.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A plot of internuclear distance against time is as shown:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tsa116_ts3.png|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To find the transition state geometry r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;TS&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, we can plot an MEP graph of internuclear distance against time. The graph is shown below, followed by a zoomed in version showing the internuclear distance at which no further change occurs. The value for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;TS&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is therefore about 0.907742 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tsa116_tsg1.PNG|thumb|left|350px|MEP graph of internuclear distance against time]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tsa116_tsg2.PNG|thumb|left|350px|zoomed in version]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To confirm that we have indeed found the transition state, we can plot a contour surface plot. This is shown below. Without zooming in, we see that the position of reaction path is relatively constant at a point. This tells us we are quite close to the actual value for the transition state geometry. Changing the distance a little (ie changing one r value to 0.908) will cause the contour plot to deviate into the local minimums (representing reactants and products), thus indicating that the value r = 0.907742 Å was very close to a saddle point, which basically is where the transition state is.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:00, 4 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the transition point is characterised by the saddle point which is where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; {dp_i \over dt} = - { \partial V(r_1,r_2,...)\over \partial r_i} = 0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. This means the forces at the transition state must be zero. The value r = = 0.907742 Å returns forces = 0, thus confirming it is the transition state point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tsa116_tsg3.PNG|thumb|left|350px|MEP graph of contour plot with r set as r = 0.907742 Å]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Difference between MEP and Dynamics Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plots from an MEP and dynamics are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tsa116_tsg11.PNG|thumb|left|500px|An MEP trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tsa116_tsg12.PNG|thumb|left|500px|A Dynamics trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is that the MEP trajectory is relatively straight whereas the dynamics trajectory is of a sinusoidal pattern. This is due to the difference in the calculation - the MEP calculation always resets the momentum to zero and therefore this eliminates the fluctuations in the particles&#039; momentum from the vibrations/rotations/etc of the particle, hence a straight line is observed. However a very sinusoidal graph is obtained for the Dynamics method because the inertial vibrational/rotational motion has not been eliminated, and this motion manifests itself in the sinusoidal nature of the contour graph (the energies fluctuate periodically). In the graph shown, the vibration is between A and B. This is because A and B are still held together (&#039;bonded&#039;) and therefore a vibration exists between them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Tsa116_track1.png|300px]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; At the start, there is almost no vibration between AB (as seen from relatively straight line on contour), and as AB and C approach each other, a transition state is formed as seen from the contour in the saddle point region; there is a reaction (since the contour progresses from reactants to products) to produce A and BC. The new product BC has a vibration (as seen from sinusoidal motion in products); A and BC move away from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Tsa116_track2.png|300px]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; At the start, AB is vibrating (as seen from sinusoidal motion in reactants) and C approaches. However, as C approaches, AB repels it and C&#039;s initial kinetic energy is not enough to overcome this repulsion. No transition state is formed since the contour does not progress into the saddle point region. There is no reaction (as seen from how the contour goes back into the reactants).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Tsa116_track3.png|300px]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; At the start, AB is vibrating (as seen from sinusoidal motion in reactants). As C approaches, a transition state is formed as seen from the contour in the saddle point region. A reaction then occurs between AB and C (since the contour progresses from reactants to products) to produce A and BC. The new product BC has a vibration as well (as seen from sinusoidal motion in products); A and BC move away from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File: Tsa116_track4.png|300px]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; There is no net reaction as seen from how the contour begins and ends at the reactants region. There is no vibration in AB initially (seen from relatively straight contour at first in the reactants. As C approaches a transition state is formed as seen from the contour in the saddle point region; there appears to be some sort of a reaction as the contour progresses into the products region shortly. However, the vibrational motion between BC is so large (as seen from how it passes almost 3 equipotential lines indicating a very large potential energy in the vibration) that A collides with the new BC molecule. This returns the system back to AB and C which is the initial state of the system, hence there is no net reaction. However, AB has a vibrational motion now (as seen from the new sinusoidal motion in the reactants).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Tsa116_track5.png|300px]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; There is a net reaction as seen from how the contour ends up at the product region. There is no vibration in AB initially (seen from relatively straight contour at first in the reactants. As C approaches AB, a transition state is formed as seen from the contour in the saddle point region; C then pulls B away from A. For a short period of about 0.2 seconds, B is pulled between A and C (this can be deduced from an internuclear distance against time graph). Finally, C pulls B away completely to produce A and BC. The new product BC has a relatively large vibration as seen from the large sinusoidal motion of the products which crosses 3 equipotential lines.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|All good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:00, 4 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of the Transition State Theory are as follow:&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Reactants are in constant equilibrium with the transition state structure.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. The energy of the particles follow a Boltzmann distribution.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Once reactants become the transition state, the transition state structure does not collapse back to the reactants.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table, we know that not all reactions will go into the product stage - in other words, not all of the cases above are reactive. This means that despite the formation of a transition state (as seen from how the contours go to the saddle point except for the 2nd case), it does not necessarily go to the products and might collapse back to reactants as seen from Case #4. This means the Transition State Theory is not perfect and it assumes that if a transition state is achieved, then a product definitely is formed. Therefore, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; the Transition State Theory overestimates the reaction rates&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. Reaction rate predictions from the Transition State Theory will therefore be higher than what is experimentally obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Exercise 2==&lt;br /&gt;
===PES Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tsa116_pes11.PNG|thumb|left|400px|Contour graph for the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with approximations for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via Hammond&#039;s Postulate]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The system is set up with A as Fluorine, B and C as Hydrogen. Therefore the small BC distance minima region (ie where the cross is) is the reactants area, while the small AB distance minima region is the products area. From the contour graph, as the colours of the potential lines at the products region are a darker purple than the colours of the contours at the reactants region, {{fontcolor1|red|A surface plot would be better here. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:00, 4 June 2019 (BST)}} hence this indicates that the products are of a lower potential energy than the reactants. Therefore, the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic. This means that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The converse is also true: the reaction H + HF is endothermic as can be seen from the graph above (ie the product region for this system is where the cross is in the graph above), and likewise indicating the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Hammond&#039;s Postulate, since the reaction is exothermic, hence the Transition State will resemble the reactants more than the products. As such, a starting guess for the transition state position was with a smaller r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and a longer r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; than literature values. The system was further refined until r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.75 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.8105 which gave the graph shown above. This is a good approximation for the transition state since the system does not proceed in either direction towards reactants/products; furthermore, analysis of the internuclear distance against time graph shows a relatively constant r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.744878 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.81080 Å, which further indicates a good approximation to the transition state geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hence the transition state for this system has geometry r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.744878 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.81080 Å. As outlined earlier, the system has A as Fluorine, B and C as Hydrogen. To confirm that this is the transition state, the forces at this point were examined - they should all be zero since the transition state is the saddle point, and the gradients are represented by force. This is confirmed in the image below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tsa116_pes13.PNG|thumb|left|600px|Screenshot showing that forces at the point are F=0]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating activation energies===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tsa116_activation1.PNG|thumb|left|400px|Energy against time graph for a small positive pertubation of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This reaction represents the energy difference between the transition state and the reactants for the forward reaction H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F -&amp;gt; HF + H.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; for this reaction is E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -103.752 - (-104.020) = +0.268 kcal/mol (3 d.p.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; for the reverse reaction HF + H -&amp;gt; H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F can be found by performing a small negative pertubation of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tsa116_pes12.PNG|thumb|left|400px|Energy against time graph for a small negative pertubation of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The graph above can be used to find the E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; for the reaction HF + H -&amp;gt; H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From the graph, the E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; for this reaction is E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -103.752 - (-133.980) = +30.228 kcal/mol (3 d.p.).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:00, 4 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
A set of initial conditions that result in a reaction is as follows:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Atom A is Fluorine, atoms B and C are Hydrogen&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.8&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.7&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• ρ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• ρ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -2.5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction has caused the potential energy in the system to decrease, while kinetic energy has increased. Based on the Principle of Conservation of Energy, it can be concluded that some potential energy prior to reaction has been converted into kinetic energy of the products. Since the kinetic energy causes the product molecule to vibrate to a greater extent than in the reactants - this statement can be inferred from the energy-time graph of the reaction which is shown below, whereby the sinusoidal amplitude of the graphs are greater, thus indicating an increase in vibrational amplitude since energy is proportional to amplitude&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Since any changes in the molecular vibrational state can be caused by changes in thermal energy, thus the increase in kinetic energy can be measured experimentally by an increase in the temperature of the reaction system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tsa116_rd1.PNG|thumb|left|400px|Energy against time graph for the initial conditions listed above]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Examining Polanyi&#039;s Rules===&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules state that vibrational energy (rather than translational energy) is more efficient in promoting a reaction with a late transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;pol&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F -&amp;gt; HF + H, the reaction is exothermic thus indicating that the transition state is early. Based on Polanyi&#039;s rules, this means that a reaction system that contains &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;more translational energy&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; will be more likely to lead to a reaction. To determine if a reaction has been successful (ie a reaction occurred), the momentum-time graph can be analysed. An indication that a successful reaction has occurred would be that vibrational energy has been transferred from reactants to products, which in this case is from BC to AB. In this case, if a successful reaction occurs, then we will see AB start vibrating as will be evident from a sinusoidal AB function in the momentum-time graph. The AB function is the blue line in the graphs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different parameters which tests different percentages of vibrational energy were tested. Translational energy in the system was altered via ρ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, while vibrational energy in the system was altered via р&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. A larger absolute value (sign only affects direction) means a larger energy value. This allows us to compare the vibrational/translational energies in the system, and compare it with the reaction outcomes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The results are presented in the table below:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! ρ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! ρ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? (Momentum-time graph attached) !! Was translational energy (ρ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) a high/low % of total energy?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.00 || 0.74  || -0.5 || 3.0 || Not reactive&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; [[File:Tsa116_pol1.PNG|300px]] || Translational energy was &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;low&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; % of total&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.00 || 0.74  || -0.5 || 0.0 || Reactive&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; [[File:Tsa116_pol2.PNG|300px]] || Translational energy was &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;high&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; % of total&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.00 || 0.74  || -0.5 || -3.0 || Not reactive&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; [[File:Tsa116_pol3.PNG|300px]] || Translational energy was &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;low&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; % of total&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.00 || 0.74  || -0.8 || 0.1 || Reactive&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; [[File:Tsa116_pol4.PNG|300px]] || Translational energy was &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;high&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; % of total&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The reverse reaction is now tested: HF + H -&amp;gt; H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F. This reaction is endothermic, thus indicating that the transition state is late. Based on Polanyi&#039;s rules, this means that a reaction system containing &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;more vibrational energy&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; will be more likely to lead to a reaction. Everything in this reaction is a reversal of the previous - indication of a successful reaction can be seen from BC (orange line) starting to vibrate; vibrational energy was altered via ρ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;; translational energy was altered via р&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The results are presented in the table below:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! ρ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! ρ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? (Momentum-time graph attached) !! Was vibrational energy (ρ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) a large % of total energy high/low?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.74 || 3.00  || 0.1 || -2.0 || Not reactive&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; [[File:Tsa116_pol5.PNG|300px]] || Vibrational energy was &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;low&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; % of total&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.74 || 1.80  || 1.2 || -0.1 || Reactive&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; [[File:Tsa116_pol6.PNG|300px]] || Vibrational energy was &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;high&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; % of total&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the results for the two reactions above, the following can be confirmed: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1) when there is an early transition state, a higher percentage of &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;translational&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; energy (ie a greater distribution of energy is translational) results in a more efficient reaction.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2) when there is a late transition state, a higher percentage of &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;vibrational&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; energy (ie a greater distribution of energy is vibrational) results in a more efficient reaction.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:00, 4 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Top tier report, well done! [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 18:00, 4 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot;&amp;gt;P. Atkins, J. de Paula, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Elements of Physical Chemistry, 5th ed.&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2009. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;pol&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Z. Zhang, Y. Zhou, D. H. Zhang, G. Czako, J. M. Bowman, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;J. Phys. Chem. Lett.&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, 2012, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;(23), 3416-3419 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:dkb17&amp;diff=794130</id>
		<title>MRD:dkb17</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:dkb17&amp;diff=794130"/>
		<updated>2019-06-04T11:49:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Treating H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; as an A, BC system, if H approached molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with sufficient momenta, the molecules will have sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy to form an AB, C system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Defining and distinguishing transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From a energy surface plot, the transition state can be found at r where: ∂V(r1)/∂r1 x ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0. The transition state point can then be determined by analysis of second order derivatives. The transition point can be found where: the second partial derivative of q1: ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(q1)/∂q1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  is &amp;gt;0 and the second partial derivative of q2: ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(q2)/∂q2&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0. The transition state is the saddle point at which the minima of q1 intersects the maxima of q2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: dkb17_Surface_plot_HH2.PNG|thumb|center|A surface plot for a H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction|300px ]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: dkb17_q1.PNG|thumb|center|Plot showing q1|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: dkb17_q2.PNG|thumb|center|Plot showing q2|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From a contour plot, the transition state can be found at the point at which the A-B bond length is equal to the B-C bond length, the point at which both the AB bond is forming and the BC bond is dissociating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: dkb17_Contour_plot_HH2.PNG|center|Contour plot showing for H +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Correct answer overall but the plot of q2 is very unclear and it would be much easier to show it from above like for q1. How would you distinguish the TS point from a local minima? [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 12:46, 4 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition state position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position can be determined by setting the momenta of AB and BC to 0, and testing different values for both AB and BC distances until there is no observed oscillation on the internuclear Distances vs Time plot. This distance was found to be 0.907743 Å. As momenta has been set to 0 in this calculation, the molecule will only oscillate at the defined maxima, and as it has no, momenta, is unable to roll of the maxima meaning the molecule remains only at the maximum point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: dkb17_Surface_internuclear_distances_vs_time.PNG|center| thumb|Energy vs time plot for H +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison between mep and trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP plot shows a smooth line with no oscillations whilst the dynamics plot shows a long, wavy line. This is because in the mep calculation, molecules are assumed to be moving infinitely slowly. However, this is not an accurate model as the momenta/velocities are always reset to zero. In a real scenario, as modelled in the dynamics calculation, atoms have a mass, and momenta. This means that in the dynamics calculation, the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillations is accounted for. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: dkb17_Mep.PNG|thumb|center|surface plot for mep calculation|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: dkb17_Dynamics.PNG|thumb|center|Surface plot for dynamics calculation|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and Unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! p1 !! p2!! Etot !! Reactive? !! Illustration !! Description &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25	|| -2.5	||-99.018 || Yes || [[File: dkb17_Image1.PNG]] || This a reactive pathway. Reactants require enough energy to overcome the transition state energy barrier to access the products. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5	|| -2.0	|| -100.456 || No || [[File: dkb17_Image2.PNG]] || This an unreactive pathway. Reactants in this situation don&#039;t have enough energy to overcome the transition state energy barrier to access the products.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5	|| -2.5	|| -98.956|| Yes ||[[File: dkb17_Image3.PNG]] || This is a reactive pathway. The reactants have the sufficient energy required to overcome the transition state energy barrier enabling access to the products. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5	|| -5.0	|| -84.956 || No || [[File: dkb17_Image4.PNG]] || This is an unreactive pathway, even though the reactants have enough energy to access the transition state, excess vibrational energy prevents a reaction from occurring, resulting in the molecules sinking down the potential well back to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5	|| -5.2	|| -83.416 || Yes || [[File: dkb17_Image5.PNG]] || This is a reactive pathway. The reactants have enough energy to access the transition state and thus, the products {{fontcolor1|red|Should mention recrossing of the transition state, this is different than the first example. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 12:46, 4 June 2019 (BST)}}. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|You should talk about vibrations for each example and at the end you should also say what you can conclude from the table.  [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 12:46, 4 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory are that [2]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Reactants are in equilibrium with he transition state &lt;br /&gt;
2. The transition state does not collapse back to the reactants after the transition state has been formed {{fontcolor1|red|Any reaction that reaches the transition state goes on to make products.[[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 12:46, 4 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
3. The energy of particles in the system will be governed by the Boltzmann distribution&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory would predict a higher rate of reaction than the experimental. This is because the transition state theory assumption, the transition state can&#039;t go back to the reactants which means that all molecules who achieved transition state structure will proceed to the reaction. {{fontcolor1|red|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 12:46, 4 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PES inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inspection of the potential energy surfaces, the reaction between H2 and Fluorine is an exothermic reaction whilst the reverse is endothermic {{fontcolor1|red|But why? [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 12:46, 4 June 2019 (BST)}}. This indicates that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond. With the following conditions: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance: 0.74 Å&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance: 2.3 Å&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum: 0 kgm/s&lt;br /&gt;
BC momentum: -11.5 kgm/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following conditions result in the following reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: dkb17_Contour_plot.PNG|thumb|center|Contour plot for the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: dkb17_Surface_plot.PNG|thumb|center|Surface plot for the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|You can&#039;t see if the reactions are endothermic or exothermic from these graphs as you can&#039;t see the potential energy of the reactants or products.  [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 12:46, 4 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Transition state analysis=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state can be found by setting the momentum of AB and BC to 0 and testing different distances for AB and BC until the forces along Ab and BC are 0. This was found where AB= 0.744873 Å and BC= 1.81106 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation energy====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy can be determined, by doing performing a dynamics calculation with AB distance displaced from transition state conditions {{fontcolor1|red|Performing an MEP calculation. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 12:46, 4 June 2019 (BST)}}. The calculation was then changed from 500 to 5000 steps. The activation energy was then found by finding the difference in energy between the total and potential energy lines {{fontcolor1|red|? Your answers are correct, but I don&#039;t understand your reasoning as surely the difference between total and potential energy lines would just be kinetic energy? Your graphs don&#039;t make this more clear also as you can&#039;t see potential energy on the second graph and it looks like it just overlaps the total energy, how do you get an energy difference of 31.82 from this??  [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 12:46, 4 June 2019 (BST)}}. This gave the following energy &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy= 0.267 KJ/mol {{fontcolor1|red|Energy is in kcal. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 12:46, 4 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: dkb17_Energy_vs_time_for_activation_energy.PNG|thumb|center|Energy vs time to determine activation energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F system|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same calculation was performed for the HF + H system under an mep calculation giving an energy= 31.82KJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: dkb17_Energy_vs_time_for_activation_energy2.PNG|thumb|center|Energy vs time to determine activation energy of HF+ H system|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following conditions provide a reactive trajectory for H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB Distance: 0.74&lt;br /&gt;
BC Distance: 2.3&lt;br /&gt;
AB Momentum: -1.9&lt;br /&gt;
BC Momentum: -2.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through analysis of the energy vs time graph, the mechanism of release of reaction energy can be determined. The energy/time graph shows energy exchange between potential and kinetic energy. As potential and kinetic energies are mirror images of each other, this graph is a manifestation of the conservation of energy as a maxima in potential energy is opposite a minima in kinetic energy. As the reaction proceeds translational energy is converted into vibrational energy and H-H vibrational energy is transferred to H-F vibrational energy, resulting in energy exchange with surrounding molecules in the system This can be determined experimentally using calorimetry as the reaction is exothermic. {{fontcolor1|red|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 12:46, 4 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: dkb17_Energy_vs_time.PNG|thumb|center|Energy vs time for a reactive H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F trajectory|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: dkb17_Momenta_vs_energy_2.PNG|thumb|center|Momenta vs time for a reactive H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Dkb17_Contour_plotreactive.PNG|thumb|center|Contour plot for a reactive of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F system|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Momenta===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules state that vibrational energy is more likely to promote a reaction with a late transition state compared to transnational energy [1].  A dynamics calculation was run for a H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F system. The following conditions were used: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance: 0.74 Å, BC distance: 2.3 Å, BC momentum: -0.5 kgm/s. AB momentum was varied from -3 to 3 kgm/s. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A significant amount of energy is put into the H-H system. The key observation in this system is that as momenta decreases to 0, the reaction pathway changes from a reactive pathway to an unreactive pathway. This is due to a lack of tranlsational energy which prevents the reactants from accessing the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: dkb17_Momenta_as_0.PNG|thumb|center|Contour plot for Ab momenta= 0|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: dkb17_momenta_as_3.PNG|thumb|center|Contour plot for Ab momenta= 3|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Polanyi&#039;s Rules====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a reaction with an early transition state, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy according to Polanyi&#039;s rules. HH momenta in the calculation corresponds to HH translational energy. Given that the H2 + F reaction is exothermic, the reaction will proceed with an early transition state and the transition state will thus resemble the reactants. Therefore, the reaction will be initiated with translational rather than vibrational energy. However, in a HF + H reaction, as the reaction is endothermic, the transition state will come late and resemble the products. This means that the reaction is more likely to be initiated by vibrational energy rather than translational energy, according to Polanyi&#039;s rules. {{fontcolor1|red|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 12:46, 4 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Decent report but some parts of questions have been missed or questions have unclear answers, mainly due to imperfect illustrations. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 12:49, 4 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. J. Phys. Chem. Lett.20123233416-3419&lt;br /&gt;
Publication Date:November 6, 2012&lt;br /&gt;
https://doi.org/10.1021/jz301649w&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. https://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/Statistical_Thermodynamics_and_Rate_Theories/Eyring_Transition_State_Theory (Accsessed 24/05/19)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:dkb17&amp;diff=794129</id>
		<title>MRD:dkb17</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:dkb17&amp;diff=794129"/>
		<updated>2019-06-04T11:46:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Treating H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; as an A, BC system, if H approached molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with sufficient momenta, the molecules will have sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy to form an AB, C system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Defining and distinguishing transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From a energy surface plot, the transition state can be found at r where: ∂V(r1)/∂r1 x ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0. The transition state point can then be determined by analysis of second order derivatives. The transition point can be found where: the second partial derivative of q1: ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(q1)/∂q1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  is &amp;gt;0 and the second partial derivative of q2: ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(q2)/∂q2&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0. The transition state is the saddle point at which the minima of q1 intersects the maxima of q2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: dkb17_Surface_plot_HH2.PNG|thumb|center|A surface plot for a H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction|300px ]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: dkb17_q1.PNG|thumb|center|Plot showing q1|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: dkb17_q2.PNG|thumb|center|Plot showing q2|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From a contour plot, the transition state can be found at the point at which the A-B bond length is equal to the B-C bond length, the point at which both the AB bond is forming and the BC bond is dissociating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: dkb17_Contour_plot_HH2.PNG|center|Contour plot showing for H +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Correct answer overall but the plot of q2 is very unclear and it would be much easier to show it from above like for q1. How would you distinguish the TS point from a local minima? [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 12:46, 4 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition state position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position can be determined by setting the momenta of AB and BC to 0, and testing different values for both AB and BC distances until there is no observed oscillation on the internuclear Distances vs Time plot. This distance was found to be 0.907743 Å. As momenta has been set to 0 in this calculation, the molecule will only oscillate at the defined maxima, and as it has no, momenta, is unable to roll of the maxima meaning the molecule remains only at the maximum point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: dkb17_Surface_internuclear_distances_vs_time.PNG|center| thumb|Energy vs time plot for H +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison between mep and trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP plot shows a smooth line with no oscillations whilst the dynamics plot shows a long, wavy line. This is because in the mep calculation, molecules are assumed to be moving infinitely slowly. However, this is not an accurate model as the momenta/velocities are always reset to zero. In a real scenario, as modelled in the dynamics calculation, atoms have a mass, and momenta. This means that in the dynamics calculation, the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillations is accounted for. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: dkb17_Mep.PNG|thumb|center|surface plot for mep calculation|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: dkb17_Dynamics.PNG|thumb|center|Surface plot for dynamics calculation|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and Unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! p1 !! p2!! Etot !! Reactive? !! Illustration !! Description &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25	|| -2.5	||-99.018 || Yes || [[File: dkb17_Image1.PNG]] || This a reactive pathway. Reactants require enough energy to overcome the transition state energy barrier to access the products. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5	|| -2.0	|| -100.456 || No || [[File: dkb17_Image2.PNG]] || This an unreactive pathway. Reactants in this situation don&#039;t have enough energy to overcome the transition state energy barrier to access the products.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5	|| -2.5	|| -98.956|| Yes ||[[File: dkb17_Image3.PNG]] || This is a reactive pathway. The reactants have the sufficient energy required to overcome the transition state energy barrier enabling access to the products. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5	|| -5.0	|| -84.956 || No || [[File: dkb17_Image4.PNG]] || This is an unreactive pathway, even though the reactants have enough energy to access the transition state, excess vibrational energy prevents a reaction from occurring, resulting in the molecules sinking down the potential well back to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5	|| -5.2	|| -83.416 || Yes || [[File: dkb17_Image5.PNG]] || This is a reactive pathway. The reactants have enough energy to access the transition state and thus, the products {{fontcolor1|red|Should mention recrossing of the transition state, this is different than the first example. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 12:46, 4 June 2019 (BST)}}. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|You should talk about vibrations for each example and at the end you should also say what you can conclude from the table.  [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 12:46, 4 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory are that [2]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Reactants are in equilibrium with he transition state &lt;br /&gt;
2. The transition state does not collapse back to the reactants after the transition state has been formed {{fontcolor1|red|Any reaction that reaches the transition state goes on to make products.[[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 12:46, 4 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
3. The energy of particles in the system will be governed by the Boltzmann distribution&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory would predict a higher rate of reaction than the experimental. This is because the transition state theory assumption, the transition state can&#039;t go back to the reactants which means that all molecules who achieved transition state structure will proceed to the reaction. {{fontcolor1|red|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 12:46, 4 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PES inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inspection of the potential energy surfaces, the reaction between H2 and Fluorine is an exothermic reaction whilst the reverse is endothermic {{fontcolor1|red|But why? [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 12:46, 4 June 2019 (BST)}}. This indicates that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond. With the following conditions: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance: 0.74 Å&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance: 2.3 Å&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum: 0 kgm/s&lt;br /&gt;
BC momentum: -11.5 kgm/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following conditions result in the following reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: dkb17_Contour_plot.PNG|thumb|center|Contour plot for the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: dkb17_Surface_plot.PNG|thumb|center|Surface plot for the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|You can&#039;t see if the reactions are endothermic or exothermic from these graphs as you can&#039;t see the potential energy of the reactants or products.  [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 12:46, 4 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Transition state analysis=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state can be found by setting the momentum of AB and BC to 0 and testing different distances for AB and BC until the forces along Ab and BC are 0. This was found where AB= 0.744873 Å and BC= 1.81106 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation energy====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy can be determined, by doing performing a dynamics calculation with AB distance displaced from transition state conditions {{fontcolor1|red|Performing an MEP calculation. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 12:46, 4 June 2019 (BST)}}. The calculation was then changed from 500 to 5000 steps. The activation energy was then found by finding the difference in energy between the total and potential energy lines {{fontcolor1|red|? Your answers are correct, but I don&#039;t understand your reasoning as surely the difference between total and potential energy lines would just be kinetic energy? Your graphs don&#039;t make this more clear also as you can&#039;t see potential energy on the second graph and it looks like it just overlaps the total energy, how do you get an energy difference of 31.82 from this??  [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 12:46, 4 June 2019 (BST)}}. This gave the following energy &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy= 0.267 KJ/mol {{fontcolor1|red|Energy is in kcal. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 12:46, 4 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: dkb17_Energy_vs_time_for_activation_energy.PNG|thumb|center|Energy vs time to determine activation energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F system|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same calculation was performed for the HF + H system under an mep calculation giving an energy= 31.82KJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: dkb17_Energy_vs_time_for_activation_energy2.PNG|thumb|center|Energy vs time to determine activation energy of HF+ H system|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following conditions provide a reactive trajectory for H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB Distance: 0.74&lt;br /&gt;
BC Distance: 2.3&lt;br /&gt;
AB Momentum: -1.9&lt;br /&gt;
BC Momentum: -2.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through analysis of the energy vs time graph, the mechanism of release of reaction energy can be determined. The energy/time graph shows energy exchange between potential and kinetic energy. As potential and kinetic energies are mirror images of each other, this graph is a manifestation of the conservation of energy as a maxima in potential energy is opposite a minima in kinetic energy. As the reaction proceeds translational energy is converted into vibrational energy and H-H vibrational energy is transferred to H-F vibrational energy, resulting in energy exchange with surrounding molecules in the system This can be determined experimentally using calorimetry as the reaction is exothermic. {{fontcolor1|red|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 12:46, 4 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: dkb17_Energy_vs_time.PNG|thumb|center|Energy vs time for a reactive H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F trajectory|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: dkb17_Momenta_vs_energy_2.PNG|thumb|center|Momenta vs time for a reactive H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Dkb17_Contour_plotreactive.PNG|thumb|center|Contour plot for a reactive of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F system|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Momenta===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules state that vibrational energy is more likely to promote a reaction with a late transition state compared to transnational energy [1].  A dynamics calculation was run for a H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F system. The following conditions were used: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance: 0.74 Å, BC distance: 2.3 Å, BC momentum: -0.5 kgm/s. AB momentum was varied from -3 to 3 kgm/s. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A significant amount of energy is put into the H-H system. The key observation in this system is that as momenta decreases to 0, the reaction pathway changes from a reactive pathway to an unreactive pathway. This is due to a lack of tranlsational energy which prevents the reactants from accessing the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: dkb17_Momenta_as_0.PNG|thumb|center|Contour plot for Ab momenta= 0|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: dkb17_momenta_as_3.PNG|thumb|center|Contour plot for Ab momenta= 3|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Polanyi&#039;s Rules====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a reaction with an early transition state, translational energy is more important than vibrational energy according to Polanyi&#039;s rules. HH momenta in the calculation corresponds to HH translational energy. Given that the H2 + F reaction is exothermic, the reaction will proceed with an early transition state and the transition state will thus resemble the reactants. Therefore, the reaction will be initiated with translational rather than vibrational energy. However, in a HF + H reaction, as the reaction is endothermic, the transition state will come late and resemble the products. This means that the reaction is more likely to be initiated by vibrational energy rather than translational energy, according to Polanyi&#039;s rules. {{fontcolor1|red|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 12:46, 4 June 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. J. Phys. Chem. Lett.20123233416-3419&lt;br /&gt;
Publication Date:November 6, 2012&lt;br /&gt;
https://doi.org/10.1021/jz301649w&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. https://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/Statistical_Thermodynamics_and_Rate_Theories/Eyring_Transition_State_Theory (Accsessed 24/05/19)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:oop17&amp;diff=793978</id>
		<title>MRD:oop17</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:oop17&amp;diff=793978"/>
		<updated>2019-05-30T22:32:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Molecular Reaction Dynamics Report: Oana Popescu ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as being the maximum point on the path of minimum energy. Furthermore, on a 3-dimensional plot of internuclear distance against energy, at the transition state the potential gradient is zero, with the energy decreasing in both directions on the minimum energy path. Thus, the point of the transition state forms a local maximum of zero gradient, whilst being a minimum on the overall potential energy surface - corresponding to the fact that it is on the minimum energy path. This can be visualized on a three-dimensional plot, in (&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Fig. 1.&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|It would help to define the TS mathematically, describing that the transition state has a positive second derivative of energy with respect to internuclear distance in one direction but a negative second derivative in the other. Also you should compare it to a local minimum. Overall this answer is not very clear. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 23:32, 30 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS_otherview.PNG|600px|center|thumb|Figure 1: a visualization of the transition state on a plot of energy vs. internuclear distances; the transition state, shown by a black dot, is the maximum point on the path of minimum energy.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Transition State ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial estimate was made by setting p1=p2=0, then continuously changing the internuclear distance (r1=r2) until the Dynamic graph plot appeared as a dot rather than a line. This happened at around r1=r2=0.9 (&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Fig. 2&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS_topview.PNG|600px|center|thumb|Figure 2: The Approximate Location of the transition state for an H + H-H reaction, where BC is the initial H2 molecule, with A colliding with it.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This was a highly rough estimate, and zooming in it could still be seen that the graph was a line. The Transition State was then further narrowed down using the energy values given under “Initial Geometry Information”; the Transition State is the point where the forces along AB and BC as well as the Kinetic Energy should all be zero. Through trial-and-error, this was pinpointed at r1=r2= 0.907742497 (&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Fig. 3&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS_proof.PNG|600px|center|thumb|Figure 3: The parameters for the transition state, showing zero forces along the bonds, as well as a total kinetic energy of zero.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Internuclear Distances vs. time plot at this point is two straight lines, with the A-B (r1) line being invisible (&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Fig. 4&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS_distancetime.PNG|600px|thumb|center|Figure 4: The internuclear Distances vs. Time plot for an H+ H-H system at transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This suggests it perfectly overlaps with one of the other lines, namely B-C (r2), and the straight-line nature suggests the molecule is at a point of balance, as neither distance is increasing or decreasing. Both facts suggest the transition state has been deduced correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 23:32, 30 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated (Dynamic Trajectory) differ.&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a contour plot, it can be seen that the Dynamic calculation results in a sine-like wave along the Minimum Energy path, whilst the MEP calculation only gives a straight line (&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Fig. 5, 6&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Dynamics_topview.PNG|600px|thumb|center|Figure 5: The Dynamic trajectory on a contour plot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_topview.PNG|600px|thumb|center|Figure 6: The MEP Trajectory on a contour plot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a distance-time plot, however, the difference becomes more apparent (&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Fig. 7, 8&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;); starting from the Transition state, where the distances A-B and B-C are equal, both graphs show a decrease in distance B-C (the newly formed bond), and an increase in both A-C and A-B as molecule A moves further away. However, on the Dynamics plot B-C is once again shown as a sinusoidal wave, with A-B and A-C becoming straight lines after an adjustment period; on the MEP plot, B-C is a smooth line, with A-B and A-C nearing a plateau. This is due to the MEP plot not containing kinetic energies, whilst the Dynamics plot factors it; the wavy line is due to molecular vibrations, which are not present in the MEP calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_dynamics_ind.PNG|600px|center|thumb|Figure 7: The Dynamics Distance-Time plot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_ind.PNG|600px|center|thumb|Figure 8: The MEP Distance-Time Plot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the values of r1 and r2 are reversed, the trajectory is reversed when viewed on a contour plot; that is, it begins at the transition state but r2 is the one that varies, whilst r1 remains constant. Other than that, there are no notable changes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Table 1 - Completed table of molecule trajectories for different initial momenta. For the table below: r1=BC distance=0.74; r2=AB distance=2.0; p1=BC momentum; p2=AB momentum.&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || YES || BC collides with A and reacts. the decrease in AB distance is smooth, and the increase in BC distance is wavy in shape, indicating molecular vibration. ||[[File:table_1.25_2.5.PNG|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || NO || AB distance gets smaller, but the BC distance remains constant, suggesting the atoms do not separate. This is further emphasised by the wavy line, which indicates molecular vibration, showing the atoms are bonded. ||[[File:table_1.5_2.0.PNG|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || YES || BC collides with A and reacts. Reaction is very similar to the first example, but has a higher total energy due to the higher initial momentum. ||[[File:table_1.5_2.5.PNG|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || NO || BC collides with A, but does not react; the distance of the BC bond increases, and the trajectory crosses the transition state, then goes back to the distance it was before the collision but with higher molecular vibrations. the AB distance decreases, but then increases again, suggesting A gets further away from the molecule BC without an AB bond forming.||[[File:table_2.5_5.0.PNG|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.414 || YES || A high momentum collision occurs, and the molecules react. The vibration of the newly formed AB molecule is very large in size. A barrier recrossing occurs, after which the reaction proceeds. ||[[File:table_2.5_5.2.PNG|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table demonstrates that higher energy does not necessarily mean better chances of a successful collision; this is illustrated in the second to last example, where there is a higher amount of momentum in the system than before, yet the collision is unsuccessful.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a model used to describe the energy pathway of a reaction via an intermediate state; this is the energetically highest point of the pathway, and is known as the transition state. The model can be used to calculate a rate constant for the transformation of reactants into products. However, it is purely statistical, not taking into account individual collision details. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ref&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; There are several assumptions required for the model:&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ref&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The nuclear and electronic motions are completely independent and do not affect each other (Born-Oppenheimer Approximation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The reactant molecules have a Maxwell-Boltzmann Distribution of Energy; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Once the transition state is crossed, the molecule will become a product and will not turn back;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The reactants are in thermal equilibrium with the reaction state;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Motion along the reaction coordinate in the Transition State can be treated as an independent translation separate from all other motions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Transition State Theory, the rate of reaction is equal to the rate at which molecules pass through the transition state &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ref&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;. However, experimentally this is not always the case; an example is the second-to-last set of conditions in &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Table 1&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, where the reactants cross the Transition State Barrier and then return to reactant state. Such recrossings occur due to the above approximations not always being correct (eg. the Born-Oppenheimer approximation not applying); thus, the experimental rate of reaction is smaller than the flux of particles across the transition state. Due to this, the Transition State theory provides the upper boundary of the rate of reaction, which is usually experimentally lower &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ref&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 23:32, 30 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Exercise 2==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactions can be considered the forward and backward reactions of the same system; the forming of an F-H bond by the breaking of an H-H bond, and the forming of an H-H bond by the breaking of an F-H bond. It can immediately be deduced that the F-H bond is much stronger than H-H, as fluorine is highly electronegative and so the bond would have a very high ionic character. Thus, it can be easily extrapolated that the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction would be exothermic, whilst its reverse has to be endothermic. This can also be seen through the energy surfaces, as shown in &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Fig. 9 and 10&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. This can also be deduced through the very high momentum values (and short H-H distance) necessary to get HF to react with H, as opposed to the relatively low values for F to react with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, indicating much more energy needs to be put in to break the H-F bond. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:exo_reaction.PNG|600px|center|thumb|Figure 9 - A reaction plot for the F + H-H reaction; it can be seen by the surface level difference between the reactants and the products that the reaction is exothermic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:endo_reaction.PNG|600px|center|thumb|Figure 10 - A reaction plot for the H + H-F reaction; it can be seen by the surface level difference between the reactants and the products that the reaction is endothermic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This corresponds to literature; the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is one of the simplest exothermic reactions, often used as a model for such systems. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ref&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As in the previous exercise, both momenta for the F-H-H system were set to zero, and the distances at which both molecules had forces 0, as well as overall kinetic force 0, were indentified. This was harder than before, as the molecules were irregular and so the bond lengths were not the same. Through repeated Trial-and-Error, the transition state was deduced to be at an F-H distance of 1.810760, and an H-H distance of 0.7448785.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Correct, a distance vs time plot would help as in the previous question asking for the TS. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 23:32, 30 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An MEP calculation was performed using the previously determined Transition State distances. The F-H distance was changed by +0.01 to calculate the activation energy of the forward reaction (F+HH), and by -0.01 for the reverse reaction (H+HF). The activation energies were determined from the Energy vs Time plots, as shown in &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Fig. 9 and 10. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:exo_ea.PNG|600px|thumb|center|Figure 11: The MEP Energy vs. time plot for the exothermic F + H-H reaction, with the activation energy being the difference between the initial and final points.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:endo_ea.PNG|600px|thumb|center|Figure 12: the MEP Energy vs. time plot for the endothermic H + F-H reaction, with the activation energy being the difference between the initial and final points.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;F + H-H&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
i: -103.756&lt;br /&gt;
f:-104.002&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ea: 0.246 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;H + H-F&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
i: -103.658&lt;br /&gt;
f: -133.888&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ea: 30.23 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that the activation energy for the reverse reaction is bigger by a magnitude of almost 100; this corresponds to the F-H bond being much stronger and harder to break than the H-H bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Identify a set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for the F + H2, and look at the “Animation” and “Momenta vs Time”. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following conditions were identified as being a reactive trajectory:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:reaction_conditions.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the momentum-time graph, (&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Fig. 13 &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;), the area of reaction can clearly be seen. The regular vibrations on the left side of the graph correspond to the H-H molecule before it has reacted; the vibrations of the newly-formed H-F bond can be seen on the right. The vibrational energy of the H-F bond is much bigger than that of the H-H bond, as can be seen by the larger oscillations. The energy-time graph (&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Fig. 14 &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;) indicates that, on average, the H-F molecule has much higher kinetic energy than the H-H molecule. Thus, it can be assumed that the reaction energy is released in the form of vibrational energy. Experimentally, this could be confirmed through spectroscopy; as the vibration is assymetrical, an IR spectrum could show the intensity of the vibrational motion for different particles, and how it changes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Good. Calorimetry could also be used as it would be simpler because it just measures heat output, the vibrations will be detectable as heat. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 23:32, 30 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:momentum_time.PNG|600px|center|thumb|Figure 13 - the momentum-time graph for a reactive F + H-H collision.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy_time.PNG|600px|center|thumb|Figure 14 - the energy-time graph for a reactive F + H-H collision.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The F + H-H reaction was set up with initial conditions of H-H distance = 0.74, F-H distance = 1.9, F-H momentum = -0.5. After adjusting the value for the H-H momentum, it can be seen that an increase in it does not necessarily correlate with a successful reaction; a momentum of 3 results in an unsuccessful collision. This shows that increasing the H-H vibrational momentum does not result in a higher chance of reaction. However, one the F-H translational momentum was increased by only a slight 0.2, the molecules reacted, even though the overall energy was greatly reduced; this suggests the translational energy to be much more important than the initial molecular vibration energy in determining whether a collision is successful or not. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction was reversed so that it was H reacting with F-H (H-H distance = 1.8, F-H distance = 0.9). Through trial and error, reactive conditions were found at an F-H vibrational momentum of -13, and an H-H translational momentum of -1. These are the opposite conditions to above; the vibrational energy of the initial molecule is incredibly high, with the translational momentum being very low. Decreasing the vibrational energy to almost anything lower will not result in a reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although they seem to demonstrate opposite trends, both results are in line with Polanyi&#039;s rules. The principle states that the preferred amounts of momentum depend on the position of the transition state; if it is close to the reactants, then a high amount of translational energy and very little vibrational energy is preferred. If the opposite is true, then a very high amount of molecular vibrational energy will surmount the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ref&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the F-H-H system, the transition state is close in energy to the H-H molecule. For the forward reaction - F + H-H - this is near the reactants, meaning that high translational energy is preferred, or in this case a high p(F-H). For the reverse reaction, the opposite is true; the transition state is now far from the reactants, meaning that a large amount of vibrational energy is needed to surmount it, once again favouring a high p(F-H).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This relationship can be illustrated on the Dynamic graphs below. When the Transition state is towards the reactants, it is located in the horizontal low energy path, in which the molecule travels to the left towards the products; translational motion moves horizontally and thus past the transition state, whilst vibrational motion only moves up and down, thus being unnecessary. When the transition state is towards the products, it is located in the vertical area of low energy, where the initial molecule&#039;s vibrational motion, illustrated as &amp;quot;up-down&amp;quot;, is useful to get the molecule to overcome the transition state through the path of lowest energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PFH0.5.PNG|600px|center|thumb|Figure 15: the dynamic graph for the F + H-H reaction, A=F, B=H, C=H, with initial parameters d(H-H)= 0.74, d(F-H)= 1.9, p(F-H)=-0.5, and p(H-H)=3; despite the very high amount of energy in the system, the collision does not react in a reaction, as most of the energy is vibrational rather than translational.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PFH0.8.PNG|600px|center|thumb|Figure 16:the dynamic graph for the F + H-H reaction, A=F, B=H, C=H, with initial parameters d(H-H)= 0.74, d(F-H)= 1.9, p(F-H)= -0.8 and P(H-H)=0.5; although there is much less energy in the system, a successful reaction occurs, as the energy is translational rather than vibrational.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reverse-polanyi2.PNG|600px|center|thumb|Figure 17: The dynamic graph for the H + F-H reaction, A=H, B=H, C=F, with initial parameters d(H-H)= 1.8, d(F-H)= 0.9, p(F-H)=-15 and p(H-H)=-1; a very high amount of vibrational energy is necessary for the reversed system to react, as opposed to translational energy for the forward reaction. This illustrates Polanyi&#039;s rules, where the Transition State is now relatively far from the reactants as opposed to before.]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 23:32, 30 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Well done overall. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 23:32, 30 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Bibliography==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ref&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco and W. L. Hase, Chemical kinetics and dynamics, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1989.&lt;br /&gt;
Pages 299, 308, 311, 329 &amp;lt;\ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:aja4117&amp;diff=793972</id>
		<title>MRD:aja4117</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:aja4117&amp;diff=793972"/>
		<updated>2019-05-30T22:06:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= [[Molecular reaction dynamics|&#039;&#039;&#039;Molecular reaction dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;]] =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is a saddle point which is defined as the point which is both a minimum along one vector and a maximum along an orthogonal vector. Along the reaction path, the transition state is a maximum and along the second vector, which is perpendicular to our initial vector it is a minimum. This can be visualised in the diagram below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a co linear system, as given for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system there are two orthogonal degrees of freedom with the coordinates given as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Z = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac {\partial V}{\partial Z} = 0 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac {\partial^2 V}{\partial Z^2}&amp;gt;0 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;S = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; - r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac {\partial V}{\partial S} = 0 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac {\partial^2 V}{\partial S^2}&amp;lt;0 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that these are the orthogonal vectors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The saddle point has the configuration in which r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;and this will be the point at which these two lines intersect on the PES. This is the transition state. S is the tangent to the reaction pathway at the maximum whilst Z bisects the reaction pathway at the same point, but will be seen as a minimum. {{fontcolor1|red|Correct, but you should mention that r1 and r2 being equal and therefore your definitions of the vectors are specific to the H+H-&amp;gt;H2 system. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 23:06, 30 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aja4117Question 1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|How does the TS compare to a local minimum?. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 23:06, 30 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate was AB = 0.9077425 and BC = 0.9077425. There are only two lines when looking at internuclear distances vs time as seen below. This indicates that two lines are at the same distance and one is covering the other. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the transition state, is to begin the reaction trajectories close to the transition state. Due to the transition state being a global maxima, the trajectories will either form the reactants or products in order to find the lowest energy configuration. Whether the product or reactants are formed is directly influenced by the trajectories. If the trajectories are closer to the reactants then the reactants will form and if they are closer to the products then the products will form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aja4117INT for HH.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =====&lt;br /&gt;
Along the mep, because the atoms are moving infinitely slowly and the momenta and the velocities always reset to zero, there is no oscillation and hence no vibration. This is seen along the mep where there is no wavy lines. In contrast, when looking at the dynamics, there is oscillation as post collision there is transfer of kinetic energy that causes the molecule to vibrate. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|A surface or contour plot would help to illustrate this. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 23:06, 30 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When considering the inter nuclear distance vs time, A-C and A-B distances increase rapidly over the first 250 steps after which the rate of increase of the distance begins to decrease. As the number of steps increases the rate of increase of distance begins to plateau as the gradient flattens. This can be rationalised when looking at the animation where post collision, the molecules initially rapidly move away from one another but the speed at which they move away from each other falls off with time. When considering the dynamic situation,  A-C and A-B distances increase at a constant gradient over the course of the plot. The reasoning is that in the dynamic situation, the velocities and momenta are not reset to zero at each step. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|It&#039;s not necessary to discuss this. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 23:06, 30 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aja4117(dynamics type)Mep vs dynamics distance v time 1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aja4117Distance vs time 1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|You should label your diagrams. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 23:06, 30 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
For the same reason as stated as above, the momenta and velocities are reset to zero at each point this means that the momentum vs time plot is a straight line for the mep . However, when running the dynamic situation we see an initial sharp increase in the momentum followed by a constant oscillation of momentum that is due to the momentum being retained within the vibrational modes. For A-B, there is a sharp increase in the momentum which plateaus at the same instance as B-C begins to undergo constant oscillation. This is because A-B refers to the momentum of the system A-B. Once both reach constant momentum the combined system now has a set defined level of momentum with no way to lose it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aja4117(dynamics type)Mep vs dynamics momenta vs time1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aja4117dynamics mom vs time1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts +δ&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =====&lt;br /&gt;
The result of switching the distances is that  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;Take note of the final values of the positions &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;(t) &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;(t) and  &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;(t) &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;(t) for your trajectory for large enough t.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Setup a calculation where the initial positions correspond to the final positions of the trajectory you calculated above, the same final momenta values but with their signs reversed. ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics &lt;br /&gt;
!Plots of trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018||Yes||Reaction proceeds with minimal vibration ||[[File:-1.25, -2.5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456||No||P&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;does not have enough momentum to reach P&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;||[[File:-1.5, -2.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956||Yes||Transfer of vibrational energy||[[File:-1.5, -2.5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956&lt;br /&gt;
||No||Product forms but contains too much vibrational energy so dissociates||[[File:-2.5, -5.0.png ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416&lt;br /&gt;
||Yes||Reaction does occur but recrosses the transition state barrier||[[File:-2.5,5.2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|This descriptions are too vague. You should talk about vibrational energy changes for each one, and mention crossing/recrossing the transition state more. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 23:06, 30 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
The fact that the last experiment recrosses the transition state barrier is evidence of the breakdown of Transition State Theory, which is presented below. this states that once products are formed, the system cannot travel back through the transition state to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 23:06, 30 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two basic assumptions for Transition State Theory, the two most basic are the separation of the electronic and nuclear motions which is the same as the Born-Oppenheimer approximation from quantum mechanics. The second basic assumption is that the reactant molecules are distributed among their states in accordance with the Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are however, additional assumptions and they are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
# Molecular systems that have crossed the transition state in the direction of the products cannot turn around and reform reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
# In the transition state, motion along the reaction coordinate may be separated from the other motions and be treated classically as a translation. &lt;br /&gt;
# Even in the absence of an equilibrium between the reactant and product molecules, the transition states that are become products are distributed among their states according to the Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|You should reference here. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 23:06, 30 May 2019 (BST)}} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Given that Transition State theory neglects quantum mechanical contributions such as influence on and between between electronic and nuclear motions and the idea that molecules passing through the transition state through to the products cannot pass back through to the reactants, this would suggest that there would be deviation between experimental and calculated values using Transition State theory.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Would these deviations cause an increase or decrease in rate values? [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 23:06, 30 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;this indicated the reaction is exothermic because there is a decrease in the energy going from the reactants to products. This can be seen along the reaction path for this reaction where there is a dip in energy on the path to the formation of the products. This makes intuitive sense as the driving force of the reaction will be the formation of a strong F-H (565 Kj/mol) bond, in place of a weaker H-H (464 Kj/mol) bond. Additional evidence that the reaction is exothermic is that when a mep calculation was run with R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.812 and R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 with zero momentum for each case, the reaction proceeded and the products formed with no additional input of energy.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H + HF reaction, the reaction is surmised to be endothermic due to as there is no decrease in energy on forming the products. This is in line with intuition considering the strength of the H-F bond. The very high electronegativity of fluorine would make it so that significant energy input would be required to cause this reaction to proceed. This can be seen in the pes below for the H + Hf system where there is a difference in height corresponding to the energies of the reactants and products. &lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Diagrams of the PES would help here, you&#039;ve put some later on but they aren&#039;t labelled and its unclear that they relate to this question. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 23:06, 30 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reaction&lt;br /&gt;
!r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Activation Energy/ Kj/mol {{fontcolor1|red|Should be kcal/mol [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 23:06, 30 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|1.8108757&lt;br /&gt;
|0.7448759&lt;br /&gt;
|0.2673&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|H + HF&lt;br /&gt;
|0.7448756&lt;br /&gt;
|1.8108759&lt;br /&gt;
|30.251&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The positions of the transition states were located through experimentation of the initial AB and BC distances, until the forces acting along AB and BC were zero. The reasoning behind this comes from the notion that &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;F = - \frac {\partial V}{\partial r} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where F is the force {{fontcolor1|red|If you are discussing force you should include a diagram demonstrating this. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 23:06, 30 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and seeing as we are at a saddle point, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \frac {\partial V}{\partial r} = 0 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and hence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; F = 0 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aja4117Surface Plot f + h2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aja4117Surface Plot h + HF.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The set of reaction conditions that were used were:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A: F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B: H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C: H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Distance AB: 2.25&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Distance BC: 0.74&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Momentum AB = -0.8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Momentum BC = 0.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These conditions yielded a set of successful reactions, and post reaction and upon formation of F-H, there is transfer of energy in the form of kinetic energy to both the Hydrogen that is travelling away from the reaction complex and also kinetic energy in the bond vibration of F-H. This can be visualised in the Momenta vs Time graph below. Monitoring the emission spectrum of the product and observing electromagnetic radiation in the IR region would allow identification of the product. &lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Correct, calorimetry could also be used as the vibration would be picked up as heat, this likely be easier. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 23:06, 30 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aja4117Surface Plot FH2 momenta vs time.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74, with a momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5, and several values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the range -3 to 3 were explored. For p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -3, the reaction did proceed and there was significant transfer of kinetic energy to the product F-H. What is interesting to note is that the F-H bond forms twice. On the first formation, the bond breaks due to what is assumed to be, too high a vibrational energy. This leads to the reformation of the H-H bond, upon which there is still significant vibrational energy and combined with the electronegativity of the F atom causes the H-H bond to break and the F-H bond to form for the second time. The F-H bond is now stable, although still containing significant vibrational energy. For p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 3, the same phenomena occurs as for p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -3. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state for an attractive potential energy surface occurs early in the reaction coordinate and involves high translational kinetic energy (evidenced by the random motion for the reactants) and results in a vibrationally excited product. This translational energy runs up the side of the valley and falls from side to side, showing that there is significant vibrational motion. We can therefore conclude that reactions with attractive potential energy surfaces proceed more efficiently if the energy is in relative translational motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, reactions with repulsive potential surfaces experience a late transition state and are expected to proceed with greater efficiency if the excess energy is present as vibrations. The energy is in the vibration of the reactant molecule and the motion causes the trajectory to move from side to side up the valley as it approaches the transition state. This energy is enough to tip the reactant molecules through the transition state and into the products, it is therefore apparent that the vibrational energy on the repulsive potential energy surface is key to the reactivity and formation of the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:OA010298&amp;diff=793965</id>
		<title>MRD:OA010298</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:OA010298&amp;diff=793965"/>
		<updated>2019-05-30T21:09:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Reaction Molecular Dynamics Comp Lab =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section we are considering a system of 3 hydrogen atoms all aligned on the same line of motion. By altering the distance between A and B (&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;), the distance between B and C (&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;), the momentum between A and B (&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;) and the momentum between B and C (&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;) we can assign initial conditions that simulate a collision between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and a H atom. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2019-05-15_at_21.15.32.png|centre|]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Representation of the transition state on a potential energy surface: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2019-05-14_at_16.28.01.png|thumb|right|upright=1.5|Figure 1. A surface plot of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system with the transition state circled]] On the potential energy surface the transition state is the point in the reaction pathway with the highest potential energy, as shown in figure 1. Mathematically, at this point, both &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial r_1}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial r_2}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; will equal 0. However, this result is true for all points on the reaction pathway {{fontcolor1|red|So the entire reaction pathway has no gradient??. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 22:09, 30 May 2019 (BST)}}. The transition state is the point on this pathway with the highest value of V (potential energy). It is a maximum in a trough of minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More correctly the transition state is represented by a saddle point. A saddle point is mathematically defined as satisfying the below equation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial r_1^2} \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial r_2^2} - (\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial r_1 \partial r_2})^2  &amp;lt; 0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the point were a minimum then the above result would not be true. It would be greater than 0. {{fontcolor1|red|The transition state is both a maximum and a minimum depending on direction considered, unlike a local minimum which is always a minimum. It looks like you copied the equation from somewhere, it&#039;s correct but, it&#039;s easier to consider the TS point as somewhere where the second derivative of potential energy with respect to time is &amp;lt;0 in one direction and &amp;gt;0 in the other. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 22:09, 30 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the transition state position: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We know that the transition state is going to be symmetric (the new H bond is forming as the old H bond is breaking) and so it can be found by setting &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; = &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and giving them both no initial momenta (&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;=&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;=0). By doing this the trajectory is &#039;trapped&#039; on the ridge created by the minimum component of the saddle point that represents the transition state. It can only oscillate at the top of this ridge rather than going down either of the sides. By adjusting the value of &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; (maintaining that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; = &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;) a point can be found where the trajectory doesn&#039;t oscillate at all (ie. it is stationary), this will be the transition state position (&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; was found to equal &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;0.908 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; (3 d.p.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 2 graphs shown in Figure 2 and 3 display the results of having &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; = &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;=0.908 Å and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;=&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;=0. Both confirm that the H atoms are stationary and that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;=0.908 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2019-05-14_at_16.53.26.png|thumb|left|upright=1.7|Figure 2. Internuclear Distance vs Time graph with &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; = &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;=0.908 Å and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;=&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;=0. The horizontal lines indicate no change in internuclear distances and that the H atoms are stationary ]] [[File:Screenshot_2019-05-14_at_16.52.19.png|thumb|right|upright=1.7|Figure 3. Contour plot with &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; = &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;=0.908 Å and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;=&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;=0. The trajectory is represented by a single point, again indicating that the H atoms are stationary ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 22:09, 30 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The minimum energy path: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path way is a special type of trajectory that resets all the momenta to 0 for every step of the simulation. By doing this the inertial motion of the gaseous H atoms is removed, resulting in a trajectory that exactly follows the bottom of the reaction pathway, hence the name minimum energy pathway. In order to simulate this the MEP setting is chosen (instead of Dynamic) and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; is set to &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; (0.908 Å), &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; is set to &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; + δ (0.910 Å) and both momenta are set to 0. This produces the 2D contour plot shown in figure 4. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the same simulation is run using the Dynamic setting instead of the MEP setting the inertial motion is now taken into account, the particles now have momentum/kinetic energy and are therefore seen to oscillate. This is shown in figure 5, the trajectory follows the reaction pathway but oscillates up and down the sides. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2019-05-15_at_19.24.43.png|left|thumb|upright=1.7|Figure 4. A 2D contour plot showing the MEP. (&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; = 0.908 Å, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; = 0.910 Å and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;=&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;=0]] [[File:Screenshot_2019-05-15_at_19.25.36.png|right|upright=1.7|thumb|Figure 5. A 2D contour plot that is simulated with all the same settings as figure 4 except it is using the Dynamic setting rather than MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive or Unreactive? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018 || yes ||The system has sufficient momentum for the approach of atom C to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule BA to result in the formation of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule BC and the free atom A (The system has sufficient momentum to overcome the barrier created by the transition state).  ||[[File:Screenshot_2019-05-16_at_14.26.02.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456 || no ||The system doesn&#039;t have sufficient energy to overcome the transition state barrier. No new products are formed. ||[[File:Screenshot_2019-05-16_at_14.29.21.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956 || yes || Similar to the trajectory at the top of the table. The system has sufficient momentum to overcome the transition state and the new products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule BC and the free atom A are formed.  ||[[File:Screenshot_2019-05-16_at_14.39.21.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956 ||no || The system has a much greater momentum compared to the previous examples and can overcome the transition state but the high energy system results in the reactants being reformed. ||[[File:Screenshot_2019-05-16_at_14.42.07.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416 ||yes ||This is also a high energy system and overcomes the transition state barrier. The reactants are then reformed but these overcome the transition state barrier again to give the product. ||[[File:Screenshot_2019-05-16_at_14.44.38.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Good discussions but you should also mention the vibrations. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 22:09, 30 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
This table highlights 2 key ideas:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) By increasing the momentum (and therefore energy) of the system the transition state barrier can be overcome.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) For higher energy systems the transition state barrier will be overcome but there is a chance the reactants can reform after this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition State Theory ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory attempts to explain rates of reaction using 3 key assumptions&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[1]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) Once reactants have reached the transition state they cannot return back to being reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) The distribution of the particles potential energies follows the Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) The reactants are in a constant equilibrium with the activated complex (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My previous results show an obvious discrepancy with the 1st assumption as trajectories have passed back and forth over the transition state. There is also a discrepancy with the 3rd assumption, where there is significant recrossing over the transition state barrier it is reasonable to approximate an equilibrium between reactants and the transition state but all trajectories end by travelling infinitely far away from the transition state. In these examples the equilibrium will never be regained.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Good, there is also an assumption about quantum tunnelling but its effect is minuscule. The discrepancy you mention with the 3rd reaction is a quirk of the computations, I think that the question means in-lab obtained values for experimental values where the reaction would be contained in a vessel (although this is unclear so your answer is fine).  [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 22:09, 30 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F-H-H System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Classifying the reactions: ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2019-05-16_at_16.06.02.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;^^This reaction is exothermic.^^&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;FH + H&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2019-05-16_at_16.06.52.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;^^This reaction is endothermic.^^&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These conclusions were made by assessing the potential energy surface (PES) for the F-H-H system. Figure 6 shows the PES at an angle that clearly shows how the energy at the bottom of the reaction pathway varies with distance BC (the distance between the 2 H atoms). Effectively forming a 2D representation of potential energy against distance BC. It shows that when BC increases (ie the H-H bond dissociates) the energy of the system becomes more negative, it is stabilised. This is characteristic of an exothermic reaction. In figure 7 the PES is orientated in a way that shows the relationship between the distance AB (the distance between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). Now we see that the energy is raised as the distance AB is increased (ie the F-H bond dissociates). This raising of energy is characteristic of an endothermic reaction, energy needs to be put in for the reaction to occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These results are confirmed by the relative strengths of the H-H and H-F bonds. The H-F bond is stronger (565 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) than the H-H bond (432 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[2]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. In the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction the weaker H-H bond is broken and a stronger H-F bond is formed having a net release of energy therefore making it exothermic (ΔG = -133 kJmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;). In the reverse direction the opposite occurs making it endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2019-05-16_at_16.43.32.png|left|thumb|upright=1.7|Figure 6. Potential energy surface for the F-H-H system orientated to clearly exemplify the relationship between the potential energy and the distance between the 2 H atoms (distance BC)]] [[File:Screenshot_2019-05-16_at_16.48.31.png|right|thumb|upright=1.7|Figure 7. Potential energy surface for the F-H-H system orientated to clearly exemplify the relationship between the potential energy and the distance between the F atom an central H atom (distance AB)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Good explanation.  [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 22:09, 30 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Location of the transition state: ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES can also be used to find the transition state position of the reaction using a method similar to that of the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system. Its not quite as simple as though since the transition state will no longer be symmetric as all the atoms aren&#039;t the same. Both the momenta are set to 0 and the correct distances between bonds can be approximated by looking for the characteristics of the transition state described in [[#Representation of the transition state on a potential energy surface:|Representation of the transition state on a potential energy surface]] on the PES, these distances can then be adjusted until the trajectory doesn&#039;t move. The Hammond postulate can also be used to help approximate the position of the transition state. F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → F-H + H  is an exothermic process and therefore has an early transition state. Hammonds postulate states that similar energy species will be similar shapes&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[3]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, we can therefore conclude that the transition state is similar in shape to the reactants. This means that the H-H separation in the transition state will be similar to the H-H bond length (74 pm or 0.74 Å&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[4]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once found the transition state position can be displayed by all horizontal lines on an Internuclear distances vs Time graph (figure 8) or on a 2D contour graph that shows no movement of the trajectory (figure 9).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The F-H separation in the transition state was found to be &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;1.808 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; (3 d.p.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H-H separation in the transition state was found to be &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;0.745 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; (3 d.p.) &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;(note similarity to the H-H bond length)&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2019-05-16_at_20.38.09.png|left|upright=1.7|thumb|Figure 8. An Internuclear distances vs Time graph showing that with momenta set to 0, F-H separation set to 1.808 Å and H-H separation set to 0.745 Å there is no movement of the atoms, they are all stationary. Indicating that this is the position of the transition state. ]] [[File:Screenshot_2019-05-16_at_20.37.50.png|right|upright=1.7|thumb|Figure 9. A 2D contour plot showing that with momenta set to 0, F-H separation set to 1.808 Å and H-H separation set to 0.745 Å the trajectory is represented by a single point, indicating that this is the transition state position. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating activation energies: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 2 activation energies can be found by running an MEP, setting all momenta to 0 and adjusting the size of the H-H separation to the distance in the transition state (0.745 Å) and the F-H separation slightly displaced from its transition state value (1.798 Å and 1.818 Å). By running these 2 MEPs the trajectory can flow down either side of the transition state. Its the Energy vs Time graphs that these simulations produce that are crucial, using these we can find the energy difference between the transition state and the reactants/products by calculating the difference between the highest (ie transition state energy) and lowest energies (Ie reactant/products energies) on the Energy vs Time graphs. The Energy vs Time graphs and their respective MEP 2D contour plots are shown in figure 10 and figure 11.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 2019-05-17 at 12.45.21.png|centre|upright=3.5|thumb| Figure 10. The Energy vs Time graph and 2D contour plot of the MEP simulated with F-H separation equal to 1.798 Å, the H-H separation set to 0.745 Å and momenta set to 0. This can be used to find the activation energy of the F-H + H → F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction. This was found to be 30.1 (2 d.p.).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the Energy vs Time graph shown above:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; for F-H + H → F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = (-103.752)-(-133.868) = &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;30.1&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; (2 d.p.)&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Correct, but units are in kcal/mol.  [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 22:09, 30 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Exact values for energies found by zooming in on the graph on the lepsgui.py software)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 2019-05-17 at 13.21.13.png|centre|upright=3.5|thumb| Figure 11. The Energy vs Time graph and 2D contour plot of the MEP simulated with F-H separation equal to 1.818 Å, the H-H separation set to 0.745 Å and momenta set to 0. This can be used to find the activation energy of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → F-H + H reaction. This was found to be 0.23 (2 d.p.).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the Energy vs Time graph shown above:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → F-H + H = (-103.752)-(-103.928) = &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;0.23&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; (2 d.p.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Exact values for energies again found by zooming in on the graph on the lepsgui.py software)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The larger E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; for F-H + H → F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; makes sense as this process is endothermic and therefore has a late transition state, the kinetic barrier is high (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → F-H + H is exothermic and has an early transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 set of successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → F-H + H reaction conditions are &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; =  2.3 Å, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; = 0.74 Å, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; = -2.5 and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; = -1.5. The results of running a simulation with these conditions are shown below in figure 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 2019-05-17 at 14.01.54.png|cetnre|upright=4|thumb|Figure 12. 2D contour plot, Momenta vs Time graph and Energy vs Time graph for a successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; → F-H + H reaction (&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; =  2.3 Å, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; = 0.74 Å, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; = -2.5 and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; = -1.5).  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Considering the Momenta vs Time graph in figure 12, the orange line is initially oscillating with a negative momentum, representative of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule possessing vibrational and translational kinetic energy and travelling towards the F atom. Once the reaction is complete (~ at t = 2.0) the orange line becomes positive and flat, representative of the now displaced H atom only possessing translational kinetic energy and travelling in the opposite direction. The blue line also starts of with a negative momentum, the F atom is actually travelling away from the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule but the F atom is ~ 10 times larger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule and so having a momentum that is marginally larger than that of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule means the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule easily catches up/collides with the F atom. It too is flat, showing that the F atom only possesses translational kinetic energy at this point. When the reaction is complete the blue line then starts to oscillate with a large amplitude, indicative of the large vibrational energy possessed by the F-H bond. &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The reaction energy has been released as increased vibrational energy.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Note the total energy of the system is constant throughout, there is a balance between kinetic and potential energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the reaction energy is released as vibrational energy IR spectroscopy could be used to monitor this.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Good, calorimetry could also be used because the vibrational energy would be picked up as heat and this would likely be an easier method.  [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 22:09, 30 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Polanyi’s rules: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi’s rules state that vibrational energy will overcome a late transition state barrier more efficiently than translational energy whereas translational energy is better for an early transition state barrier&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[5]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By varying the initial conditions and utilising the fact that the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction has an early transition state and the F-H + H reaction has a late transition state these rules can be explored. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Early transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 13 displays the effects on varying the amount of translational and vibrational energy in the system on the efficiency of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction with an early transition state. Both trajectories start at the same position, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; = 2 and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; = 0.74. The 2D contour plot on the left has a much higher H-H bond vibrational energy (&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; = -0.5 and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; = 2.4). In this case the reaction is successful but there is significant recrossing, the reaction isn&#039;t very efficient. The 2D contour plot on the right of figure 13 shows what happens when some of the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is converted into translational energy of the F atom, the magnitude of &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; is increased (from -0.5 to -0.8) but the magnitude of &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; is significantly decreased (from 2.4 to 0.1). In this case the reaction is seen to be successful with minimal recrossing. These results align with Polanyi’s rule that translational energy overcomes an early transition state more efficiently compared to vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 2019-05-17 at 17.12.23.png|centre|upright=3.5|thumb|Figure 13. The 2D contour plot on the left shows a less efficient trajectory due to considerable H-H vibrational energy and less translational energy of the F atom. The 2D contour plot on the right shows a more efficient trajectory, this time with less H-H vibrational energy and more translational energy of the F atom. Both trajectories start at the same position. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Late transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories shown in figure 14 were found using the inversion of momentum procedure on the 2 trajectories above in figure 13. By doing this the effects on varying the amount of translational and vibrational energy in the system on the efficiency of the F-H + H reaction can be observed. The plot on the left has higher vibrational energy (&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; = -6.674) compared to the simulation on the right (&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; = 1.108), it is also less efficient in crossing the transition state barrier (the translational energies were similar &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; = -1.016 on the left and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; = -1.171 on the right). This actually contradicts Polanyi&#039;s rules as it suggests the lower vibrational energy system is more efficient at crossing the late transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 2019-05-17 at 17.30.58.png|centre|upright=3.5|thumb|Figure 14. The 2 2D plots acquired using the inversion of momentum method, the left having higher vibrational energy than the right.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Acquiring simulations that clearly depicted Polanyi&#039;s rule for late transition states proved difficult as the inversion of momentum procedure dictated which starting conditions were feasible. This limited control over how much relative vibrational and translational energy you could give the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Good discussion, it&#039;s difficult to get contour plots to demonstrate the efficiency of reaction clearly, you don&#039;t need to use them for this.  [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 22:09, 30 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Good report overall.  [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 22:09, 30 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
= References =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 -  Steinfeld, Jeffrey I., Francisco, Joseph S, and Hase, William L. Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice Hall, 1989.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 - Darwent, B. National Standard Reference Data Series. No. 31 31, (1970).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 - Hammond, G. S. A Correlation of Reaction Rates. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 77, 334–338 (1955).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4 - CRC Handbook of Chemistry and Physics. (Boca Raton, 2013).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5 - Polanyi, J. C. Concepts in reaction dynamics. Acc. Chem. Res. 5, 161–168 (1972).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:HNA4117&amp;diff=793964</id>
		<title>MRD:HNA4117</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:HNA4117&amp;diff=793964"/>
		<updated>2019-05-30T20:18:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition State on the PES ===&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface has a transition state that is a saddle point - it can be both a maxima and a minima relative to the direction you are looking at (shown in the pictures below). Whether it is a maxima or a minima, its gradient is always 0. The TS can be distinguished from a local minima on the PES using a second derivative of the gradient.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|How do you use the second derivative of the gradient? [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 21:18, 30 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Hna4117_Maxima.PNG]]  [[File:Minima_hna4117.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|I&#039;m not sure what you mean by this diagram. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 21:18, 30 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== TS value - locating the TS ===&lt;br /&gt;
0.91 seems to be a good estimate of the bond distance of TS where the atoms don&#039;t seem to fall off. When increased or decreased slightly to 0.90 or to 0.92 respectively, it seems to be inclined to one side or the other with the potential to fall off.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hna4117_0.91.PNG]] [[File:Hna4117_0.91(2).PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pictures above a contour plot and a surface plot when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.91&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Correct, but you should include an intermolecular distances vs time plot as the question asks. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 21:18, 30 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.90_hna4117.PNG]] [[File:0.90_hna4117(2).PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pictures above a contour plot and a surface plot when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.90. The atoms seems to be inclined to fall off on one side of the ridge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path (MEP vs Dynamic) ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hna4117_reactionpath1.PNG]] [[File:Hna4117_reactionpath2.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture on the left shows the trajectory of atoms run on a dynamic energy path and the right picture, run on MEP. MEP is the lowest energy path and it shows a straight line trajectory which deviates from the true energy path. When calculating this, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;was maintained at the TS length while r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased by +0.01 to 0.92.&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; The MEP produces a straight line because it disregards the interactions (vibrations) between the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|What causes the MEP to disregard vibrations between the atoms? You should mention how re-setting the momentum to 0 after each step in the MEP causes the path to stay on the valley floor (no vibration). [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 21:18, 30 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hna4117_intvstime.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture above is the internuclear distance vs time plot. &lt;br /&gt;
For the very first few steps, the bond distances remained constant. Then, the internuclear distance between B-C quickly decreases then plateaus indicating that bond is formed and remained that way. The bond distances between A-B and A-C increases at the same rate showing bonds are broken and they are moving away from each other at the same rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-99.02&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|The reaction path proceeds towards product formation. The path started with a straight line indicating the diatomic molecule is stationary. After atom A attacks, the newly formed A-B diatomic molecule then vibrates.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Hna4117_first.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-100.46&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|The reaction path does not proceed towards product formation. The atoms do not have enough energy to overcome the activation barrier so reaction does not occur. Atom A and diatom B-C then vibrates away from each other. &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Hna4117_second.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-98.96&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|The reaction path proceeds toward product formation. The wavy reaction path shows that atom A attacks diatom B-C while the latter is vibrating. After bond B-C break, the newly form A-B bond vibrates.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Hna4117_third.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-84.96&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|The reaction path does not proceed toward product formation. It crosses the TS path which means it forms a TS complex but then did not proceed further and dissociates. Atom A and diatom B-C vibrate away from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Hna4117_fourth.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-83.42&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|The reaction path proceeds toward product formation. The extremely wavy reaction path seems like this is a high energy reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Hna4117_fifth.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|What can you conclude from the table? [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 21:18, 30 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
The Transition State Theory assumes that reactant nuclei follow the rules of classical mechanics. As we know now, this is inaccurate. At molecular levels, atoms follow the rules of quantum mechanics. For example, in reaction 4, the atoms have enough energy to form TS but did not proceed. According to classical mechanics, this should&#039;ve formed product. But the reactants recrosses the activation barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|What are the specific assumptions of transition state theory? It isn&#039;t enough to say that classical mechanics is followed because not all of the assumptions are purely based on mechanics.  [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 21:18, 30 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ---&amp;gt; F-H + H&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic. The product, H-F form is more stable hence lower in energy than the reactant. H-F bond is very strong due to the electronegativity difference between H and F. This gives rise to polar bond which is much stronger than a covalent H-H bond. The PES is illustrated below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hna4117_ffs.PNG]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H + H ---&amp;gt; H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, the reaction of H-F + H is endothermic. The strong H-F bond results in highly positive enthalpy which causes the reaction to have net endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;The PES is illustrated below. [[File:HNA4117_FFS3.PNG ‎]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Correct. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 21:18, 30 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|The last 4 questions are missing. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 21:18, 30 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:bs517-201905&amp;diff=792008</id>
		<title>MRD:bs517-201905</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:bs517-201905&amp;diff=792008"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T11:59:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pu12: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Units and indexing ==&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout this document all energies are expressed in kcal mol&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;, distances in Å, time is an arbitrary parametrisation of the trajectory. For each system with atoms A, B and C, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition states ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Maximum of the minimum energy path between the reactants and products&lt;br /&gt;
* Saddle point on the potential energy surface; &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\text{2D: }\nabla i: \frac{\partial V_i}{\partial p_i}=0, D=[V_{xx}V_{yy}-\left(V_{xy}\right)^2]&amp;lt;0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Can be located by running simulations starting from initial conditions close to, but not equal to it; these simulations either (for a sufficiently small change in initial conditions) oscillate around the transition state,  or more likely, end up on the reactant/product side. A tiny change in initial conditions might change the outcome of the &amp;quot;reaction&amp;quot; completely. Simulations with the exact transition state as initial conditions will stay at the transition state indefinitely (though this cannot be achieved in practice).&lt;br /&gt;
*Distinguishing from local minima: simulations starting from sufficiently close to a local minimum will always stay there, oscillating; &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\text{2D: }\nabla i: \frac{\partial V_i}{\partial p_i}=0, D=[V_{xx}V_{yy}-\left(V_{xy}\right)^2]&amp;gt;0, V_{xx}&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|This equation looks just copied from somewhere and is not explained, please define the variables. Also it takes the gradient of the potential energy surface with respect to momentum? This doesn&#039;t really make sence. A discussion of orthogonal directions having either positive or negative second derivatives of potential energy with respect to interatomic distance would be more appropriate. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 12:59, 24 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state was approximated by simulations with initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=cst., p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0. For initial conditions with internuclear distances sufficiently close to that of the transition state, the atoms stay in the simulation area and an oscillatory behaviour of the atoms was observed. Contrary to the oscillations observed in simulations leading to reactions, these happen in one dimension, i.e. they go thru the transition state as their equilibrium point in every period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final approximation of the transition state was reached by changing the initial conditions  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=cst., so the amplitude of the vibrations observed in the &amp;quot;Internuclear Distances vs Time&amp;quot; plot approached zero. The smallest amplitude was observed at  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9077425=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (Figure 1-3).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bs517-201905.1.2.3 0.95.png|thumb|Figure 1: Internuclear Distances vs Time graph of H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.95, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0. The stoms oscillate at a low amplitude, so we are close to the transition state, but not exactly on it.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bs517-201905.1.2.1 0.9077.png|thumb|Figure 2: Internuclear Distances vs Time graph of H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9077≈r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0. Almost no oscillation can be observed on the simulation, we almost exactly on the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:bs517-201905.1.2.4_0.9077425.png|thumb|Figure 3: Internuclear Distances vs Time graph of H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9077=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0. Vibrations can still be seen, even this close to the transition state, however, only at very high zoom.]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Good use of graphs. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 16:03, 23 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
=== Minimum energy path ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:bs517-201905.1.3.1_0.9177425_mep.png|thumb|Figure 4: Contour plot of the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; simulation with initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub alt=&amp;quot;r_1=t_{ts}+\delta, r_2=r_{ts}, p_1=p_2=0, \delta=0.01&amp;quot;&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+0.01, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.]]&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we can see, the trajectories in Figures 4 and 5 differ in their vibrational states. As &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039;  simulations reset the momentum of each particle to zero after every step, the particles will always move in the direction of the fastest potential energy descent around them, i.e. &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\nabla s \in \text{steps}: p_s\parallel -\nabla V&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. However, when running a &#039;&#039;Dynamics&#039;&#039; simulation the momenta are not reset, so the particles will not travel in the direction of the fastest descent, they will only be accelerated in its direction.{{fontcolor1|red|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 16:03, 23 May 2019 (BST)}} This retention of their velocities causes them to overshoot the bottom of the well every time, forcing them to vibrate while moving along the surface.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:bs517-201905.1.3.2_0.9177425_dyn.png|thumb|Figure 5: Contour plot of the &#039;&#039;Dynamics&#039;&#039; simulation with initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub alt=&amp;quot;r_1=t_{ts}+\delta, r_2=r_{ts}, p_1=p_2=0, \delta=0.01&amp;quot;&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+0.01, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we can see from Figures 6 and 7, B and C get closer together and farther apart from A as the reaction progresses. Running the simulation from the final positions of the above trajectory and the final momenta reversed gives us back our original initial conditions at the end of the simulation (if the simulation is done for the same number of frames with the same step size). This supports the theory that when only conservative forces are present all processes could run forwards or backwards in time as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Offsetting r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the transition state instead of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; gives similar results, the only difference being that the reaction goes in the other direction towards the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:bs517-201905.1.3.3_0.9177425_dyn_idvt.png|thumb|Figure 6: Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of the &#039;&#039;Dynamics&#039;&#039; simulation with initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub alt=&amp;quot;r_1=t_{ts}+\delta, r_2=r_{ts}, p_1=p_2=0, \delta=0.01&amp;quot;&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+0.01, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:bs517-201905.1.3.4_0.9177425_dyn_mvt.png|thumb|Figure 7: Momenta vs Time plot of the &#039;&#039;Dynamics&#039;&#039; simulation with initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub alt=&amp;quot;r_1=t_{ts}+\delta, r_2=r_{ts}, p_1=p_2=0, \delta=0.01&amp;quot;&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+0.01, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Complete the table below by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018||Yes||Weak B-C oscillations after bond has formed || [[File:Bs517-201905.1.3.5.1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456||No||Reaction does not reach TS || [[File:Bs517-201905.1.3.5.2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956||Yes||Weak B-C oscillations after bond has formed || [[File:Bs517-201905.1.3.5.3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956||No||B &amp;quot;bounces&amp;quot; voilently between A and C until finally settling with A again || [[File:Bs517-201905.1.3.5.4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416||Yes||B &amp;quot;bounces&amp;quot; between A and C, but settles on C || [[File:Bs517-201905.1.3.5.5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|You should discuss the relative motions of the atoms more in the above descriptions and refer to the crossing of the transition state more. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 16:03, 23 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
As we can see from the above table, the distribution of energies is extremely important when determining whether a reaction is going to be successful or not. In the second to last case for example the system enters the product region at a point, but it &amp;quot;bounces back&amp;quot;, ultimately ending up as the starting materials again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The assumptions of Transition State Theory are as follows:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008 (https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/chemistry/transition-state-theory)&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Born-Oppenheimer approximation&lt;br /&gt;
* quantum tunnelling effects are ignored&lt;br /&gt;
* Boltzmann distribution of energies in the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
* If transition state is reached with a velocity towards product state, system will not come back towards the starting materials&lt;br /&gt;
Experimental values are very close to those predicted by TST if all assumptions hold true. TST overestimates reaction rates if, for example, barrier recrossing is significant, and underestimates them if quantum tunnelling pathways are involved in the forwards direction.&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Good. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 16:03, 23 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic and the reverse reaction is endothermic. We can see this from the potential energy surface, as the equipotential lines go lower on the side of the HF species. This is due to the strong H-F bond, that has a high ionic contribution, especially compared to the non-polar H-H bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate transition state is r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.81069389, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.7449985 (Figure 8, 9). This was found by doing &#039;&#039;Dynamics&#039;&#039; simulations with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, and changing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; towards the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; side bit by bit if the reaction went to the HF + H state, and &#039;&#039;vice versa&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bs517-201905.2.1.1 1.81069389.png|thumb|Figure 8: Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of the F-H-H system from the initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.81069389, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.7449985]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bs517-201905.2.1.2 1.81069389.png|thumb|Figure 9: Contour plot of the F-H-H system from the initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.81069389, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.7449985]]&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state energy: -103.752&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HF + H energy: -133.910&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F energy: -103.973&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-&amp;gt;HF+H)=0.221&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(HF+H-&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F)=30.158&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Correct. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 16:03, 23 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we can see from Figure 10, the H-F bond at the end of the reaction vibrates much more, than the H-H bond did at the start of the reaction. This means that throughout the reaction potential energy is converted into heat energy, e.i. the vibration of the atoms. This could be confirmed by for example a simple calorimetry experiment in a bomb calorimeter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Also translational energy is converted into vibrational. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 16:03, 23 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bs517-201905.2.1.3.png|thumb|Figure 10: Controur plot of the F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system from the initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.424212428049714, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.7399019047604279, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-0.4]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Setup a calculation starting on the side of the reactants of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, at the bottom of the well r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.4, with a momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5, and explore several values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the range -3 to 3 (explore values also close to these limits). What do you observe? Note that we are putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics || Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || -3 || -96.279 || No || Barrier recrossing || [[File:Bs517-201905.2.2.1 -3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || -2.8 || -96.816|| No|| Barrier recrossing and re-recrossing || [[File:Bs517-201905.2.2.1 -2.9.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || -2.8 || -97.339 || Yes  || Barrier recrossing and re-recrossing || [[File:Bs517-201905.2.2.1 -2.8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || -2.6 || -98.319|| No|| Barrier recrossing || [[File:Bs517-201905.2.2.1 -2.6.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || -2.4 || 99.219|| Yes|| Barrier recrossing and re-recrossing || [[File:Bs517-201905.2.2.1 -2.4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || -2.2 || -100.039|| No|| Does not reach TS || [[File:Bs517-201905.2.2.1 -2.2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || -2.0 || -100.779|| No|| Does not reach TS || [[File:Bs517-201905.2.2.1 -2.0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || -1.5 || -102.279|| No|| Does not reach TS || [[File:Bs517-201905.2.2.1 -1.5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || -1 || -103.379|| No|| Does not reach TS|| [[File:Bs517-201905.2.2.1 -1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || 0 || -103.779|| No|| Does not reach TS|| [[File:Bs517-201905.2.2.1 0.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || 1 || -102.279|| No|| Does not reach TS|| [[File:Bs517-201905.2.2.1 1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || 1.5 || -100.779|| No|| Does not reach TS || [[File:Bs517-201905.2.2.1 1.5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || 2 || -98.779|| No|| Barrier recrossing || [[File:Bs517-201905.2.2.1 -2.6.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || 2.2 || -97.839|| No|| Barrier recrossing || [[File:Bs517-201905.2.2.1 2.2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || 2.4 || -98.819|| No|| Barrier recrossing || [[File:Bs517-201905.2.2.1 2.4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || 2.6 || -95.719|| No||Barrier recrossing || [[File:Bs517-201905.2.2.1 2.6.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || 2.8 || -94.539|| No|| Multiple barrier recrossings and re-recrossings || [[File:Bs517-201905.2.2.1 2.8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || 2.9 || -93.919|| No|| Barrier recrossing || [[File:Bs517-201905.2.2.1 2.9.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || 3 || -93.279|| Yes|| Multiple barrier recrossings and re-recrossings || [[File:Bs517-201905.2.2.1 3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.8 || 0.1 || -103.484|| Yes|| Only one barrier crossing, reaction is successful even though the overall energy is much lower, than in any of the other cases with a successful reaction --&amp;gt; better energy distribution || [[File:Bs517-201905.2.2.2.1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
We can see from the table that the initial energy distribution is even more important for this reaction, than for the reactoin between H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. Also, just putting more energy into the system may or may not yield a successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes changing the initial conditions bit a tiny amount changes the outcome of the reaction completely, so though everything here is deterministic, there is an element of chaos theory involved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The cases studied are an illustration of Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules. Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules are based on Hammond&#039;s postulate. They state that for endothermic reactions vibrational energy is preferred to translational energy on the reactant side, and the other way around for exothermic reactions. This is because to get up to the top of an endothermic barrier, a system with low vibrational excitation and high translational energy will not be able to pass the potential wall as it just &amp;quot;bounces off&amp;quot;, usually a high vibational excitation is required to get up while going back and forth between the two walls. In the exothermic case the system is required to have high translational energy to, instead of just bouncing between the walls and going back to the reactant side, actually pass the barrier and descend to the potential well.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Steinfeld, J.I., Francisco, Joseph S &amp;amp; Hase, William L, 1989. Chemical kinetics and dynamics, Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice Hall.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we can see from Figures 11-15, for a reaction of HF + F with high initial viabrational energy and low initial translational energy (most of the energy of the reaction is stored in the vibrations of the F-H bond initially), the reaction succeeds even though the total energy of the system is very low (-102.463), meaning that this must be a very efficient trajectory. At first, the system bounces between the walls of the potential well (F-H bond vibrates). Next, the HF hydrogen gets passed back and forth between the F and other H atoms, finally settling with the other H atom. We can see on Figure 13, the H molecule also vibrates at the end of the reaction, but it does so significantly less violently, than the HF molecule did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|red|Good report overall 5/5. [[User:Pu12|Pu12]] ([[User talk:Pu12|talk]]) 12:59, 24 May 2019 (BST)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bs517-201905.2.3.2 0.925 2.25 -9 -1.5.png|thumb|Figure 11: Contour plot of the reaction of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.925, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.25, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-9, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.5.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bs517-201905.2.3.2 0.925 2.25 -9 -1.5_surf.png|thumb|Figure 12: Surface plot of the reaction of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.925, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.25, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-9, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.5.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bs517-201905.2.3.3 0.925 2.25 -9 -1.5 idvt.png|thumb|Figure 13: Internuclear distances vs Time plot of the reaction of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.925, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.25, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-9, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.5.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bs517-201905.2.3.3 0.925 2.25 -9 -1.5 evt.png|thumb|Figure 14: Energies vs Time plot of the reaction of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.925, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.25, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-9, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.5.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bs517-201905.2.3.3 0.925 2.25 -9 -1.5 mvt.png|thumb|Figure 15: Momenta vs Time plot of the reaction of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.925, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.25, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-9, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.5.]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pu12</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>